Operator S Manual Operation Under Usual

This is a reproduction of a library book that was digitized
by Google as part of an ongoing effort to preserve the

information in books and make it universally accessible.
https://books.google.com
WILS
GOVU
D 101.11 :9-2350-260-10-2 /992
100-2/992
101119-2350-260-
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
STORAGE VOLUME 2 OF 3
OPERATOR'S MANUAL
OPERATION UNDER USUAL
AND UNUSUAL CONDITIONS
OPERATION UNDER
100 USUAL
CONDITIONS
PAGE 2-117
OPERATION UNDER
UNUSUAL
CONDITIONS
PAGE 2-567
TANK , COMBAT , FULL-TRACKED :
105 - MM GUN , M60

UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA
GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS IBRARY
(2350-00-678-5773)
MAY 10 1993
US. DEPOSITORY PROPERTY

U.S.- G.P.O. - D - 295
This copy is a reprint which includes current

pages from Changes 1 through 6 .
HEADQUARTERS , DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
FEBRUARY 1981 TA138016

TM 9-2350-260-10-2
WARNING
The following summary list is adapted from the

warnings within the manual . However, all warn-
ings should be observed as noted in the text.
1. Make sure all personnel are in a safe position before moving vehicle, elevat-
ing gun, or traversing turret.
2. Make sure safety is in a safe position on all loaded weapons, until ready to
fire.
3. When weapons are loaded, keep trained on target and keep all personnel
clear of barrels .
4. Do not allow flames or sparks within area while refueling or loading ammu-
nition. Have a manned fire extinguisher handy.
5. Neither gas particulate filter unit nor M25A1 tank mask will protect you
against carbon monoxide poisoning.
6. Do not disconnect/connect any part of electrical equipment with power on .
7. Never attempt to operate MASTER CONTROL SWITCH (ON/OFF) from

turret compartment. Operation must be performed by crew member who is
situated completely within driver's compartment. Do not under any circum-
stances use gunner's control handles for support when reentering turret .
8. Never move steering control while engine is running, transmission is in

park, and brakes are locked . Moving steering control could result in acciden-
tal pivot steering. This could cause injury to personnel or damage to tank or
property.
9. Before you work around tracked vehicle, remove rings, bracelets , and wrist
watches. These items may be caught on projections and cause injury or may
be shorted across an electrical circuit and cause severe burns and electrical
shock.
TA137055
a
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
WARNING
10. Dry cleaning solvent P-D-680 is toxic and flammable. To prevent personal
injury, wear protective goggles and gloves and use only in a well ventilated
area. Avoid contact with skin , eyes, and clothes and don't breath vapors. Do
not use near open flame or excessive heat. The flash point for Type # 1 Dry
Cleaning Solvent is 100°F (38°C) and for Type # 2 is 138°F (50°C). If you
become dizzy while using cleaning solvent, get fresh air immediately and get
medical aid. If contact with eyes is made, wash your eyes with water and
get medical aid immediately.
11. FRH hydraulic fluid may contain Tricresyl Phosphate which , iftaken internally,
can produce paralysis. Hydraulic fluid may be absorbed through the skin. Wear
long sleeves, gloves, goggles, and face shield . If FRH gets in eyes, wash them
immediately and get medical aid immediately. If FRH gets on skin, thoroughly
wash with soap and water. Wash hands thoroughly prior to eating or smoking.
Application of these measures is considered an effective control of the hazard.
12. Explosive ammunition or parts containing explosives must be handled

carefully at all times. Explosive elements in primers and fuses are
particularly sensitive to shock and high temperature. Ammunition and
parts should not be dropped, thrown. tumbled , or dragged .
13. Danger of cookoff exists when gun is hot (150 to 200 rounds fired within 2
minutes). After a 5 second waiting period, gun must be unloaded within 5
seconds. If gun cannot be cleared in 5 seconds, let bolt go forward , close
cover, and keep gun pointed at target for 15 minutes to cool .
14. Do not apply turret power or operate turret controls until all
personnel are in safe positions and prepared for turret or gun
movement.
15. Do not operate turret in power or manual mode until all personnel
are in proper position , turret ring has been cleared , and shell ejection
plate and all platform guards are in place.
16. Do not reach into or attempt to enter or exit driver's compartment

until turret power switch is off and turret traverse lock is in locked
position.
17. Crew members out of station are in extreme danger when turret
power is on. Commanders must shut down turret power before
allowing crew members to leave their stations.
18. Without proper ear protection, the firing of the main gun can
damage your hearing. The driver's hatch must be closed when
firing main gun. The tank commander must wear double hear-
ing protection while the main gun is being fired . This means
properly fitted earplugs and tanker's helmet. The loader must
also wear double hearing protection if his head is above the
hatch.
Change 5 b
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
WARNING
CARBON MONOXIDE FROM ENGINE EXHAUST AND FIRING CAN KILL

YOU
Carbon monoxide is without color or smell, but can kill you . Breathing air with
carbon monoxide produces symptoms of headache, dizziness, loss of muscular
control , a sleepy feeling, and coma. Brain damage or death can result from
heavy exposure . Carbon monoxide occurs in the exhaust fumes of fuel-burning
heaters and internal combustion engines and in fumes caused by firing . Carbon
monoxide can become dangerously concentrated under conditions of no air
movement. Precautions must be followed to insure crew safety when firing and
when the personnel heater or main or auxiliary engine of any vehicle is
operated for any purpose.
1. DO NOT operate heater or engine of tank in an enclosed area unless it is

ADEQUATELY VENTILATED.
2. DO NOT idle engine for long periods without ventilator blower operating. If
tactical situation permits, open hatches.
3. DO NOT drive any tank with inspection plates, cover plates, or engine
compartment doors removed unless necessary for maintenance purposes .
4. DO NOT fire main gun or coax machinegun without ventilator blower on, or
commander's and loader's hatches open.
BE ALERT at all times during tank operation for exhaust odors and
exposure symptoms. If either are present, IMMEDIATELY VENTILATE
personnel compartments. If symptoms persist, remove affected personnel
from tank and treat as follows: expose to fresh air, keep warm, DO NOT
PERMIT PHYSICAL EXERCISE . If necessary , administer artificial
respiration.
THE BEST DEFENSE AGAINST CARBON MONOXIDE POISONING IS

ADEQUATE VENTILATION.
CAS PARTICULATE AND AIR CLEANER FILTERS
Contaminated gas particulate and air cleaner filters must be handled using
adequate precautions and must be disposed of by trained personnel in accordance
with FM 3-87 .
TA248401
Change 4
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
C6
CHANGE HEADQUARTERS
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
NO. 6 WASHINGTON, DC, 12 April 1989
OPERATOR'S MANUAL
TANK, COMBAT, FULL-TRACKED :
105 MM GUN, M60
(2350-00-678-5773)
TM 9-2350-260-10-2, dated 20 February 1981, is changed as follows:

1. Remove old pages and insert new pages as indicated below.
2. New or changed material is indicated by a vertical bar in the margin of the page and by a
vertical bar adjacent to the TACOM number.
Remove Pages Insert Pages
2-467 and 2-468 2-467 and 2-468

2-471 and 2-472 2-471 and 2-472
2-473 and 2-474 2-473 and 2-474
File this change sheet in front of the publication for reference purposes.
By order ofthe secretary of the Army:
CARL E. VUONO
General, United States Army
Chief ofStaff
Official:
WILLIAM J. MEEHAN II
Brigadier General, United States Army
The Adjutant General
Distribution:
To be distributed in accordance with DA Form 12-37, Operator Maintenance requirements for Tank,
Combat, Full-Tracked, 105MM, M60
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
C5
CHANGE HEADQUARTERS
No. 5 Washington, D.C. , 2 December 1987
Operator's Manual
TANK, COMBAT, FULL -TRACKED :
105-MM GUN, M60
(2350-00-678-5773)
TM 9-2350-260-10-2, dated 20 February 1981 , is changed as follows:
1. Remove old pages and insert new pages as indicated below .
2. New or changed material is indicated by a vertical bar in the margin of the page.
b and c b and c
None 2-212.1 /(2-212.2 blank)
2-465 and 2-466 2-465 and 2-466
By Order of the Secretary of the Army:
CARL E. VUONO
Official:
Chief ofStaff
R.L. DILWORTH
Distribution:
To be distributed in accordance with DA Form 12-37 , Operator Maintenance

requirements for Tank, Combat , Full - Tracked 105 - MM , M60 .
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
C4
CHANGE HEADQUARTERS
NO. 4 Washington, D.C. , 28 January 1987
Operator's Manua!
Operation Under Usual and Unusual Conditions

105-MM GUN, M60
(2350-00-678-5773)
TM 9-2350-260-10-2 , 20 February 1981 , is changed as follows:
1. Remove old pages and insert new pages as indicated below .
2. New or changed information is indicated by a vertical bar in the margin of the

page.
b and c b and c
2-263 and 2-264 (2-263 blank)/ 2-264
None 2-264.1 and 2-264.2
None (2-332.1 blank)/2-332.2
None 2-332.3 and 2-332.4
2-333 and 2-334 (2-333 blank)/2-334
2-497 and 2-498 2-497 and 2-498
None 2-498.1 /(2-498.2 blank)
2-503 and 2-504 2-503 and 2-504
None 2-504.1 /(2-504.2 blank)
JOHN A. WICKHAM, JR.

Official: Chief of Staff
R.L. DILWORTH
Distribution:
To be distributed in accordance with DA Form 12-37 , Operator
Maintenance requirements for Tank , Combat , Full - Tracked , 105 - MM , M60 .
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
C3
CHANGE HEADQUARTERS
NO. 3 WASHINGTON, DC, 2 December 1985
OPERATOR'S MANUAL
105-MM GUN , M60
(2350-00-678-5773)

2. New or changed material is indicated by a vertical bar in the margin of the
page and by a vertical bar adjacent to the TACOM number.
2-117 and 2-118 2-117 and 2-118

2-333 and 2-334 2-333 and 2-334
None 2-334.1 through 2-334.12
2-335 through 2-346 2-335 through 2-346
JOHN A. WICKHAM, JR .
Official:
Chief ofStaff
MILDRED E. HEDBERG
Distribution:
To be distributed in accordance with DA Form 12-37, Operator's Maintenance requirements for Tank,
Combat, Full Tracked, 105 -MM, M60.
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
C2
Change HEADQUARTERS
No. 2 DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
WASHINGTON , DC 19 September 1985
OPERATOR'S MANUAL
OPERATION UNDER USUAL AND UNUSUAL CONDITIONS
105 -MM GUN , M60
(2350-00-678-5773)
TM 9-2350-260-10-2 , 20 February 1981 , is changed as follows:

2. New or changed material is indicated by a vertical bar in the margin of the
page .
3. Added or revised illustrations are indicated by a vertical bar adjacent to the
illustration identification number.
b/(c blank) b and c

i and ii i and ii
2-123 and 2-124 2-123 and 2-124
None
2-124.1 /( 2-124.2 blank)
2-219 and 2-220 2-219 and 2-220
None DA Forms 2028-2
File this change sheet in front of the publication for reference purposes .
JOHN A. WICKHAM, JR.

Official: Chief ofStaff
DONALD J. DELANDRO
Distribution:
To be distributed in accordance with DA Form 12-37 , Operator Maintenance requirements for

Tank, Combat, Full Tracked , 105 - MM , M60 .
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
C1
Change HEADQUARTERS
No. 1 Washington, DC, 30 December 1983
OPERATOR'S MANUAL
105-MM GUN M60
(2350-00-678-5773)

2. New or changed material is indicated by a vertical bar in the margin of the page.
3. Added or revised illustrations are indicated by a vertical bar adjacent to the
illustration identification number.
b/(c blank) b/(c blank)

2-153 and 2-154 2-153 and 2-154
2-157 thru 2-162 2-157 thru 2-162
2-165 and 2-166 2-165 and 2-166
2-205 thru 2-208 2-205 thru 2-208
2-219 thru 2-222 2-219 thru 2-222
2-231 thru 2-234 2-231 thru 2-234
2-269 and 2-270 2-269 and 2-270
2-475 and 2-476 2-475 and 2-476
2-567 thru 2-576 2-567 thru 2-576
None 2-576.1 and 2-576.2
2-577 and 2-578 2-577 and 2-578
2-591 thru 2-594 2-591 thru 2-594
2-621 and 2-622 2-621 /(2-622 blank)
2-623 thru 2-626 None
4. File this change sheet in front of the publication for reference purposes.
Official: JOHN A. WICKHAM , JR.

ChiefofStaff
Official:
ROBERT M. JOYCE
Major General, United States Army
Distribution:
To be distributed in accordance with DA Form 12-37 , Operator Maintenance requirements for 105MM
Gun, M60.
3F
*TM 9-2350-260-10-2
Technical Manual
No. 9-2350-260-10-2 HEADQUARTERS
WASHINGTON , D.C. , 20 February 1981
OPERATOR'S MANUAL
OPERATION UNDER USUAL AND UNUSUAL CONDITIONS
105-MM GUN, M60
(2350-00-678-5773)
REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS
You can help improve this manual. If you find any mistakes, or if you
know of any way to improve the procedures, please let us know. Mail your
letters, DA Form 2028 (Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank
Forms), or DA Form 2028-2 located in the back of this manual direct to:
Commander, U.S. Army Tank-Automotive Command, Attn : AMSTA- MBC,
Warren, MI 48397-5000. A reply will be furnished to you .
TABLE OF CONTENTS
VOLUME 1
Page
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL iii
CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 1-1
Section I General Information 1-1
Section II Equipment Description .... 1-3
CHAPTER 2 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 2-1

Section I Description and Use of Operator's
Controls and Indicators ... 2-1
Section II Preventive Maintenance Checks
and Services ……... 2-27
VOLUME 2
Section III Operation Under Usual Conditions 2-117

Section IV Operation Under Unusual Conditions 2-567
*This manual , together with TM 9-2350-260-10-1 , 20 February 1981 , and

TM 9-2350-260-10-3 , 20 February 1981 , supersedes so much of TM 9-2350-215-10,
3 February 1965 and TM 9-2350-215 - ESC , 15 March 1973 as pertains to M60 Tanks.
TA248407
Change 2 i
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued
VOLUME 3
Page
CHAPTER 3 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS 3-1
Section I Lubrication Instructions .... 3-1
Section II Troubleshooting ....... 3-3
Section III Maintenance Procedures 3-48
CHAPTER 4 AMMUNITION ..... 4-1
APPENDIX A. REFERENCES ............ A- 1
APPENDIX B. COMPONENTS OF END ITEM AND

BASIC ISSUE ITEMS LISTS B-1
APPENDIX C. ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST C- 1
APPENDIX D. EXPENDABLE SUPPLIES AND

MATERIALS LIST D-1
APPENDIX E. STOWAGE AND SIGN GUIDE E -1
APPENDIX F. LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS F- 1
SUBJECT INDEX . INDEX 1
TA137058
ii
.OPERATION
III
Section
CONDITIONS
USUAL
UNDER
INDEX
OPERATIONAL Page
weapo ght
Boresins
Boresight
caliber
machine
gun
..50 2-363
aBoresight
gun
main
(procedure
) lternate 2-334.12
Boresight
p gunrimary
procedure
)(main 2-334
Boresight
searchlight 2-377
Boresight
7.62
machine
-m
gunm 2-346
Drive
tank
the
Drive
forward 2-203
Drive
revers
in e 2-213
.
brakes
Opera te 2-193
Operate
periscope 2-178
.
lights
tank
Operate 2-167
transmissio
Operate n 2-195
Start
engine
. 2-185
Steer
tank
the 2-199
Engage
gun
machine
.50
caliber
with
target
Fire
. 2-426
action
-immediate
fire
to
failure
Perform 2-431
Track 2-424
-mm
105
with
target
Engage
gun
main
control
fire
Auxiliary 2-460
Close
in
emerg
breechency 2-453
Change 3
.Fire 2-465
Loa
. d 2-448
Perform
failure
to
fire
-immediate
action 2-468
Range 2-455
Track 2-456
2-117
TA137059
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
INDEX
OPERATIONAL Page
2-118
Engage
target
with
7.62
m
machine
- m
gun
Fire
.
2-438
Perform
failure
i
-tommediate
fire
action 2-443
Range
.
2-437
Track
2-433
Install
driver's
escape
hatch
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
seal
and
.hatch
Inspect 2-487
Inspect
hatch
secure
for
placement 2-490
Install
.hatch 2-488
Operate
communicat
system ion
handset
external
Operate
2-161
intercom
Operate
2-144
receiver
t
- ransmitter
Operate
2-147
Operate
protection
fire
system
Operate
controls
external
fixed
2-483
internal
controls
Operate
fixed
2-479
Operate
portable
extinguishe
fire r
2-478
particulate
gas
Operate
system
Adjust
air
temperatur e 2-227
mask
Connect 2-226
Start
particulate
gas
system
2-224
Turn
gas
off
particulate
system
2-228
personnel
heater
Operate
.
deflector
airflow
Set
2-222
off
Turn
heater
2-223
heater
on
Turn
2-220
Perf
emer orm
gency
escape
Drop
driver's
escape
hatch
2-485
driver's
Dump
.
seat
2-484
from
Exit
tank
TA137060
2-486
INDEX
OPERATIONAL Page
Perform
o
post
- perating
procedures
Install
cove rs 2-530
Install
main
gun
muzzle
plug 2-536
locks
cupola
Lock 2-528
travel
gun
main
Lock
lock 2-525
lock
traverse
turret
Lock 2-527
inside
from
hatch
loader's
Open 2-524
headlight
stow
and
Remove
assemblies 2-561
Remove
antenna 2-554
Remove
cartridge
bag 2-551
.. Remove
stop
shell
return
plate
assembly 2-565
Rem
wea
. pon
oves 2-537
padlock
and
Secure
tank 2-566
Shut
tank
down 2-491
sigh
Stowts 2-556
off
equ
Turipm
n ent 2-494
Un lo ad
weapons 2-507
Perf
smo
screke
enin
orm g
Turn
smoke
gener
off ator 2-477
Turn
on
smoke
gener ator 2-475
Prepare
firing
for
Adjust
rangefinde r 2-280
Adjust
sights 2-293
Inst
mac
gunshin
all e
2-264
Instal
shell
retur
plate
assem
stop nlbly 2-331
TA137061
2-119
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
OPERATIONAL
INDEX Page
2-120
C ontinued
-firing
for
Prepare
Loa
machin
gun d e
s 2-315
Remove
covers 2-253
on
turr
pow
Turernet 2-332
locks
cupola
Unlock 2-261
lock
travel
gun
main
Unlock
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-262
lock
traverse
turret
Unlock 2-260
tank
operate
to
Prepare
down
tie
and
Install
antenna 2-124
.
Install
assemblies
headlight 2-125
hatc
Open hes 2-121
statio
crew
Preparens 2-129
ammunition
Stow
ammunition
.45
caliber
Stow 2-250
ammunition
gun
machine
.50
caliber
Stow 2-241
hand
grena
Stow des 2-252
-mm
105
Stow
ammunition 2-229
machine
-m
7.62
Stow
m
ammunition
gun 2-247
Zero
sights
Perform
initial
zero 2-381
Perform
reference
zero 2-400
caliber
to
periscope
commander's
Zero
gun
machine
.50 2-409
-mm
7.62
to
sight
infinity
Zero
gun
machine 2-402
TA137062
PREPARE
(OPEN
TANK
OPERATE
)TO
HATCHES
:Outside
From
Hatch
Loader's
Open
To
Equipment
: ០២
Get
.
padlock
hatch
for
key
.hatch
over
turret
on
Stand
1.
C
padlock
hatch
u
., nlock
key
Using
2. D
).(A
handle
hatch
Grasp
3.
position
to
B
hatch
Lift
).4.
(C
(D pen
)catch
o
hold
sure
-Make
5.
holds
in
hatch
).
(C
position
A
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137063
2-121
PREPARE
TO
OPERATE
TANK
O PEN
HATCHES
C
()- ontinued
Cover
Hatch
Cupola
Open
:To 一
2-122
).
(A
handle
lock
Grip
1.
Turn
2.
lock
handl
tofull e
left
unloc
hatch
cover
.(B
) k
3.
Let
go
of
lock
handl
H
will
spring
.open
slight ly
. atche
it
l 4.
Push
hatch
cover
(B
)u pward
until
sprin
ocks g
full
in
-open
positi
. on
Push
i5.
hold
-o
handl
Cnto
sprin
pen ge
).(clip
D
B
B
COMMANDER'S
UNLOCKED
STATION
)(INSIDE
C
A
LOCKED
O
() UTSIDE
TA137064
(Oontinued
TANK
OPERATE
TO
PREPARE
)-C
HATCHES
PEN
hatch
(C
).to
f unlock
B
push
3. orward
handle
Then
:
Hatch
Driver's
Open
To
upward
.G
head
behind
and
4. rasp
,reach
hands
both
With
handle
).
(D
hatch
CAUTION
motion
right
.in
smooth
one
5.
)to
(C
hatch
Slide
peri-
IR
if
driver's
hatch
open
not
Do
hatch
driver's
O
installed
.ispening
scope
(E
6.to
engaged
securely
)ispen
-o
hold
that
sure
Be
latch
damage
could
periscope
.
bracket
fixed
w
hatch
)(F
is
. hen
open
Make
:
Sure
hatch
).(page
2-557
Driver's
driver's
from
removed
is
periscope
IR
A
D F
B
DRIVER'S
STATION
E
.
seat
driver's
in
Sit
1.
TA137065
2.
,press
hand
left
).With
(A
latch
2-123
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
ANTENNA
DOWN
)AND
ITIE
NSTALL
TANK
OPERATE
(TO
PREPARE B
Equipment
: MA CONTROL
MASTED
JURI ་ON
2-124
Get
from ་མ་
stowa
: ge D
)
bottom
(A
section
Antenna STARTED
DICATOR
NSWITCH
•BWE
(B
section
)top
Antenna
- OFF
Antenna
(C
)•assembly
down
tie F→UEL4Of
PUMP1
ON
LEAVE
TM 9-2350-260-10-2°
A บ
:
Sure
Make
Change 2
DRIVER'S
STATION
OFF
.set
to
(D
iSWITCH
CONTROL
M)•s ASTER
C
.
1 )b
(B
section
top
antenna
toy
A
bottom
Join
until
shown
as
rotating
a
(And
section
i
)Bnto
inserting
.
tight
A
.
2 F y
support
base
antenna
a
bontenna
)t
(E
Attach
,rotating
.
clockwise
antenna
E
WARNING
voltage
high
under
or
near
operated
be
to
is
aehicle
If
v B
F
used
be
must
method
down
.tie
following
t he
, ailure
wires
and
personnel
injury
or
death
in
result
could
so
do
to
.
equipment
to
damage
CAUTION OCOL
radio
to
d amage
down
tying
when
antennas
cross
;not
Do F
.
result
will
TA248426
C
AND
I ontinued
ANTENNA
)-TIE
DOWN
NSTALL
OPERATE
TANK
PREPARE
(TO
NOTE
vehi-
the
while
down
tied
be
to
required
not
is
antenna
The
method
triangle
.the
,u
down
tied
Ifse
motion
in
is
it
cle
A
.the
from
it
keep
to
is
This nten-
vehicle
outside
swaying
power
electrical
from
away
them
keep
to
down
tied
are
nas
l them
keep
,a
tond
vehicle
ow
the
profile
to
give
lines www
.
ceilings
low
scraping
from
assembly
(C
)tie
o
G
down
f
into
slots
of
bottom
Position
F
antenna G
.
3
F
.
4 vehicle
using
points
)o
(H
convenient
t
down
C on
assembly
Tie
tie
of
ends
turret
or
not
cupola
impede
will
that
point
down
tie
.S elect
triangle
method
5000
operation
.
Change 2
ང
་་་་་
་་་
་
C
་་་་་
་་་
C
H
H
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA248430
2-124.1/(2-124.2 blank )
PREPA
:
Tools ~~
K
PREPARE
OPERATE
TANK
I(TO
ASSEMBLIE
)HEADLIGH
NSTALL TS
Tool
: s
न
box
front
fender
.right
)f
(A
Get rom
hammer
:
Sure
Make
MASTER
)is
(B
SWITCH
.CONTROL
OFF
to
set
A
LIGHTING
)is
(C
lever
.CONTROL
OFF
to
set
WER BEAM
HIINDICATOR CONTRO
MASTER L
MAIN
ENGINE INDICATOR
SWITCH
• FUEL
A
CONTROL
LIGHTING SHUT
OFF ON
C
STOP
LIGHT
SER OFF
WER BO SELEC
DRIVE TOR PUMP
BILGE SWITC
STARTE R
D SWITCHHTOR
INDICA
PANEL UNLOCK IR ON
BLACKOUT
DRIVE
PARK OFF TM
eON
PUMPS
FUEL
ON
LEAVE 9-235
IFMASTER
ONLY
OFF
TURS
SWITCH
AISTOBEONFOR AOFF
PR100
LONG
OUTLET
UTILITY
DRIVER'S
STATION
TA137067
2-125
C
)-(Iontinued
ASSEMBLIES
HEADLIGHT
TANK NSTALL
OPERATE
PREPARE
TO
(E
mounts
stowage
two
)o
Dn
assemblies
headlight
Locate
1.
2-126
.station
driver's
inside
with
lightly
t
necessary
,I(F
nutsfap
).retainer
two
Unscrew
2.
loosen
t
.)(Ao
hammer
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
STATION
DRIVER'S
F
.(E
mounts
from
remove
a )Dnd
assembly
headlight
each
Lift
3. REAR
)R
( IGHT D
D D
DRIVER'S
STATION R·ATTO
R
( IGHT
CAUTION
)
FRONT Q
e
TA137068
C ontinued
ASSEMBLIES
I
HEADLIGHT
NSTALL
OPERATE
)-TANK
PREPARE
(TO
outside
tank
of
front
4.
.Carry
)to
(D
assemblies
headlight
fromTurn
5.
caps
c
Gountercloc
unscrew
to
headlight
,t two
mounts
necessary
).I
(H
with f
lightly
ap kwise
hammer
loosen
.to
D
headlights
Place
)6.
(H
mounts
oith n
lens
.w
forward
)c
as
by Turn
7.
retainer
two
nuts
(F
hand
.can lockwise
tight
you
8423456
G
H
H
TA137069
2-127
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
C tiMB
-) onSE
AS
ed ES
nuLI
HE AD LLGH
TALI T
ITA
(OP NSNK
ER AT E
TO
PREPARE
.stiv
dr at io
er n
in
b)G si
( ac kde's
ca
tw
Ta ps
ke
8. o .los s t
pr
t
)E
( o ev
2-128
unents
128
mo
st ow ag
li et
gh
hetw
ont ad
oo wi se
twc
ca lo
)(G ps
o ckw
Sc
9. re
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
.
sto
to
ha wag e
er
Ret urn
10. mm
18
G
FOWER
13
16
MEER
E
D
Q
↑
ST N
IO'S
ATER
DRIV
RE
)R AR
( IGHT
STAVER
DRI N
TIO'S
R
(FR ONTT
) IGH
TA137070
PREPARE
OPERATE
TANK
P REPARE
CREW
STATIONS
)(TO
E
WARNING
8
.45
caliber
your
sure
make
Always
you
before
cleared
is
gun
submachin e
.it
stow
F
A E
Guns
:.45
Submachin
Caliber
Stow
To e
NOTE
before
gun
your
Collapse
stowing
.
B
:
Wall
Left
Turret
).T
t (C
hole
gunB
P
(A
grip
Take
1. urn
hrough
barrel
ut
by
.wall
turret
from
away C
slightly
grip
).C
(E
clip
into
f
D
stockatch
ully
wire
of
gun's
sides
both
Slide
2
(F
groove
bottom
).stock
in
wire
gun's
of
side
right
caught
stock
is
sure
gun
wall
.M
grip
3. toake
)ltight
(Aeft
Turn
.
clip
of
grooves
both
in LOADER'S
STATION
TA137071
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-129
C
STATIONS
)-CREW
P REPARE
( ontinued
TANK
OPERATE
TO
PREPARE
F
2-130
WARNING E
.45
your
caliber
make
sure
Always
submachine
is
gun
you
before
cleared
.
it
stow
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
nj
Ba
NOTE
D
before
gun
your
Collapse
.
stowing
:
Ceiling
Bustle
Turret A
(C
hole
).t
P B hrough
ut
barrel
A
grip
by
gun
Take
1.
down
.grip
Turn
into
(E
clip
stock
).Df
sides
2. ully
wire
gun's
of
both
Slide
Catch
stock
wire
gun's
of
side
).left
(F
groove
top
in E
tight
in
caught
gun
is
stock
M
sure
grip
)u
.(A
3. ake
p
Turn
both
.
clip
of
grooves
LOADE R'S
STATION
TA137072
PTANK
OPERATE
TO
PREPARE
REPARE
(CREW
)-Continued
STATIONS
Inside
:From
Hatch
Loader's
Close
To
:
Sure
Make
hatch
from
removed
(As
)ipadlock
Hatch
.padlock
lose
D
not
) o
(B
eyelet
H
or
C
seat
loader's
on
Stand
).1.
(D
ring
turret
F
retracted
.(E
bolt
2. s
)ilock
sureMake
o(G
cover
).hatch
free
3.t
(F open
catch
hold
-Release E
G
WARNING A
.Use
care
Hatch
heavy
very
is
cover
not
does
hatch
that
so
when
closing
injury
cause
and
fall
personnel
.to
position
4.(J
pull
).hatch
closed
to
cover
and
H
handle
Grasp
B D
5.
forward
H
handle
Push
)w
(E
bolt
lock
engage
.to
turret
ith
STATION
LOADER'S
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137073
2-131
PREPARE
TO
OPERATE
TANK
(P REPARE
CREW
)STATIONS
-C ontinued
Install
To
Seat
:Loader's
2-132
NOTE
je
Seat
spring
is
loaded
raised
to
posi-
tion
and
will
swing
up
when
not
in
TM9-2350-260-10-2
use
.
Remove
loader's
seat
f )1.rom
stowage
bracket
).(A
B
Place
2.
seat
on
mounting
o pins
ring
).(C
D n
turret
Stow
Loader's
Seat
:To A
PHONE
1.
Lift
seat
from
pins
)(mount
.C ing
Place
2.
seat
stowa
brack
)in
.(B ge
et
C MCAACL
H
A G
D
B
LOADER'S
STATION
TA137074
C ontinued
STATIONS
P
)-CREW
REPARE
TANK
OPERATE
PREPARE
(TO
:
Backw
or
Forwa
Seat
Gunne
Adjus
To tard
rd
r's
Tools
:
box
:fender
front
right
from
Get
)(A
wrenc
end
open
inch
9/16 h
B
drive
inch
1/2
with
)(socket
inch
9/16 G
)(C
drive
inch
1/2
with
exten
i
5nch sion
)
(D
drive
inch
1/2
with
Ratch et
D H
A B C
STATION
GUNNER'S
remov
t
D
a
),C
u (B
tools
turni
f (Eose e
nd ng
rom
)bolts
keep
t
end
open
9/16A
wrenco
inch
using
While
1. h E
).(H
suppo
t seat
G
)h
(F
washe
and
four rt
ooldin
nuts rsg
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-133
TA137075
PREPARE
OPERATE
TO
TANK
(P
CREW REPARE
STATIONS
)-C ontinued
Lifting
c
seat
H
seat
on 2.
)(Glear
support
m,of ove
forward
backward
or
support
required
.as
2-134
Using
tools
h ,r
four
nuts
)and
(F eplace
washers
3.olding
seat
support
.to
Retur
4.
tools
stowa
to
. n
ge
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
Seat
Adjust
:To
Height
body
Support
1.
slightly
weight
seat
in
seated
).while
(G
G
Pull
out2.
latch
s
.)(Jlowly
F
Lift
a3.
lower
seat
,or
requi
.s red
Let
4.
latch
of
go
to
seat
lock
position
.in
GUNNER'S
STATION
TA137076
C
P
TANKontinued
-)STATIONS
CREWREPARE
OPERATE
(TO
PREPARE
:Heigh
Backrest
Adjus
To t
).(K
knob
adjusting
height
backrest
Loosen
1.
required
.,a
down
u or
)s
(Lp
backrest
Move
2.
kno
adju
Tig bstin
.3. hte ng
:Tilt est
Backr
Adjus
To t
(N
retainer
).support
from
it
disconnect
t
)o
(M
bar
adjustment
Lift
1.
M
required
.a
), s
(L
backrest
Adjust
2.
N
retainer
support
engage
.to
bar
adjustment
Release
3.
STATION
GUNNER'S
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137077
2-135
PREPARE
OPERATE
TANK
P REPARE
(TO
CREW
STATIONS
)-C ontinued
Close
Cupola
To
Hatch
Inside
:From
2-136
Pull
hold
-o
handle
o
clip
)A
.(B pen
1.ut
spring
of
Pull
hold
o
d -2.pen
handle
A
hatch
m ownward
)until
freely
.(C oves
Gripping
lock
handle
s (D
),3.wing
hatch
closed
position
.to
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
Turn
)t4.
handle
(D
right
locko
hatch
.to
Push
hold
-o
b
into5.pen
handle
A
spring
clip
).(B ack
0 B
A
OPENED
VIEW
CLOSED
VIEW C
TA137078
PREPARE
TO
OPERATE
TANK
(P
CREWREPARE
STATIONS
C)- ontinued
Adjust
Commander
To
Height
:Seat 's
handle
).
(A
1.locking
Lift
lower
or
Lift
required
a
),2.
(B
seat
.s
០៣
Release
handle
3.
position
in
seat
lock
.to
COMMANDER'S
STATION
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-137
TA137079
(Pontinued
TANK
OPERATE
TO
PREPARE
)-C
STATIONS
CREW
REPARE
(Vertical
Stowed
:)P
To osition
From
Platform
Commander's
Unlock
2-138
to
A
plunger
on
down
Push
).1.
(B
platform
release
hosition
to
(.)p
2. orizontal
down
into
swing
platform
Allow
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
STOWED
STOWED
B
DOWN
A STATION
COMMANDER'S
B
H
)( IDDEN
To
(Vertical
Stowed
in
Platform
Commander's
Lock
:)P osition
closed
holds
and
1.
until
B
platform
Raise
)s
(A
plunger
prings
platform
)up
.(B
TA137080
PREPARE
OPERATE
TO
P REPARE
STATIONS
CREW
C
( ontinued
)-TANK
:
Hatch
Driver's
Close
To
1.(A
latch
on
).Press
up
While
pressing
latch
g
,2.rasp
hatch
and
handle
)slide
(B
all
.
left
to
way
the
a
3. nd
)pull
(C
handle
lid
Grasp A
down
.
C
B
HIDDEN
handle
push
)a
(D
4. nd
latch
Squeeze
)i
(En
direction
lock
to
arrow
of E
.
hatch
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137081
2-139
PREPARE
OPERATE
TO
P REPARE
CREW
STATIONS
C
( ontinued
)-TANK
Adjust
Driver's
To
Seat
Type
):(Early
2-140
Heigh
: t
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
WARNING
、3 旦
when
carefully
seat
Raise
.
closed
is
hatch
dump
pull
Never
(A
)wlever
sitting
hile
in
seat
.
B
.
1 .
seat
of
out
slightly
weight
body
Support
Lift
2.
hold
height
adjustment
lever
).and
(B
seat
Let
3.
raise
desired
to
height
or
weight
.
seat
lower
to
use
body
Release
(4.
lever
)t
B
lock
o
desired
at
seat
.
height
LIFT
B
DRIVER'S
STATION
TA137082
PREPARE
OPERATE
C TO
TANK
(P REPARE
STATIONS
)-CREW
ontinued
Forward
:
Backward
or
)toward
(C
handle
Pull
1.
H
.you
old
C
Move
2.
forward
seat
backward
or
using
your
weight
.body
3.
)to
(C
handle
.Release
seat
lock
WARNING
backrest
Use
during
operation
injury
avoid
to
while
turning
turret
.
E D
Backre
Heigh
: tst
).
(D
knob
adjusting
height
backrest
Loosen
1. DRIVER'S
F
PULL STATION
backrest
)uMove
2.
(E
or
required
,a
.downsp C
(D
).knob
adjusting
3.Tighten
:
Tilt
Backrest
).
(F
lever
backrest
1.tilt
Lower
backrest
Move
f
)2.
(E orward
backward
or
required
.,a s
tilt
Release
3.
backrest
lock
)to
(F
lever
position
.in
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-141
TA137083
C)- ontinued
STATIONS
CREW
(P REPARE
TANK
OPERATE
TO
PREPARE
):Type
L
(Seat
Driver 's
ate t
Adjus
To
2-142
WARNING
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
closed
.is
hatch
when
carefully
seat
Raise
win
sitting
) hile
(A
lever
dump
pull
Never
seat
.
Height
:
seat
of
.out
weigh
body ly
t
slightrt
Suppo
1.
).(B
lever
adjus
heigh
hold
and
Lift
2. ttment
B
or
height
desired
to
raise
seat
Let
3.
seat
lower
to
weight
body
.use
desire
at
seat
lock
t
B
)( o
lever
Relea
4. d
se
.
height
B LIFT
A
ON
STATIR'S
DRIVE
TA137084
PREPA TATION
O
TPOER RE
ATE
For
war
d T
S
)
C
P
CRT
oAA
EN
E K
tTiI
o ( -Rn PWAnOR S
uNeEd
Brack
war
: d 1
P.ull
hand PULL
(
) C
t
Co le
Hyoolward
.. ud
Mov
seat
forw
or
bac e
ard
2. kwa
usin
your
bod
weig
. yg
ht rd
Release
3.
)handle
(C
lock
o
seat
.t
Backre
Heigh
: tst
Pull
backrest
f (D
)1.orward
until
pin
free
is
hole
).of
(E
PULL
NOTE
Mak
sure
pin
erts
into
hole
E e
( D
.)
Make
sure
pin
inserts
into
hole
.
)
(E
‫گئی‬
Move
2.
backrest
up
down
or
desired
height
.to
Backrest
Tilt
:
Push
and
hold
backrest
tilt
.)dlever
(F
1.own E
Tilt
2.
backrest
).(D
F
Release
lever
).(3.
F DRIVER'S
STATION
2-143
TA137085
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
O
) PERATE
OPERATE
(INTERCOM
SYSTEM
COMMUNICATION
Make
:
Sure On
Intercom
:Turn
To
2-144
SWITCH
)is
.(A
ON
to
set
MASTER
CONTROL ONLY
.INT
)t
(Co
switch
PWR
MAIN
1. Turn
CAUTION as
desired
.or
OFF
)t
2.ON
(Do
switch
ACCENT
INT
Turn
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
communica
with tion .SILENCE
)t
3. o
LISTENIN
(E
switch
TRANS
RADIO
Turn G
engine
start
Never
that
recommend
is
ont
.turned
Iequipment ed
charged
batteries
keep
to
running
be
engine A
turned
is
equipmenttion
communica
while MAIN MASTER
CONTROL
INGRE SWITCH
INDICA
FUEL
.
on
OFF
SHUT
NOTE
ECTOR SWITCH
STARTER
INDICATOR
always
be
POWER
)should
(B
switch
BKR
CKT
CKOUT
P
r
to
)mOFF
set
,switch
.Ifeset
ON
(B oves RIVE
ON
.Ifo
)m
(B
switch
,d
again
OFF
to
not
oves
eON
maintenance
organizational
N
reset
. otify PUMPS
FUEL
LEAVE
ON
PEROD1OON
POR OFF
-TU-10
LOND
F
ON
.set
)is
(B
switch
to
POWER
BKR
CKT
C DRIVER'S
PWI
MAIN ACCENT
INT TRANS
RADIO E STATION
COO
.
120 CREW
IN COP
-
ONLY
ONL OFF
B 。་ LISTENING
WLENCE
ON POWID
.
a'-
OFF INT
-
ONLY
OIN
' REAR
OF
DITRANS
INSTALLATION D
POWER SWITCH COMMANDER'S
STATION
INPUT
AUDIO LIMI ‫כ‬
TA137086
OPERATE
COMMUNIC
SYSTEM
O
C PERATE ATION
INTERCOM
)-( ontinued
:
stations
crew
at
controls
intercom
Locate
4.
commander's
goader's
F
l
),G
(Hunner's
J
(
and
.driver's
) F
G
COMMANDER'S
STATION
H
PHONE
PHONE
GUNNER'S
STATION
HAT S
STLOOWADAGERI
K
STATION
DRIVER'S
o
o
o
o ጠ
o
b
SIG
EXT LOADER'S
STATION
OFF
ALL
INT
ON ONLY
IT band
yellow
with
(Kong
cord
l
)CVC
helmet
Plug
5.
OR B
M M
marker
).(with
yellow
i
jack
Lnto
VOLUME
29600 P N
cord
).(remaining
in
Plug
6.
N
L connectors
out
bail
that
Check
7.
Pre
)a
(Qnd
Q
connected
tightly
.
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-145
TA137087
OPERATE
COMMUNIC
SYSTEM
O
C PERATE ATION
)-INTERCOM
( ontinued
2-146
switch
MONITOR
Turn
8.
)to
.(R
ONLY
INT
VOLUME
u Turn
)9.
(S
knob
ntil
satisfied
sound
with
.level SIG
EXT
OFF
ALL
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
INT
ONLY
R
VOLUME
T
S
SID
5
CVC
Set
helmet
switch
)10.
(T
t
center
ifo
want
you
listen
only
.to
CVCSet
11.
switch
)thelmet
(T
to o
listen
rear
.and
talk
TA137088
T RANSMITT
RECEIVER
O
)-( PERATE
SYSTEM
COMMUNIC
OPERATE ER
ATION
list
following C
equipment
from
I
: dentify
your
radio
sets
following
with
.one
the
of
equipped
Tank
be
will
V
-12RC
/
1.
AN
B ANT
: BAND CALL ANT
)(A
1
AMV
/
- 780
RC fier 3A0-52
Ampli
53-75 ON
LIGHT
)(B
V -2
/ RC
46 OFF
RT
Transmitter
Receiver KC
TUNE
MC
BAND
Receiver
-4uxiliary
R
V
/
a
)(C42
RC
NEW SQUELCH
POWER VOLUME ON
OFF
ON
R- ESET
VOLONE OFF
FWR
MAIN TRANS
RADIO BETERSMIT OFF
ACCENT
INT
NORM CDB
CREW OCD
I· NT ON ONLY-
CDR AUDIO
QUAY OFF LISTENIN
A OFF SHENCE G
0 POWER
ONLY
INT
OTHER
RETRANS INSTALLATION 30-0
POWER e SWITCH
INFUT
AUDIO UNS
D LOW
OPP MEGKER
Y
HEAR
-4
V6RC
/
AN
2.
)(A
V
1
AM/- 780
AmpliRC fier
)(D
V -5
/
RTRC
24
Transmitter
Receiver
6
-/
VAN
and
53
3. 4
RC E
(A
)/
V
1
AM
A 780
RC ier
-•mplif
and
look
sets
T
.AN
/
)f
RT
V
5
T E
(-8
orhese
RC64
or
41
3RC
05
ransmitter
Receiver
different
are
insides
..T he
same
the
operate
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-147
TA137089
)-C
T
O ontinued
RECEIVER
PERATE
SYSTEM ER
RANSMITTATION
-(COMMUNIC
OPERATE
T
Useransmitter
Receiver
:-To
Amplifier
Set
To F H
2-148
G
Make
:Sure
BKR
switches
are
POWER
CKT
CONTROL
and
MASTER TRANS
RADIO
PWR
MAIN ACCENT
INT
.
page
2-144
on
as
shown +CDR
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
NORM ON- CREW

INT ONLY-
CDR
ONLY OFF- LISTENING
and
caution
understand
and
read
You
.
2-144
page
on
note OFF SILENCE
0 ON 0POWER
BKR
CKT
CVC
(page
in
plugged
is
).helmet
2-145
OFF -
ONLY
INT
OTHER
RETRANS INSTALLATION
NORM
.(F
)t
PWR
MAIN
1. o
switch
Set SWITCH
POWER LINE
INPUT
AUDIO
as
OFF
switch
)t
(G
2.or
ON
o
ACCENT
INT
Set
.
desired
transmissi
R
SILENCE
L ons
ISTENING
(.aadio
NOTE
R adio
monitored
.be
may
sources
other
from
)isolume
(G
,v
ON
When
switch
ACCENT
INT is
crew
and
commander
by
transmissi on
volume
louder
than
be
will
intercom
of ).
impossible
radio
.
other
from
transmissi
R
(ONLY
.CDR
badio on
)isolume
(G
switch
ACCENT
INT
When
,v
OFF Radio
monitored
be
.can
sources
.
same
the
be
will
radio
and
intercom
of for
only
possible
is
transmissi on
.)
commander
Set
)to
(H
switch
TRANS
RADIO
the
of
one from
transmissi
R
(& REW
Cadio
CDR on
ကံ
:
positions
following Radio
monitored
be
can
sources
.other
and
commander
for
possible
is
transmission
.)
crewmembe
any r
TA137090
C
T
O RANSMITTER
RECEIVER
SYSTEM
)--( ontinued
PERATE
COMMUNICATION
OPERATE
on
T
1
V
/
AN ransmi
Receiv
:- 2
Turn
To RC er tter
NOTE
M
,
SEL
CHAN switc
keep
to
set
iJ s
)(latch
switc h
h
Squel ch
by
autho
as
settin
NEW
or g
OLD rized
in
-1
JHI . ander
comm
SW PWROFF
CONTROL N
L
INT
ONLY
ON
I BAND ANT
CALL LIGHT
ON- AUTO
OFF 053-75
c 30-52-
VOLUME LAMP POWER
C
-K-UNE
TMC REMOTE
HIGH
LOW
OFF
J - ESET ER
RBREAK
STATION
COMMANDE R'S SQUELCH
NEW VOLUME SPKR CONT
ANT
.5 RAW
RETRANSMIT
OFF
.t
K
)( o
switc
SQUE hLCH K OFF
Set
1. ON-
OFF OLD
O MIKE
switc
:LIGHhT
Set
2.
switc
LIGH
s
, et h
condit
black
under Tion
out
opera
If ting
.OFF
t
L
)( o
LIGH
s
, et
condit
norma
under Tion
l
ting
opera
If
.ON
)t
(Lo
switc h
P
M
contro
select
frequ
)(remot
sure l
WR or
e
3.Makeency
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
LO
.to
iset
N
)(s
switc h
2-149
TA137091
C
OPERATE
(Oontinued
SYSTEM
COMMUNICATION
T
)-RECEIVER
PERATE
RANSMITTER
2-150
CAUTION
R
OFF
If LOW
to
.I,r
switch
ESET
BREAKER
)mfeset
(P oves
-POWER
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
.Notify
reset
organiza-
switch
)m
(P
-R
BREAKER
OFF
to
,d
again
not o
oves
ESET
.
maintenance
tional
W
one
about
t
REMOTE
.minute
4. oait
POWER
(P
switch
)Set
-transmitter
receiver
.for
up
warm
to
CALL LIGHT BAND
background
heard
is
noise
control
.(Q
5.)u ntil
VOLUME
Turn ON AUTO
OFF 053-75
30-52-
AMP
required
.ON
switch
,i(K
6. )tfo
SQUELCH
Set MC
-KTUNE
C REMOTE POWER
HIGH-
LOW
OFF
described
in
procedure
using
desired
frequency
7.
to
Tune RBREAKER
- ESET
.
TM
11-5820-401-10-2 SQUELCH
NEW VOLUME
ON- RAW
RETRANSMIT
OFF
.
ON-
Manual
tunin g OFF- OLD
MIKE
Pushbutton
tuning
K
control
selector
frequency
Remote Q
TA137092
T
(O
SYSTEM
COMMUNICATION
-OPERATE
RECEIVER
RANSMITTER
PERATE
)Continued
On
Receiver
Auxiliary
:-1
V / 2RC
AN
Turn
To
NOTE
autho
as
settin
NEW
or
OLD
in
switc
keep
to
set
)(Rs
-g
h
ilatch
switc
Squel hch
.
comm
by
rized ander
ANT BAND CALL ANT

3A0-52O
ON
5℗3-75 LIGHT T
)
LAMP OFF
OFF
.)t
(So
switc
SQUE
Turn
1. hLCH
MC - TUNE
→ KC
switc
:LIGHhT
Set
2.
30
condi-
black
under
opera
If out
ting
NEW SQUELCH
ON S OFF
t
T o
.switc
)LIGH
(s
, et
tions hT
POWER VOLUME
-RESET
ON OFF
ON ,
condit
norma
under
opera
If lions
ting
OFF ON
.t
T
)( o
switc
LIGH
set hT
OFF R
SONAL
SO 42
/CR-, A010
4BNECEVER
NO-4:43--1
ONDER
Ravic USINGPACKED
BEFORE
YQUIPMENT
WITH STRUCTIONS
BEAD
CAUTION
AUDIO
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137093
2-151
COMMUNICATION
OPERATE
T
RECEIVER
(O
SYSTEM
RANSMITTER
PERATE
)-Continued
2-152
CAUTION
switch
R
.Ito
r
m
IfON
-POWER
OFF ESET
oves
,)(Ufeset
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
maintenanc
N
.organizatio
mreset
,d o
not
again
OFF
to
U oves
)(otify e
nal
t
-RoESET
.ON
POWER
3. (U
switch
)Set ANT BAND CALL
ANT
O30-52
VOLUME
Turn
4.
control
background
)until
(V
ON
.
heard
is
noise 583-75 LIGHT
LAMP OFF
X
5.
)tfo
(S
switch
SQUELCH
,iSet
.ON
required MC TUNE- KC W
desired
)t
a(X
6. ond
MC
W
KC
Tune 30
in
described
procedure
using
frequency
.
TM
11-5820-401-10-2 NEW SQUELCH
POWER VOLUME ON
ON
-RESET OFF
OLD
U ON
OFF
OFF
SERIAL
NO RECENER
44/VRC
RADIO
OFNO-4143-
24VDC BEFO
YOUIPMENT
WITH PACKED
ONE
STRUC
READ
CAUTION
AUDIO
TA137094
OPERATE
SYSTEM
O
T PERATE
RECEIVER
-(COMMUNIC
RANSMITT ATION
C
) ontinued ER
NOTE
switches
SQUELCH
L nd
)a
(T
LIGHT
Z
and
(K
)m
.(S
operate
to
lights
CALL
for
on
beust
T
L
RECEIVER
T
- RANSMITTER
ANT BAND CALL ANT
3A0-52
CALL 5℗3-75 ON
AUTO LIGHT
OFF
POWER TUNE
-KMC
C
Y
S
RET
REAKER 30
RETRANSONT NEW SQUELCH
POWER VOLUME ON
OFF
MIDE ON
-RESET OLD
K ON
OFF
OFF
Q AUDIO
V S
RECEIVER
AUXILIARY
Recei
To
Signal
: ve
s
Y
lights
CALL
Watch
1.
(Z
.)L nd
aisten
for
signals
incoming
2.
asnd
Q
controls
VOLUME
Adjust
)a
.(V
required
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-153
TA137095
)-C
T
RECEIVER
O PERATE
( ontinued
SYSTEM ER
RANSMITTATION
COMMUNIC
OPERATE A
:
Signal
Transmit
To
H
C
.&
CDR
or
ONLY
)t
(H
switc
TRAN
R REW S TRANS
BADO
) oADIO
(A
amplif
Set
1. hier
COR
ONLY
ALL
.t
)(AoA h
switc
contro
inter
Set l
com LISTENING
2. SILENCE
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
ONLY
INT
OTHER
RETRANS INSTALLATION
SWITCH
AC
AA
INI f
)(A
switc
-t orwar
B hd
. oalk
push
ONLY Press
3.
૩૧
૦
A
).( C
microphone
into
Speak
4.
-
listen
.t
A
switchB
)(- oalk
push
Release
5.
be
m
(P
t
rB ay
)switch
P OWER
ransmitter
-, eceiver
required
If
6.
power
maximum
.will
at
operate
Transmitter
HIGH
to
set
AB
AUTO BARD
B
REMOTE POWER
@ BEARERE
P COLLME A
RETRANSAT CONT
ANY
TA137096
OPERATE COMMUN
GATION
OPERATE
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM
O PERATE
RECEIVER
T
C RANSMITTER
)--( ontinued
On
Receiver
: ransmitter
-T
V4
To
/
AN6
RC
Turn
NOTE
switch
in
Squelch
(AsD
)ilatch
keep
to
set
.
commander
by
authorized
as
setting
NEW
or
OLD
CALL
BAND LIGHT SPEAKER ANT
30-52 ON- AF
-53-750 OFF-
LAMP POWER
TCUNE
-KMC HIGH
LOW
AE OFF M-XODE
RESET
BREAKER
SQUELCH
ON NEW VOLUME
OFF RAW SPKP
RETRANSMIT CONT
ANT
ON
OFF OLD
MIKE
AD
OFF
.)t
1.(A
switch
oE
SQUELCH
Set
LIGHT
Set
:2.
switch
conditions
,set
LIGHT
If
blackout
under
operating
(AoF
switch
)t
.OFF
LIGHT
switch
If
,set
conditions
normal
under
operating
AoF
ON
.()t
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-155
TA137097
T
O -C
) ontin
RANS
-RECEI
(SYSTPERA ued ER
MITT
VER
TE
EM
COMM
OPER UNIC
ATE ATION
2-156
CAUTION
-R
m
ABREAKER
OFF
to
)( E-
switch
POWER
If oves
G
OFF
to
m
)(A
switch
LOW
r .Ito
SET oves
G
, feset AH
AG
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
organi-
N
reset
not
.d
R o
,again
ESET
- otify
BREAKER
.maintenance
zational
ANT
CALL BAND LIGHT SPEAKE
A
30-52 ON- ON
)
53-758 OFF OFF
LAMP POWER
TMCC
K-UNE HIGH-
LOW
OFF M-XODE
RESET
BREAKER
SQUELCH
.ON NEW VOLUME CONT
OFF SPKPANT
/WR
RETRANSMIT
AJ
AE OFF OLD MIKE
AK
switc
SQUE
s
used
be
to
,iset
squel
If
6. hLCH
ch
LOW
.)t
A
3.(switc
oG h R
POWE
Set
.ON
t
)A
( oE
.ON
t
A
switc
SPEA
s et
oH hd
desire
)(,If
4. KER
in
descri
proce
frequ bed
dure
ency
usinged
desir
to
A J
speak
over
.hearder .
7 Tune
be
)will
(receiv
Signa lsed
.
11-582
TM 0-401-10-2
backgroun
)u K
(Antil
control
VOLUME
Adjust d
LO
heard
.is
noise
TA137098
CUMM
OPERATE
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM
O PERATE
RECEIVER
T
C RANSMITTER
)-( ontinued
NOTE
LIGHT
a(And
F
)SQUELCH
switch
m ust
E
both
be
CALL
for
light
A
(on
operate
.)t oL
AL AF
737
CALL BAND LIGHT SPEAKER ANT
30-52
A( ON ON
53-75
(8 OFF OFF
.
LAMP POWER
MC
-KTCUNE HIGH-
LOW
OFF
BREAKER
RESET M-XODE
AE SQUELCH
.ON NEW VOLUME
OFF RAW
RETRANSMIT CONT
SPKPANT
D
OFF OLD
MIKE
AK
Receive
To
Signals
:
Watch
light
a
forCALL
)(A
1.nd
L
incoming
signals
.listen
A
tcontrol
VOLUME
Adjust
receiver
-os
)a
.Dransmitter
nK
(required
2-157
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137099
C
T
RECEIRANS ued
MITT
VER ER
O
COMM
OPERAPERAT
(-)- ontin
SYST EM
TEE ATIO
UNIC N
H A
2-158
Transmit
Signal
:To
TRANS
ADIO
.&
CDR
or
ONLY
TRANS
)t
1.(H REW
switch
CoADIO
R
A
amplifier
Set CREW
ONLY
COB
LISTENING
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
WIENCE
ALL
switch
.)t
2.(AoA
control
intercom
Set
ONLY
INT
OTHER
BETRANS INSTALLATION
SWITCH Пл
AC
)(A
switch
t B
- oalk
push
Press
3.
AA
.
forward
INT
ONLY ).(A
into C
microphone
4. Speak
૩૦
ન
.listen
t)(A
switch B
- oalk
push
Release
5.
門………
P
(A
t
6.D
-r ay
switch
)m OWER
G
ransmitter
, eceiver
required
If
HIGH
T
to
set
be
at
power
.willransmitter
operate
maximum
ม.
5" 0
D
AG BOUELCH
RETRANSIT
AB
TA137100
OPERATE
COMMUNIC
O
T
C (SYSTEM
PERATE
RANSMITT
)--RECEIVER
ontinued ATION
ER
On
Turn
To
5
V
/
AN
:or
-63RC
4
function
Set
1.
switch
)(A
.t
ON oM AP
PWR
t Set
2.
switch
.)(A
ON oN
VONTROL
347.5953
/6 .CANYREO POWER
SET
ANT AUDIO
) ntil
(A
control
VOLUME
Adjust
3.
u P
33 70.5 PRESET PRESET
.
heard
is
noise
background 30 REC
-TRANS
FREQUENCY
SPER MCS POWER 53-75
AQ ANT
I
LITE VOLUM
PWR 30-52 RETRANS
SQUELCH
BAND Or
/VAM
-2040 -POWER
AMPLIFIER
R SUPPLY
AN
AM
desired
to
Tune
4.
frequency
antenna
set
and
described
procedure
using
control
in
11-5820-401-10-2
.TM
,soet
used
be
to
is
squelch
If
5.
(A
switch
function
.)t
SQUELCH
M
desired
is
use
If
,so
(A
switch
SPKR
)t
will
S
ONet
Q
ignals
.received
speaker
over
heard
be
TA137101
2-159
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
OPERATE
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM
O PERATE
RECEIVER
T
C RANSMITTER
)-( ontinued
2-160
Recei
To
Signal
: ve
s
Listen
1.
for
signals
.incoming AP
Adjust
VOLUME
control
receiver-
(A
)o
2.nP
transmitte
(E
required
)s
.a r
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
Trans
To mit
Signal
: s
H
TRANS
)R
(A
amplifier
Set
1. ADIO
t
)o
(H
switch
ONLY
CDR
or
CREW
.& E
MAIN
Wi ACCENT
INT ..
18
BADIO
AC NORM -ON .coo
CROW
INI
ONLY ONLY
CDD
OII OFF LISTENING
)WIENCE
0 ON0 POWIE
AA
INT OFF ONLY
INT
ONLY OTHER
BETRANS INSTALLATION
POWER SWITCH
INPUT
AUDIO LINI
A
AB
intercom
.)t
ALLSet
2.
control
switch
(AoA
push
Press
3.
switch
-t
f.)(Ao
alk
orward
B
into
microphone
Speak
4.
).(AC
Release
push
t -5.oalk
switch
listen
.)(A oB
TA137102
OPERATE
COMMUNIC
O PERATE ATION
EXTERNAL
HANDSET
)(SYSTEM
Driver
:From
Tank
Outside
Man
Signal
To
Make
:
Sure
Intercom
p on
age
2-144
).(is EARLY
M60
HANDSET
EXTERNAL
B
SIG BOX
EXT
OFF TOP
ON
LATCH
ALL A
INT
ON O
/NLY
IT
OR C
VOLUME
Te
M60
LATE
EXTERNAL
HANDSET
BOX
STATION
DRIVER'S LATCH
FRONT
IN
helmet
CVC
Set
1.
rear
)to
(A
.switch
position D
。
目
。
handset
external
)o
.L
2. n
hold
(C
toight
B
and
SIG
switch
Set
light
oill
(D
box
)w
.Er
is
tank
of
outside
from
answer
until
(Bo
SIG
t
switch
)Hold
3.
E
.
received
.S
talk
r)a
4.(B witch
switchnd
elease
received
,is
answer
When
EXT
.to
set
be
will
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA 137103
2-161
OPERATE
COMMUNIC
O(SYSTEM
PERATE ATION
EXTERNAL
C
)HANDSET
- ontinued
Answer
Driver
From
Outside
:To
2-162
late
Open
1.
external
model E
hands
box
)
.(E et F
.a Lift
latch
a)( nd
twist
.F
‫דח‬
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
.o P
.bull
(doo
)G r
pen
Open
2.
model
early
external
handset
box
)(
.D
(H
latch
)..O
a pen
H D
.
b Pul
o or
)(Jpeln
.do
LATE
EXTERNAL
HANDSET
LATCH
BOX
EXTERNAL
EARLY
handset
.(KPull
3.
)f
door rom HANDSET
BOX
L
4.
push
Press
switch
-toalk
)w
(Lhile
mouthpiece
into
speaking
handset
)of
.(M
M
Release
push
t
switch
oalk G
listen
)-5.
.(L K
TA137104
OPER
COMM
SYST
(O ATE
UNIC
EM
PERAT
EXTE
HAND
C E ATION
RNAL
SET
-) ontinued
Outside
:From
Driver
Signal
To
DE 2-162
p
.)E
(D
orage
box
handset
external
Open
1.
.door
)f
(Krom et
hands
Remov
2. e
release
.)a
t (L
pushnd
switch
alk
-o
Press
3.
Listen
for
answer
.
.R
speak
t(L elease
switch
)- oalk
push
Press
4.
.listen
t)o
(L
switch
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-163
TA137105
OPERATE
COMMUNIC
SYSTEM
O PERATE ATION
EXTERNAL
HANDSET
)-C
( ontinued
Answer
To
Outside
Signal
Inside
:From
2-164
B
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
SIG
When
light
(N
driver's
)o1.n
intercom
control
box N EXTA
OFF
l
)(P
: ights ALL
INT P
ON O
/NLY
switch
t
)a
(B
.Soet
EXT IT
OR
VOLUME
S
b
. et
combat
vehicle
crewman's
helmet
switch
rear
)t
A
.(
talk
and
o
53
TA137106
(Oontinued
SYSTEM
COMMUNICATION
OPERATE
)-C
HANDSET
EXTERNAL
PERATE
Outside
From
:Radio
Over
Transmit
To
PWR
MAIN INT
ACCENT RADIO
TRANS
2-163
).(p age
driver
Signal
1. .
COR
NORM ON- CREW
INT ONLY-
CDR
ALL
.Q
)t
2. o
(switch
monitor
set
to
driver
Tell ONLY OFF LISTENING
OFF- SILENCE
0
ON0 POWER
BKR
CKT
SIG S O1NLY
EXT OFF
OFF OTHER
ALL RETRANS
INSTALLATION
INT Ө SWITCH
ONLY POWER
INPUT
AUDIO LINE
Q
VOLUME
R
on
:is
turned
radio
that
Check
3.
2-149
1
)(p
ANV2age
-/ RC L
)2-155
p
V(-4
AN RC
6
/ age
2-159
)(p
6
ANV
-/
or4RC
3
5age
AN RAD
TRANS
)o
(Rn
switch
TRANS
RADIO
set
Commande
4. r
C
.&
CDR
)t
(SoREW
amplifier
a
(L
switc
t
)-push
perso
Outsi ress
,poalk n
nd hde
T
trans
to
TRAN
RAD
)t
P(T
switc mit
. oush h
hold S INT
listen
to
.switc
both
R hes
. elease
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
radio
over
2-165
TA137107
OPERATE
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM
PERATE
EXTERNAL
HANDSET
C
)-(Oontinued
Stow
External
Handset
:To
2-166
.
9
.
G
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
Replace
handset
(K
clips
.)i
U 1.n
Close
and
latch
o (door
)G
.J 2.r
M60
LATE
EXTERNAL
HANDSET
BOX
LATCH
FROMT
IN
J
K
U EARLY
M60
EXTE
HAND SET
BOX RNAL
LATCH
ON
TOP
TA137108
1
DRIVE
O(THE
PERATE
TANK
LIGHTS
)TANK
:
Domelights
Operate
To
:
Sure
Make
F
D
.set
ON
to
)is
(A
SWITCH
CONTROL
MASTER
B C
MAIN CONTROL
MASTER desired
domelight
Locate
1.
:
ENGINE INDICATOR
SWITCH
FUEL
e SHUT
OFF ON
station
i
driver's
.(B
domelight
D river's
).an
OFF
PUMP
BILGE STARTER
SWITCH OR
INDICAT
ON turret
G roof
inside
.(C
)on
domelight
bunner's
OFF
C. between
turret
roof
inside
domelight
)on
(D
Loader's
e PUMPS ON
LEAVE
ONFUEL .
opening
hatch
loader's
and
cupola
WASTER
OF OFF
LONGBITCH
10 ENGOPMAGO FOR.TURE
equipped
.C
d
)i
(E
domelight
so
rear
right
fnommande
of(F
).cupola
STATION
DRIVER'S
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137109
2-167
DRIVE
THE
TANK
(O
TANK
LIGHT
PERASTE
C)- ontin ued
2-168
H
NOTE
Mount
of
rheos ing RED
knob
m
)(Gay tat
differ
from
to
tank
O perat
will
be
.same ion
.
To
Red
Domel
On ight J
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
:Turn
Rotat
1.
domel
switc
t
)knob
(H e
ight
h
oward
red
.lens
J
2.
Rotat
rheost
knob
)(G
adjust
t
to
desire at
ed
brigh
.o tness G
Turn
To
Red
Domel
:Off ight
OFF
1
Rotat
)b
toknob
(H
cente
or
stop e
positi
0
. ack ron
H
Turn
To
White
Domelight
:On
Push
1.
in
and
hold
plung
R
).(K
knobotate
H
a
fromway er
white
lens
R e
).(Leleaser
.plung
2.
Rotat
rheost
knob
t
)(G
adjust
to
desire at
ed
brigh
.o tness K
WHITE
Turn
To
White
Domelight
:Off
G L
Rotat
knob
H
)b
cente
to
or
stop e
positi
(. ack ron
TA137110
DRITHE
TANVE H
O PER
TAN
)-(LIG KKATE
HTS
C onti nued
To
Turn
Pa l
hts
On
:Ligne
B
NOTE
Panel
lights
allow
easy
reading
of
driver's
in-
struments
darkness
in
without
using
dome-
light
.MASTER
CONTROL
SWITCH
must
be OFF
ON
.
LIGHT
80MARKER STOP
80DRIVE SER
DRIVE
Lift
1.
and
up
hold
UNLOCK
).lever
(A
PANEL UNLOCK
Set
2.
LIGHTING
CONTROL
t
)(lever
B
one
four
of o BRT
on
positions
.shown
Relea
3.
UNLO
lever
)
.(A se
CK
PARK
Set
b t
DIMPANEL
lever
)switch
C
either
4.o
or right
)(BRT
as
.
required
Turn
To
Panel
Lights
:Off
C A
outside
If
1.
lights
are
s still
,required
et
PANEL
lever
)switch
(C
t o
OFF
O
panel
lights
go
out
.. nly
DRIVER'S
STATION
.
2 Set
LIGHTING
lever
)CONTROL
(B
OFF
t
.B ooth
panel
lights
and
outside
lights
.
off
go
TA137111
2-169
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
DRIVE
TANK
O PERATE
LIGHTS
C
)-(THE
ontinued
Parking
Turn
Light
On
:To
2-170
B
OFF
NOTE
BO STOP
MARKER LIGHT
is
light
Parking
position
show
to
used
when
tank
of
M
. ASTER
parked
CONTROL SER
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
BODRIVE DRIVE
SWITCH
must
be
.
ON
PANEL UNLOCK
BRT
)
(A
lever
UNLOCK
hold
and
up
1.
.Lift C
9=7
PARK
CONTROL
LIGHTING
Set
2.
lever
DRIVE
)to
(B
.SER
PARK
)to
(C
lever
switch
PANEL
Set
.3.
TAILLIGHTS A
Release
4.
lever
T.UNLOCK
)A
(D aillight
will
light
. OFF B
D
Light
Parking
To
:Turn
Off
LIGHT
BOMARKER STOP
80 SER
DRIVE DRIVE
lever
switch
PANEL
Set
1.
)to
.(C
OFF
PANEL UNLOCK
BRT
CONTROL
LIGHTING
Set
2.
)to
(B
OFF
.lever
ARK
TA137112
(O
TANK
THE
DRIVE
LIGHTS
PERATE
)-Continued
A
Drive
:
On
Lights
To
Service
Turn
IRPOWER HIBEAM
INDICATOR MAIN CONTRO
MASTER L
ENGINE INDICATOR
WITCH
Make
:
Sure FUEL
e
LIGHTING
CONTROL OFF
SHUT ON
•
2-125
).(p age
installed
are
headlights
Tank OFF
IRPOWER
harve .
odiet BO SELECTOR PUMP
BLOK SWITCH
STARTEROR
• INDICAT
ON UNLOCK
SWITCH
)is
.(A
ON
to
set
MASTER
CONTROL
OFF BLACKOUT
DRIVE OFF
- LG
( e ON
10- 0
3Bunton FUEL
PUMPS
AMI ON
LEAVE
NOTE and•tdate
o Tye
on LOFF
-M OUTLETS
UTILITY
used
are
produce
and
light
visible
Service
lights
drive STATION
DRIVER'S
areas
.N
vision
ight
driving
secure
in
for
night
normal
drive
service
when
using
necessary
not
are
devices
lights
.
C OFF LIGHT
FRONTS
lever
).
(B
UNLOCK
1.hold
and
up
Lift
BOMARKER STOP
LIGHT
DRIVE
SER
.lever
)to
(C
CONTROL
2. LIGHTING
Set BODRIVE SER
DRIVE
D
taillight
.S
B
lever
Release
3.
)a
(D
headlights
ervice
nd PANEL UNLOCK
BRI
)w
S(E ill
stoplight
light
.when
ervice TI
brakes
applied
.are TAILLIGHTS
PI ARK
B E
TA137113
2-171
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
DRIVE
THE
TANK
(O
TANK
C PERATE
)-LIGHTS
ontinued
Push
4.
and
release
DIMMER
SWITCH
2-172
w)(Fith
foot
choose
to
high
or
headlight
beam
.low
BEAM
HI
INDICATO
w)(Gill
light
when
high
beam
is
.on R
Turn
To
Service
Drive
Off
:Lights
LIGHTING
CONTROL
lever
)Set
(C
OFF
.t o
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
C
UI SHER SWHIATRCMEHR
.) . YESNTTEINNG
S T·EMIS
SIS
201
G
GAS IRPOWER BEAM

HIINDICATOR MAIN
FILTERPARTICULATE ENGINE C
FUEL
e
2 ON A SHUT
LIGHTING_CONTROL OF
OFFᎾ
OD
MARKER
Ø PODIVE
IRPOWER DRIVE
Me BO SELECTOR
BILGE
9 @INDICATOI
ON PANII UNLOCK
PERSONNEL
HEATER
MASTER
HEATER OFF BLACKOUT
DRIVE
HEATER PAGE
DRIVE
STATIR'S
ON HI
ON
OFF เง TOOFFFOTON
GHILL
Ø
COM - DOENO
!&IGHT
LBICH ?
ROUTLET
UTILITY
TA137114
DRIVE
O
TANKPERATE
LIGHTS
C
)-(THE
ontinued
Service
Turn
Stoplight
:To
On
B
OFF
NOTE BO TAILLIGHTS
MARKER
80 SER
DRIVE DRIVE
Service
stoplight
daytime
is
driving
for
S
. toplight
applied
are
brakes
when
light
will
of
driver
warn
to PANEL UNLOCK
BRT
.MASTER
vehicle
following
must
SWITCH
CONTROL
(10
DIN
.
ON
be
IPARK
UNLOCK
).
(A
1.lever
hold
and
up
Lift C
CONTROL
LIGHTING
Set
2.
lever
STOPLIGHT
)to
.(B A
UNLOCK
Release
S
A
lever
.3.
(C
when
)w toplight
light
ill
brake
.
applied
is
OFF
Stoplight
Service
Turn
:To
Off
BO B
MARMARKER
CONTROL
LIGHTING
Set
)to
(B
.lever
OFF SER
BODRIVE DRIVE
PANEL UNLOCK
BRT
DIN
PI ARK
TA137115
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-173
DRIVE
THE
O
TANKPERATE
LIGHTS
C
)-( ontinued
Blackout
Turn
To
2-174
Lights
Drive
:On
NOTE
Blackout
drive
are
lights
night
for
blackout
under
driving
conditions
M
. ASTER
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
CONTROL
SWITCH
ON
be
.must
OFF C
SELECTOR
BO
Set
BLACKOUT
)1.
(A
switch
to
HI
BEAM M. DRIVE
.
POWER
IR INDICATOR
ENC LIGHT
MA BOMARKER STOP
FI BO SER
, DRIVE DRIVE ).
(B
hold
2.lever
UNLOCK
and
up
Lift
LIGHTING
CONTROL SHU
PANEL UNLOCK
BRI LIGHTING
CONTROL
Set
3.
(C
)t.lever
DRIVE
BO
o
BOMARKER STOP
LIGHT
IR
POWER
BODRIVE SER
DRIVE BO
Ꮎ SELECTOR
BI Release
UNLOCK
4.
lever
B (Blackout
).drive
light
ወINDICA IPARK B
ON PANEL K blackout
(D
w
aill
(E nd
lights
)light
.marker
UNLOCK IR
BRT Blackout
)will
(F
stoplight
is
brake
when
light
applied
.
OFF BLACKOUT LIGHTS
FRONT
DRIVE
ĮPARK Ө
ON
TURN
OTWITCH
ISOFF D
LO
MIOR
ITO
OD
G INDICATES
LSWITCH
O
ILIGHT
WILL TURN
HEATER
MAS SWITCH
LONG
ENGIN E Turn
To
Blackout
Drive
Lights
:Off
Ø
OFF
HILO OES
D(INUTES OUTLET
UTILITY
M5NOT F
LIGHTING
CONTROL
lever
)Set
(C
t o
.OFF
STATION
DRIVER'S TAILLIGHTS
TA137116
DRIVE
TANK
THE
O PERATE
LIGHTS
TANK
)-C
( ontinued
A
Marker
:
On
Lights
To
Blackout
Turn
P
IGHT
MARKERYSTO
มา
10DRIVE DRIVE
NOTE
PANEL UNLOCK
001
under
driving
are
night
for
marker
lights
Blackout
must
SWITCH
M
CONTROL
conditions
. ASTER
blackout
ON
.
be PI ARK
LIGHTS
FRONT
marker
B
MARKER
lever
.BO
)t
(Aolackout
CONTROL
LIGHTING
Set
brakes
are
light
when
B (C
stoplight
w lackout
ill
lights
).B
.
applied
B C
Off
Lights
Marker
Blackout
:Turn
To
SIOP
RIGHT
o
.OFF
t(A
lever
)CONTROL
LIGHTING
Set SEO
DRIVE TAILLIGHTS
DRIVE
PANEL UNLOCK
p.
PI ARK
A
TA137117
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-175
DRIVE
THE
O
TANK
C PERATE
)-LIGHTS
( ontinued
Turn
To
2-176
I
H nfrared
)(IR
:On eadlights
NOTE
headlights
used
are
along
with
periscope
IR
night
for
.driving
headlights
I R
produce
invisible
light
that
can
seen
be
only
with
night
IR
an
vision
device
.M AS-
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
CONTROL
TER
SWITCH
must
be
.ON
IRPOWER BEAN
HIINDICATOR MA
Set
1.
SELECTO
BO 0 Φ ENG
.IRswitch
(A
)t o
position R FOF
CONTROL
LIGHTING SHUT C
D
MADRID
POWER
IR DRIVE SELECTOR
ON ( INDICA
WARNING PANTI UNLOCK A
OFF
OFF BLACKOUT
DRIVE
not
Do
look
into
headlights
IR
because
possible
of
.
damage
eye LIGHT
BOMARKER STOP
BODRIVE SER
DRIVE
UTILITY
OUTLE
Lift
and2.
up
UNLOCK
hold
lever
).(B PANEL UNLOCK
BRT
FRONT
LIGHTS
Move
LIGHTING
CONTROL
lever
(C
BLACKOU
t
)3.o
.DRIVE T
P! ARK
Release
UNLOCK
lever
aB
headlights
)I
(D
.4.ndR
blackout D
marker
lights
w
B
(w E
)(Fill
light
lackout
stoplight
) ill
.light
when
brake
applied
is
.
E F
TAILLIGHTS
TA137118
(Oontinued
THE
DRIVE
)-C
LIGHTS
TANK
PERATE STATION
DRIVER'S
choose
to
foot
w
(Gith
)SWITCH
DIMMER
release
and
Push
5.
(H
light
indicator
I
)BEAM
H
beam
.headlight
IR
low
or
high
.on
is
beam
high
when
light
will
SHER SDWIIMTCMHER
GUI
C ་་་ས་་་་TIN
‧་..
. G
OFF
STOP
MARKER IGHT
SER H CONTROL
DRIVE IRPOWER JJBEAM
INDICATOR MAIN MASTER
ENGINE
FUEL INDICATOR
SWITCH
OFF ON
e SHUT
PANEL UNLOCK Off
:Headlights
IR
Turn
To CONTROL
LIGHTING
BRT
MARKER SHOPIGHT OFF
'RPOWERDRIVE SERDRIVE ELECTO PUMP
BILGE START
SWITC HH
SWITCERATOR
OFF
.(C
)t
levero
CONTROL
SetLIGHTING O INDIC
ON !
PANI UNLOCK
, ON
JPARK BLACKOUT
OFF DRIVE OFF
C
ON
PUMPS
FUELӨ
ON
LEAVE
LOBITCH PERA
LONG 10ICH
OFF
வடன்
ORUTES OUTLETS
UTILITY
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-177
TA137119
DRIVE
THE
TANK
O
PERISCOPE
)( PERATE S
C
Install
To
Driver's
2-178
M24
Peris
IR
: cope
Tools
: A
Get
1/2
inch
open
fend
)wrench
(Arom
right
front
fender
box
).(B
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
Make
Sure
:
D
Tan
is
sto
. ppe
k d
Main
igun
pointed
(C
front
p ) sage
2-457
.to
Driver
p hatch
closed
)i(D
and
locked
2-139
(). sage 's E IRPOWER HIBEAM MAIN MASTER
CONTROL
INDICATOR ENGINE
D e FUEL SWITCH
INDICATOR
ON e
IR
iPOWER
)switch
(Es
set LIGHTING
CONTROL OFF
SHUT ON
OFF
.to
80 STOP
D
MARKER
LIGHT OFF
POWER
IR
ODRIVE SER
DRIVE (D
BO SELECTOR
Turret
traverse
lock
p set
is
LOCKED
(to
age
.)2-527 PUMP
BILGE SWITCH
STARTER
ON Ф INDICATOR
PANEL UNLOCK IR
Φ
ON
)1t
.3 Remove
1.
center
M27
periscope
(p age
3-236
,s teps
hru OFF BLACKOUT
PARK DRIVE OFF
UTION DONOT
FUROOIHEATER
IFLSFFOTCH TJ
e ON
Lay
2.
periscope
M27
side
one
to
until
M24
is LO FUEL
PUMPS
POSITION
TOSTART LIGHT TCHTOO
OPERATING INDICATES
HEATER LEAVE
ON
removed
from
stowage
box
. VOSTOPFU IPOSITION LOBITCH WILL
LIGHT ONLY
TURN
HAS
HEATER
ONUNTIL LONG TOIFMASTER
BITCH
ABEONFOR
OFF OFF
DOES
NOT T OFF
LIGEPERIOD
"M•WLOINUTES OUTLET
UTILITY
DRIVER'S
STATION
TA137120
O
PERISCOPES
TANK
THE
C PERATE
( ontinued
)-DRIVE
latch
on
up
).P
(Fush
handle
lid
periscope
down
3. Pull
).(H
lid
unlock
t
G
)( o H
F
4.
).
(H
lid
open
Push
NOTE
s
hatch
driver's
over
,istow-
gun
main
When
floor
turret
.on
driver
behind
i(J
box
age)s
IR
M24
)o
(Kn
latches
Open
5. G
open
)t
(Jo
box
stowage
periscope
).(L
door
M CAUTION
K peri-
IR
expose
M24
Do
not
K
L .
sunlight
direct
to
scope
Remove
6.
periscope
IR
(M
)M24
box
).
(J
from
stowage
PERIS
I.R. COPE
Set
7.
M27
periscope
stowage
in
box
)
.(J
).(L
door
box
stowage
Close
8 L.
).
(K
latches
Close
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137121
2-179
)-Continued
PERISCOPES
TANK
(O
DRIVEPERATE
THE
lever
Turn
direction
i
N n
shown
E levation P
w)clamp
(P
be9.
ill
free
pivot
.to
2-180
R
Unscrew
thumbscre
10.
Q
about
A llow
thread
one
to
point
at
).show
(R w
Position
11.
M24
periscope
IR
M
i n N
).mount
(S
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
is
P
clamp
elevation
sure
Make
).12.
(T
detent
in CAUTION
Make
sure
M24
periscope
IR
M
(
locked
)is
before
place
in
S
M letting
.go
T
Q
to
)uPush
13.
M24
periscope
IR
(Mp
lock
into
periscope
mount
).
(S
P
CAUTION
Tighten
thumbscre
)14.
(Q
snug
.u ntil w
Using
),t15.
wrench
end
open
jamnut
(Aighten
thumbscre
on
).U
(Q w
TA137122
PERISCOPES
O TANK
THE
DRIVE
PERATE
()-Continued
until
shown
direction
i
)n
(N
lever
Turn
16.
locked
be
.)w
(P
clamp
E levation
. ill
tight
P
(V
).cap
dust
receptacle
power
Unscrew
17.
N WARNING
OFF
to
set
.be
must
switch
POWER
IR
cable
power
in
is
present
voltage
High
to
injury
serious
cause
can
and
.
personnel
X
f
(Wrom
cable
power
)IR
Unscrew
18.
.(X
)
receptacle
stowage W
IR
t o
M24
(W
)cable
power
Connect
19. A
).M
(
periscope
M
CAUTION
and
closed
stay
must
hatch
Driver's
is
periscope
IR
M24
when
locked
.
installed
W
stowage
.
wrench
to
open
end
20.
Return
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-181
TA137123
C
)- ontinued
PERISCOPES
TANK
O PERATE
DRIVE
(THE
Operate
To
Driver's
M24
Periscope
:IR
2-182
E
F
Tools
: LIGHT
BOMARKER STOP
BODRIVE SER
DRIVE
screwdriver
)f
(A
Get rom
-tip
flat STATION
DRIVER'S B
.
box
front
fender PANEL UNLOCK
right BRT
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
HI
BEAM MAIN CONTROL
MASTER
POWER
IR INDICATOR
MASTER
Set
1.
CONTROL
SWITCH ENGINE
FUEL INDICATOR
SWITCH
M.(B
ON
)toASTER
CONTROL Ꮎ PI ARK
INDICATO OFF
SHUT ONY
w ) ill
light
.(C R CONTROL
LIGHTING
UNLOCK
SELECTOR
BO
Set
2.
switch LIGHT
BOMARKER STOP
OFF
H 80 SER во C
POWER
IR DRIVE DRIVE SELECTOR
)to
.(DIR Ꮎ BILGE
PUMP STARTER
SWITCH
SWITCH
DINDICATOR
(
ON PANEL UNLOCK IR
UNLOCK
hold
and
Raise
3. BRT ON
lever
)
.(E DIN
G OFF BLACKOUT
DRIVE
IPARK OFF
LIGHTING
Move
4.
CONTROL
lever NOT
ON
TURN
ISOFF
OSWITCH 1
) ON
DRIVE
)t
F
.o
(BO FUEL
PUMPS
CHTOMIOR
LO
INDICATES LEAVEON
G
N SWITCH
MILO
LIGHT
WILL ONLY
OFF
IFTCH
Release
5.
lever
).UNLOCK
(E HAS
MLEATER BE
TO PERIOD
ONWITH
LOG FORAMASTER OFF
MAN
OFF
ENNE
LO
NOT
DOES
HT MIONFF MINUTES OUTLET
UTILITY
INS
A D
POWER
IR
Set
6.
Switch
)
(G
ON
POWER
.IR
light
(H
)to
will
light
.
TA137124
O
TANK
THEPERATE
PERISCOPES
C
( ontinued
)-DRIVE
K
NOTE
Allow
m
5inutes
periscope
for
warm
to
before
up
you
periscope
IR
adjust
viewing
for
or
through
focus
eye-
).
(J
piece
:
follows
for
viewing
as
7.
Adjust CAUT NOFA
IOCEN
TRUTIMIN
THINCTSDO
. REINS
DISU
P(K ush
lever
a). way
you
.from
P
b
perisc
.IR n
ope
. ositio
Pull
lever
you
lock
to
IR oward
periscope
.(K
)tC.
J
:
headrest
follows
as
8.
Adjust
Loosen
wingnut
).a
(L
.for
comfort
headrest
A.bdjust
wingnut
(L
).cTighten
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137125
2-183
DRIVE
TANK
THE
O PERISCOPE
)-C PERATE S
( ontinued
Remove
9.
2-184
dust
caps
f
M rom
focus
).controls
(N
Remove
f 10.
and
retain
locknuts
rom
focus
controls
).(P
N
11.
After
m
-5
period
s inute
,warmup
through
eyepiece
).(Jight
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
12.
Using
screwdrive
a ,(Adjust
focus
screws
).(Q r J
BAB
. BABABA
N
M
M
Q
N
A Screw
13.
locknuts
oPnto
controls
u
)focus
(Nntil
finger
tight
.
Q Screw
14.
dust
M
caps
controls
focus
u
)o
(Nn
ntil
M
finger
tight
.
15.
Retur
screw
t
)(A
stowa
.o n
drive
ge r
VIEW
BOTTOM
TA137126
ENGIN
S TARTE
TANK
)(THE
DRIVE
DRIVER'S
STATION B
CAUTION
is
weath
if
brake
parki
set
not
Do er
ng
)( ARK
P
freezi
. ng
:brake
parki
Set
1. ng
is
firm
pressure
.)u
P (A
pedal
brakeush
.antil
P
in
i
B
lever
)(shift
trans
that
C .bsheckmission
to
p
p s
not
I hift
,. f
)(P. ositio
ark n
set
.be
will
brake
P.(A arkin
)pedal
brake
Relea seg
C.
D
PITCH
C
A
PI
engine
and
compartme
crew
Close
2. nt
valves
drain
:compartme nt
pull
and
tank
of
side
left
)t
(Coward
lever
Push
VALVE
DRAIN
REAR
close
.to
forward
DRAIN
FRONT
close
to
)d
(D own
lever
P .bush
D
.
VALVE
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-185
TA137127
C
S
ENGINE
TART
( ontinued
TANK
DRIVE
)-THE
in
)s
(E
icontrol
steering
that
Check
3.
c(E
control
fenter
).,not
I
position
center
2-186
STATION
DRIVER'S
valve
shutoff
fuel
that
manual
4.
Check
out
)is
(F
handle
.pulled
position
ON
to
p
valve
)oull
If
,.(Fut
handle
not
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
FU F
EL
PU
LL
O
) N
K
a
(Gnd
switch
PUMPS
)FUEL
that
Check
IRPOWER HIBEAM MAIN MASTER CONTROL
PARTICULATE
FILTERGAS
INDICATORO ENGINE SWITCH
A
INDICA )a
H
to
set
( re
switch
HEATER
MASTER
FUEL
ON LIGHTING
CONTROL OFF ON
SHUT .to
switches
both
s
notf
,.Iet
ON
OFFӨ BO TOP OFF
• IRPOWERDRIVE CRIVE
500 BO SELECTOR PUMP
BILGE SWITCH
STARTEROR J 6.
)
(J
panel
control
other
all
that
Check
D INDICAT
Q ON PANEL UNLOCK IR a
set
HEATER
PERSONNEL ช ON (H
),Ga nd
ere
xcept
switches
MASTER
HEATER BLACKOUT
OFF DRIVE OFF to
.OFF
O
HEATERCAUTION NotfuDo
HI HEATERANDON ISOF
LOTCH FUELON
e PUMPS
ON TOO
WITCH
ADICATES
LIGHT
FROM
LOFORSTART ON
LEAVE G .ON
t
)o
(K
SWITCH
CONTROL
MASTER
Set
7.
H OFF LO OFFt
WTH
•
OUTLETS
UTILITY
TA137128
་ ་
DRIVE
THE
TANK
S
-C TART
ENGINE
)( ontinued
M
MAIN
PWR ACCE
.INT
NORM-
INT ON
L ONLY
OFF OFF
0 ON0 POWER
M BKR
CKT
OFF
POWER LATIONS
AUDIO
INPUT
CAUTION
Turn
power
all
to
communica
equipment
off
be- tion
fore
starting
engine
setting
amplifier
M
)by
(MAIN
POWER
(switch
OFF
)t
.L o
Make
8.
sure
MAIN
POWE
switc
o
)(L n
amplif R
hier
M
s
toset
is
not
I
OFF
have
or f
et
.anoth
,crew- er MGARNEDNA
DES
memb
set
OFF
.to er Q
COM MAN
STATION DER'S
Check
9.
fuel
level
both
in
:tanks
.
a Set
FUEL
TANK
t switc
o
positi S
hon
lLH
()Neft
fuel
tank
C
LEVE
gage
).).(PheckL
mz -u`zm
b
S
FUEL
TANK
switc
)(N
positi
.t S
et hon
r (RH
oight
fuel
tank
C
LEVE
gage
)( heck L
.).P
N
c
tank
comma
. otify nder
if
either
or
both
tanks & EVEL
are POFSS N
less
than
full
.
RAZSZ - JS - oz
&
10.
Check
BATT
GEN
INDI PRS
indica
I
).(Qf CATO
tor R TAN
3IVEL
needl
is
nnot
in
green
area
otify
tank
,comma
. e nder
DRIVER'S
STATION
2-187
TA137129
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TANK
THE
DRIVE
ENGINE
C
)-(S TART
ontinued
2-188
S
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
S
DRIVER'S
STATION
NOTE
If
week
a
within
started
been
not
has
,engine
more
or
within
w
,a eek
started
been
has
do
engine
If
11.
step
)
(R
switch
heater
manifold
push
not
step
Do
12.
go
to
.)in
11
step
while
(S
handle
pump
purge
pumping
feel
until
S
handle
pump
purge
Pump
11.
you
will
(t
pressure
back
).A
strokes
four
or
hree
ir
fuel
from
purged
be
line
. s
TA137130
C
S
TANKontinued
ENGINE
TART
)-(THE
DRIVE
air
if
steps
weather
cold
F
4°C
).(+
airFollow
0
above
is
temperatur
if
steps e
weather
moderate
Follow
12.
.°
4
a
-C
)+
4
F nd
23
(°)-10
between
is0 e
temperatur :
Weather
Cold
CAUTION NOTE
done
be
m
c ust
,and
b
Steps
Do
race
to
engine
allow
not
.Let
started
first
when
up
on R
.time
same
the
atead
all
T
accelerator
)if
(T
pedal
engine do
,t hen
.first
races.com
an
accelerator
hold
and
P
.a ush
3/4
to
2/3
d
)(Town
pedal
travel
.its
of
:
Weather
Moderate
STARTER
hold
and
.P
bress
NOTE )f
(Uor
SWITCH
no
than
longer
CONTROL .
seconds
15
MAIN MASTER
be
must
steps
The
following ENGINE
FUEL INDICATOR
SWITCH
SHUT ON
OFF e
same
time
at
.the
done
all handle
pump
purge
Pump
.
c
do
t
first
., hen
Read OFF seconds
.15
)f
S
( or
TOR PUMP
BILGE SWITC
START HH
SWITCER
INDIC ATOR
The I
accelerator
hold
and
P
.a ush ON U CAUTION
3/4
to
2/3
)d
(Town
pedal S OFF
travel R heater
manifold
hold
not
Do
.its
of e ON
sec-
15
than
l
) onger
(R
switch
STARTER
hold
and
P
.bress heater
manifold
H
. olding
onds
than
longer
f
no
) or
(U
SWITCH seconds
15
than
more
switch
.
seconds
15 .
heaters
manifold
damage
can
manifold
hold
and
P
.dress
).
(R
switch
heater
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137131
2-189
-C
ENGINE
S TART
)( ontinued
TANK
THE
DRIVE
:Weather
Moderate
2-190
:
Weather
Cold
15
before
starts
engin
If e
C.
secon
:15
before
starts
engin
I
.ef ds
e
seconds
:
SWITCH
STARTER
Release U
).SWIT
STARse
(Relea CH
TER
S
handl
pump
.(purgese
)Relea e
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
).
(U
.
13
step
to
Go ).(R
switc
heate
manif
Relea h
rold
se
.
13
step
to
Go
after
start
not
does
engine
I
.df
15
after
start
not
does
engine
I
.ff
:seconds
15
SWITCH
STARTER
Release :
seconds
.)(U Release
controls
all
e
( xcept
).(
(T
pedal
Release
accelerator brakes
).
Wait
to
3
m
.5 inutes Wait
toinutes
3
m
.5
.step
a
from
Repeat MAIN CONTROL
MASTER .
a
step
from
Repeat
ENGINE
FUEL INDICATOR
SWITCH
start
not
does
If
engine V ㄢ OFF after
start
not
does
engin
If e
SHUT ON
,go
try
troub
to
secon d
lesho oting
after
second
try
to
,go
OFF
troubleshoo
3-8
).(page OR
ting PUMP
BILGE SWITCH
STARTEROR 3-8
.)p
( age
INDICAT
ON U
runs
but
starts
I
engine
.ef UT poorly
runs
but
starts
engine
.I
gf
OFF
):idle
(won'ty
poorl • PUMPON widle
):( on't
FUEL FUEL
ENGINE
MAIN
and
hold
Push
ENGINE
MAIN
hold
and
up
Push up
S
switch
SHUTOFF
FUEL u
switch
) ntil
(V
SHUTOFF
uV
(
) ntil
engine
.stops engine
.
stops
troublesho
to
Go oting Go
(page
troubleshooting
).to
3-11
3-11
p
(). age
TA137132
DRIVE
THE
TANK
S
C TART
ENGINE
()- ontinued
Operate
accelerator
pedal
(13.
tachometer
)u
WT ntil
indicates
1000
1200
Pto
rpm
onull
up
.accelerator
W handle
(X
lock
)o
accelerator
pedal
.t
engine
Allow
14.
warm
up
1000
at
1200
to
for
rpm
Wleast
at
m
3 inutes
hile
engine
.warming
is
with
,c
.up
15
step
ontinue
T
( CAUTION
than
other
show
indicators
following
If
conditions
step
d
,listed
15 amage
engine
may
P
inush
.to
occur
)
(V
switch
SHUTOFF
FUEL
ENGINE
MAIN
hold
and
up
stops
engine
until
organizational
,and
notify
mainte-
nance
.
Q
Y
Z X NOTE
BATT
For
INDICATOR
GEN
trouble-
s
,problems
ee
3-17
shooting
(p
). age
indicators
that
Check
15.
follows
as
are
: MASTER
CONTROL
MAIN
INDICATOR
GEN
BATT
(Q
)n
in
iseedle ENGINE
FUEL INDICATOR
SWITCH
.
a
V OFF ON
SHUT
.
area
green
E2. ZE
TEND
TEMPERATURE
.E
b
OIL
(Y
isNGINE
)needle OFF
** BO SELECTOR
PUMP
BILGE
225
a °
).120
in(bnd
etween
area
green D SWITCH
INDICATOR STARTER
SWITCH
IR
220.200 ENGINE
OIL
PRESSURE
n
) eedle
(Z
in
is ON
C.
BLACKOUT
DRIVE
70
40
b psi
).and
( etween
green
area OFF
porss LEVEL T
. RANSMISSION
d
TEMPERATURE
OIL
)(A A Ө FUEL ON
PUMPS
ON
LEAVE
green
in
is
20-55-2UZDA
6 b
(needle
etween
°area
160 TCHTO OFF
WITH FORA
PERIOD
SUFF
PRI EMPERA PROF LONG
TEMPERATU RE and
280
°
).
TAP
FUEL
TRANSMISSION
PRESSURE
OIL
)(A B
AB AA green
in
is
needle
8
(b
area
p etween
si
and
40
psi
).
2-191
TA137133
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
C
-)(S
TANKontin
ENGINTARTE
THE
DRIVE ued
AD AC
2-192
A
).(a D
nd
C
LAMPS
WARNING
POWERPL
16.Check ANT
.Ifontinue
a
,c
lit
.not
operate
to
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
.If
b
green
show
15
step
in
indicators
and
lit
to
engine
down
not
shut
.Goo
area
,d
p
). age
troubleshooting
(3-16
NOTE
steps
Weather
Cold
followed
you
if
only
17
step
Do
war-
m3
-a inute
ull
fafter
only
and
engine
starting
for
rpm
.1200
to
1000
at
mup
)(W
tachometer
u T ntil
pedal
accelerator
)Operate
17.
on
accelerator
up
.P
rpmull
1800
to
1200
indicates
T )to
(X
.handle
pedal
accelerator
lock
m
. inutes
rpm
3
another
for
warm
this
at
up
Allow
to
engine
X
TA137134
)BRAKES
O PERATE
(TANK
THE
DRIVE
To
:
Tank
Stop
NOTE
B
Push
hard
stop
quick
.to
30
until
.P
w ush
foot
ith
right
(A
pedal
brake
)Push
1.
tank
stops
.
(A
2.pedal
brakes
). ake
,t
off
foot
release
To
Brake
Parking
:Set
To
CAUTION
if
brakes
parking
set
not
Do
A tank
if
or
freezing
is
weather
not
tank
.If
moving
is
PITCH be
can
t
, ransmission
stopped
.
damaged
.
stopped
is
tank
sure
Make
1.
STATION
DRIVER'S toark
B
lever
shift
Move
2.
(p
).P
).
(A
pedal
Push
3.
set
.brake
Pis
) arking
(A
pedal
Release
4.
TA137135
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-193
C
O
TANKontinued
BRAKES
PERATE
)-(THE
DRIVE
Parking
:
Brake
To
Release
2-194
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
10
until
pressure
w
isith
foot
left
brake
(A
1.pedal
)Push
B .
firm
t
N
f
(p
)P
2. o
rom
ark
shift
B
lever
transmission
Move
P
() ARK
n
p eutral
(.) osition
will
release
brake
P
.).(A
pedal
3. arking
Release
A
UNTCN
COMPARTM
DRIVER'S ENT
TA137136
C
:,M
Sure
ake
Transmission
Before
Shifting
10 green
.
zone
needle
in
is
indicator
temperature
Engine
pedal
accelerator
p
.T ush
unlock
,unlocked
)iso
(A
Accelerator
lock
release
and
d a own
). ittle
l(B
rpm
750
to
700
at
engine
speed
idle
. hows
)s
Tachometer
(C
E
CAUTION
(D
brake
d epress
),uphill
driving
when
stalls
engine
If
tank
let
not
.D o
movement
backward
tank's
stop
to
B
D L
in
(Es
)ilever
shift
transmissi
while
backward
roll on
)r
l
o
)
(h
.How
igh
SWITCH
backward
going
from
tank
stop
,not
does
braking
If
A n
.)N
(t o
Eeutral
lever
move
not
d o
tank
s top
backwards
(,run
starts
Ifto
engine
PATTERN
SHIFT
moving
is
).off
tank
while
engine
shut
Shut
engine
.off
( ARK
)P
restar
.to
Try t
( EUTRAL
)N
L( OW
)L
H
)( IGH
R
)( EVERSE
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137137
2-195
C
(Oontinued
TANK
THE
)-DRIVE
TRANSMISSION
PERATE
Transmissi
Range
: on
2-196
TH
WARNING W
:)( ark
P
Use hen
)w
(D hen .
tank
Parking
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
pedal
brake
hold
and
Push
(PARK
)P another
t
P
f rom
)(Eo
lever
moving
move
will
.tank
or
range .
engine
Starting
brake ng
.parkis
Settin g
CAUTION
you
before
full
stop
at
be
must
Tank D
damage
t
prevent
E
P
)( o
lever
move E
.
to
transmissi on
WARNING
N
: eutral
Use
()W
N hen
D
)w
( hen
pedal
brake
hold
and
Push
another
t
N
f
)o
(Erom
lever Forward
or
revers e
)(NEUTRAL moving
move
will not
is
movem ent
tank
.or
range
wante
. d
CAUTION pivot
a
Making
.
turn
i
(En
lever
ill
)with
a
down
hgo
Never
u
R
o
L
t
N nless
r
o
from
shift
not
Do
N.
rpm
750
to
.700
at
is
speed
idle
engine
TA137138
C
TRANSMISSION
O PERATE
( ontinued
TANK
DRIVE
)-THE
Transmissi
Range
: on C
CAUTION
Use
( ow
L
W
:) hen
)(L
L OW ,When
L
in
hills
steep
down
going
)
(C
on
tachometer
rpm
engine
keep Driving
soft
on
rr
,o ough
steep
.Push
rpm
2400
)below
(D
pedal
brake .
ground
tank
slow
required
as
.to
forward
.from
stop
a
Moving
Maximum
:10
L
in
speed
.E
mph
x-
damage
ceeding
could
L
in
speed
this
tank
engine
.
CAUTION
D
Lif
t
H
)f
(E o
rom
lever
move
Donot টি
( IGH
)H not
.D
m9
than
more
iso
speedph E
u
:R
t
)f
H o
rom
(Enless
lever
move
Tank
stopped
a
,isnd W
H hen
:)( igh
Use
750
to
700
is
speed
idle
Engine a
s nd
mooth
firm
,on
Driving
.
rpm level
ground
.
Minimum
:10on-
H
in
speed
.C
mph .roads
i mproved
level
,on
Driving
dam-
c
speeds
Hould
in
slower
stant
engine
.
age
tank
E
:3x-
H
in
mph
0
Maximum
.speed
damage
tank
ceeding
could
speed
this
.
engine
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137139
2-197
TRANSMISSION
CTANK
THEPERATE
(Oontinued
)-DRIVE
Transmissi
Range
: on
2-198
E
WARNING
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
)isosition
(E
lever
shift
When
p
R
,in
M
. oving
reversed
is
steering R
: everse
Use
()W
R hen
.
tank
left
go
to
causes
right
control
.
backwards
tank
Moving
( EVERSE
)R
maximum
for
hills
steep
up
Going
WARNING
engine
power
.
u
oR
ofut
) nless
(E
lever
move
Never
speed
idle
engine
and
stopped
is
tank
750
to
700
at
is
.I
rpmnjury
person-
.
occur
may
damage
or
nel
CAUTION
E
.mR
inph
:5xceed-
speed
Maximum
en-
tank
damage
could
speed
this
ing
gine
.
TA137140
WARNING
per-
to
injury
in
result
can
T his
control
steering
.of
loss
cause
can
driving
Careless
tank
.or
property
to
damage
and
sonnel
Make
:
Sure
2-195
p age
lever
shift
transmissi
operate
).(to
how
understand
You on
CAUTION
A B
posi-
center
to
r
(A eturn
control
)steering
let
not
Do
to
hand
by
center
back
it
.G uide
releasing
by
tion
linkage
.steering
to
damage
avoid
it
jerk
N ever
.smoothly
control
steering
turn
Always
a
damage
or
track
t
cause
mayou
.Yhrown
around
.
transmissi on
D am-
side
.to
from
steering
by
tank
slow
Never
result
may
track
.to
age
NOTE
things
three
:on
depends
response
Steering
).
(A
control
steering
turn
you
far
How
Trans
range
. mission
Speed
.
engine
of STATION
DRIVER'S
shift
transmissi
with
turn
s
a harper
make
can
You on
H.
in
than
rL
) nather
(B
ilever
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137141
2-199
(Sontinued
DRIVE
)-C
TANK
THE
TEER TRANSMISSION
SHIFT
LEVER
2-200
:
Turn
Right
Forward A H.
LOR
IN
steering
Turn
1.
control
)s
(A moothly
required
right
to
.as
Increase
2.
engine
speed
.slightly
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
3.
,ease
completed
is
turn
As
)b
(A
control
steering
to
ack R
.
center
TRANSMISSION
SHIFT
LEVER
IN
OR
L
H.
A FORWARD
TURN
RIGHT
Forward
Turn
:Left
steering
Turn
control
s)1.
(A
as moothly
required
left
.to
FORWARD
LEFT
TURN Increase
engine
speed
slightly
.2.
completed
turn
As
3.
is
control
steering
,ease
)b
to
.(Aack
center
TA137142
DRIVE
(Sontinued
)-C
TANK
THE
TEER
TRANSMISSION :
Turn
Right
Reverse
A LEVER
SHIFT
R
IN s
as
left
)to
(A
1. moothly
control
steering
Turn
required
.
2.
.
slightly
speed
engine
Increase
(A
control
steering
),ease
turn
completed
3.is
As
to
back
center
.
REVERSE
,
TURN
RIGHT
TRANSMISSION
LEVER
SHIFT
A
R
IN
Turn
:
Reverse
Left
control
steering
Turn
1.
)smoothly
(A
right
to
as
.
required
Increase
engine
speed
slightly
.2.
REVERSE
e
, ase
completed
is
turn
As
)3.
(A
control
steering TURN
LEFT
back
center
.to
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137143
2-201
C
TANK
THE
S TEER
)-( ontinued
DRIVE
):Left
and
R ( ight
Turn
2-202
Pivot A
B
WARNING
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
I njury
moving
.tank
is
while
turn
pivot
to
try
not
Do
result
.can
tank
to
damage
and
personnel
C
1.
.
stop
complete
to
tank
Bring
N.
)to
(B
lever
transmissi
Shift
2. on
.(A
)r
,t
right
turn
pivot
3. ight
control
steering
Tourn
.)l(A
control
steering
t
left
turn urn
, eft
pivot
To
engine
increase
)t
(C
4. o
pedal
accelerator
push
Slowly
B
.tank
turn
and
speed B
A
A
5.
:
completed
is
turn
As
LEFT
center
.to
b
MA
)(control
steering
ove
.aack
HAND
)..Release
(C
pedal
accelerator
b PIVOT
RIGHT
HAND
PIVOT
TA137144
FORWARD
)(DRIVE
TANK
THE
DRIVE
E
F
C
Make
:
Sure
2-185
p
runni e
).(isage ng
Engin
accelerator
p
not
,.I
unlocked
A
)ilock
( sfush
Accelerator
release
.and
slightly
)d
(Bown
pedal
2-194
).(p
released
isage
brake
Parking
.750
srpm
to
700
is
speed
idle
engine
) howsD
(C
Tachomete r
2-167
p
on age
turned
are
).(lights
R •equired
operating
and
installed
are
periscopes
driver's
R
•equired
.)2-178
p
( age
B
:
items
following
of
operation
understand
You
2-193
p
).(Dage
pedal
Brake
STATION
DRIVER'S A
2-199
).(p
E age
control
Steering
page
2-195
).shift
(F
lever
Transmission
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137145
2-203
DRIVE
THE
C TANK
(D RIVE
ontinued
-)FORWARD
Drive
To
Over
2-204
Soft
Ground
Rough
Or
Using
Range
Low
And
:
10
MPH
Of
Speed
Press
1.
and
brake
hold
pedal
).(D
)L
(LOW
transmissi
Move
2.
shift
(F
)tlever
L.o on
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
Release
3.
brake
pedal
).(D
F
WARNING
E Never
push
accele
pedal
(B
)r ap- rator
I
idly
perso
dama
or
to nnel
. njuryge
result
could
.tank
Push
4.
down
slowly
accelerator
on
)pedal
.(B
CAUTION
Maximum
10
H speed
L
iin
.mph
sigher
speed
could
damage
.
tank D
Accelerate
a 5.rake
,b nd
steer
required
.as
DRIVER'S
STATI ON
TA137146
B
C
D FORWARD
RIVE
DRIVE
)-THE
( ontinued
TANK
Range
Using
High
Ground
S
,L evel
mooth
Over
Firm
To
Drive
MPH
:
30
Under
Speed
and
( IGH
)H
NOTE
gain
acceleration
little
is
There
in
L
in
starting
by
on
will
accelerate
ground
.T
tank
firm he
,sevel
,l mooth
from
start
a
H.
in
F
hold
and
Push
1.
pedal
).brake
(D
H.
shift
)to
(F
2.lever
transmission
Move
3.
).
(D
pedal
brake
Release
WARNING
to
)r
(B njury
Never
Iapidly
pedal
accelerator
.push
result
.
could
tank
to
damage
or
personnel
CAUTION
D
Cmph
10
constant
.speed
isonstant
H
in
Minimum
engine
damage
.tank
could
speeds
H
in
slower
speed
this
E
mph
30
.in
isxceeding
H
Maximum
engine
.tank
damage
could
speed
to
A (Bccelerate
pedal
accelerator
on
down
).slowly
4. Push
.
mph
10
over B
required
.as
a nd
steer
,brake
Accelerate
5.
2-205
TA137147
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
D
TANK
THE
C RIVE
( ontinued
)-DRIVE
FORWARD NOTE
To
:
Grade
Steep
Up
Go
2-206
Try
not
stop
to
when
tank
going
is
s
up
ateep
Make
:Sure may
grade
.It
hard
be
started
tank
get
to
for-
ward
again
.M
m
a ake
inimum
number
of
understand
and
read
You
cautions
involved
the
while steering
corrections
S
. teering
use
going
(page
grade
steep
).up
2-195 power
and
forward
slow
will
movement
of
tank
T ank
has
more
climbing
power
t
R
in
. han
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
L.
tank
not
go
up If
will
grade
(in
L
),linow
shift
transmissi
lever
to
Reverse
)(r on
ease
and
slowly
tank
backward
bottom
to
of
CAUTION
grade
p
T age
2-216
.around
)tank
(. urn
ry
Maximum
grade
will
tank
is
climb reverse
in
up
going
(page
).2-213
60
percent
.
Push
4.
accelerator
down
required
as
climb
grade
.to
.
1 Warn
crew
brace
themselves
.to
Approach
2.
grade
as
possible
.squarely
‫ة‬
‫ح‬
‫ص‬
Move
3.
transmissi
shift
lever
to
L. on
‫ل‬
‫ا‬
TA137148
D
CTANK
THE
DRIVE
RIVE
(FORWARD
)- ontinued
CAUTION
Steep
:
Grade
To
Down
Go
when
gun
e levate
tube
,to
damage
prevent
To
1.
.
themselves
brace
to
crew
Warn the
with
contact
into
come
may
appears
it
.
terrain
.
possible
squarely
as
grade
Approach
2.
in
forward
tank
move
s lowly
,accelerator
Using
5.
Luntil
front
tips
down
grade
.
WARNING
.Apply
brake
6.
accelerator
Release
transmission
g
with
rade
down
a
Never
go
N.
in
lever
shift
.
7 engine
and
mph
10
below
speed
keep
to
brake
Use
speed
.below
rpm
2400
top
at
tank
3.
.Stop
grade
of rolls
tank
while
as
required
brake
and
Steer
8.
down
grade
.
4.
L.
to
lever
shift
transmission
Move
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
Change 1 2-207
TA253683
DRIVE
(Dontinued
TANK
THE
)-C
FORWARD
RIVE CAUTION
Steep
Down
Go
To
Engine
Using
:Grade
Brake
as If
forward
moving
is
tank
while
stalls
engine
2-208
t
, ransmission
R
in
engine
drive
will
back-
1.
.
themselves
brace
to
crew
Warn engine
ward
(r eep
speed
.Kigh
)h pm
enough
stalling
.
engine
from
prevent
to
tank
Move
2.
edge
over
grade
of
L.
in Stall
:Should
Engine
If
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
forward
roll
to
tank
allow
Stop
.Do
not
WARNING R.
in
tank
when
reversed
Steering to
N.
Move
lever
shift
transmission
for-
moving
is
R.
in
lever
shift
transmission
with
ward
Rest
engi
. art
ne
Backward
Run
to
Starts
and
Stalls
Engine
:If
Push
3.
brake
hold
and
pedal
to
tank
.stop .Hold
tank
.Stop
pedal
brake
SHUTOFF
ENGINE
FUEL
hold
MAIN
Push
and
up
switch
until
engine
stops
.
N.
to
lever
shift
transmissi
Move on
Resta
engin
. rt
e
TA137150
C
D ontinued
-)FORWARD
RIVE
(TANK
THE
DRIVE
R.
to
lever
shift
transmissi
Move
4. on
H
E igh
grade
.down
rolls
tank
as
brake
act
will
ngine
pedal
.accelerator
on
down
Push
brake
Release
5.
action
braking
.more
produces
speed
engine
.
required
as
Steer
6.
reached
:is
grade
bottom
When
7.
accelerator
R
..aelease
tank
S
.btop
H
o
Lr
to
lever
shift
transmissi
Move on
.
required
as
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137151
2-209
TANK
THE
DRIVE
C
(Dontinued
RIVE
)-FORWARD
2-210
Drive
To
Side
Slope
:on
WARNING
Maximum
grade
side
s lope
-for
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
operation
is
percent
.30
CAUTION
7
when
driv-
Do
quickly
turn
not 1
.Turning
slopes
side
on
ing
cause
to
tank
quickly
could
track
.
or
throw
overturn
When
,tank
slope
side
on
driving
to
tend
will
.
downhill
drift
Prevent
drifting
downhill
making
by
steering
corrections
smoothly
.
TA137152
C
D FORWARD
RIVE
DRIVE
)-THE
( ontinued
TANK
a
,eittle
ditch
into
tank
laccelerator
brake
and
5. ase
Using
Ditch
:
To
Cross
time
a
at
this
o
until
front
tips
over
edge
.D
CAUTION
Release
accelerator
6.
brakes
apply
.and
Maximum
of
width
tank
ditch
cross
can
102
is
inches
36
is
depth
.,maximum brakes
Using
e
,7.ase
forward
tank
until
rests
track
bottom
on
.
ditch
of
side
opposite
or
.
1 squarely
ditch
.Approach
possible
as
themselves
.
crew
brace
to
2.
Warn
main
If
3.
pointed
gun
is
front
to
commander
,h ave
gunner
or
elevate
main
gun
.
4.
L.
in
is
lever
shift
transmission
sure
Make
10
.
brakes
Release
8.
Accelerate
9.
slowly
across
smoothly
but
.
ditch
of
front
as
accelerator
on
slightly
up
Let
10.
to
begins
tank
level
.
climb
from
TA137153
2-211
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
DRIVE
THE
-C TANK
(D RIVEARD
)FORW
ontin ued
Over
Obsta
:To
Go cle Make
2.
transmissi
sure
shift
lever
is
L.
in on
2-212
CAUTION Approach
3.
obstacle
slowly
as
and
squarely
as
.possible
Maxi
height
obstac
of
can
go
over le
tank mum track
As
obstacle
p
,touches
4.ush
down
slowly
accelerator
on
36
inche
G
.is
must
elevat
be
toun sed
avoid pedal
until
tank
climbs
obstacle
H old
accelerator
.pedal
dama
whenge
goes
over
obstac
.tank le climb
to
obstacle
until
tank
begins
level
.to
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
Warn
1.
crew
to
thems
.brace elves
5.
tank
As
begins
level
:to
.
a Release
accelerator
.
b
P
andush
hold
brake
..pedal
Allow
6.
front
tank
of
settle
to
opposite
side
of
obstacle
.on
Using
brake
a,7.llow
tank
roll
to
very
slowly
obstacle
.off
TA137154
ARMORED
60
CLASS
THE
CROSSING
LAUNCHED
VEHICLE
BRIDGE
WARNING
Care
must
taken
be
avoid
injury
personnel
to
and
wear
excessive
avoid
the
to
tear
and
60
class
Armored
Vehicle
Launched
Bridge
.
Center
1.
vehicle
bridge
.on
exceed
c M
)1not
Do
2.
(8rossing
speed
.KPH 3PH
stop
not
Do
3.
or
while
gears
shift
aon
bridge
the
,. ccelerate
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
Change 5 2-212.1 /(2-212.2 blank)

REVERSE
IN
TANK
) RIVE
(D
DRIVE
THE
:
Sure
Make
2-185
p
).(runni e
isage ng
Engin C E
F
accele
p ,not
unloc
)i(A
lock rator
.Isfush ked
Accele rator
d .releas
)(Band
slight
own ly
pedal e
2-194
p
releas
).(is
brake
P ed
arkin
•age g
.rpm
s750
to
700
is
speed
idle
engine
) hows
(C
Tachomete r
2-167
p
on age d
turne
are
.)(lights
Requi red
opera
perisc
driver
Requi led
and ting
instal
are opes
's
red
.)2-178
p
( age
:items
of
following
operation
understand
You
2-193
p
).D
( age
pedal
Brake
B
2-199
).(p
E age
control
Steering
A
STATION
DRIVER'S
2-195
shift
. age
)p
(F
lever
Transmission
D
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-213
TA137155
DRIVE
TANK
THE
D
C
)-INRIVE
REVERSE
( ontinued
2-214
WARNING
( EVERSE
)R
g
Around
guide
required
is
when
driving
tank
in
re-
verse
E
m. ither
t
-a ank
guide
communica
in ounted -
tion
with
the
driver
or
v
a isible
dismounte
guide
can d
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
used
.be
F
CAUTION
Operation
steering
of
control
reversed
is
when
oper-
ating
tank
reverse
page
.S
inee
2-201
instruction
for s
how
make
left
turnon
to
right
or
when
operating
in
reverse
moving
lever
)t
(r
,bRF efore
o
.Beverse
sure e
tank
completely
is
.stopped
Push
1.
and
hold
brake
).pedal
(D
lever
Move
2.
R.
)to
(F
Release
3.
pedal
).brake
(D
Push
4.
slowly
accelerator
pedal
).(on
B
Follow
5.
direction
mounted
guide
signals
or
from
dismounted
guide
.
B
Accel
6.
b
a nd erate
steer
requi
,as
. rakered D
DRIVER'S
STATION
TA137156
C
DRIVE
(Dontinued
TANK
)-THE
REVERSE
IN
RIVE
Reverse
:in
Grade
Steep
Up
Drive
To
WARNING
Driver
ground
.A
rear
the
to
vision
no
has
re-
is
guide
t
m
-.A ounted
reverse
driving
inank
when
quired
us-
driver
m
direct
loader
)or
c ommander
guide
( ust
2-144
).(page
intercom
ing
themselves
brace
to
.crew
Warn
1.
from
.
guide
directions
steering
2.
Follow
possible
.
squarely
as
grade
Approach
3.
accelerator
Push
4.
required
as
down
grade
climb
.to
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137157
2-215
DRIVE
THE
TANK
D
C
)-INRIVE
REVERSE
( ontinued
2-216
Drive
To
Down
Steep
:Grade
Warn
1.
brace
to
themselves
.crew
Follow
steering
directions
from
guide
.2.
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
Back
3.
grade
to
up
as
possible
.squarely
Using
accelerator
m
tank
in
u
R ove
slowly
with
transmissi
,4.ntil
rear
of
tank
tips on
grade
.down
Release
5.
accelerator
A pply
.brakes
Use
6.
brake
to
keep
speed
below
m
5 ph
and
engine
speed
be
24
rp 00
mw
. lo
Steer
7.
brake
and
required
as
while
tank
rolls
backward
grade
.down
TA137158
DRI
THE
TAN
(D
IN
REV VE
RIV
C ERS
-) onti E
KEnued
To
:
Slope
Side
on
Drive
WARNING
CI
side
for
grade
Maximum
-slope
CO
.
percent
30
is
operation
CAUTION
driv-
when
quickly
turn
not
Do
.T urning
slopes
side
on
ing
to
tank
cause
could
quickly
track
.throw
or
overturn
tend
to
t
will
ank
slope
driving
,on
side
When
.
downhill
drift
making
by
downhill
drifting
Prevent
steering
corrections
smoothly
.
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-217
TA137159
TANK
THE
D
(DRIVE
C RIVE
REVERSE
)-IN
ontinued
:
Obstacle
Over
Drive
To
2-218
WARNING
Driver
no
ghas
vision
to
rear
the
.A
isround
guide
required
when
driving
re-
in
verse
m .Aank
guide
c(-t ounted
ommander
loader
direct
)or
driver
using
in- ust
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
tercom
2-144
).(page
CAUTION
Steering
reverse
is
driving
backwards
M
.when
ofaximum
height
obstacle
tank
can
.
inches
24
is
backwards
over
go
NOTE
Gun
must
be
elevated
avoid
to
damage
when
tank
.
obstac
over
goes le
.
themselves
brace
to
crew
Warn
1.
Follow
2.
instruction
from
.guide s
Approach
3.
obstacle
slowly
as
and
squarely
possible
with
transmissi
R.
in on
As
track
touches
obstacle
p
,4.ush
down
slowly
on
accelerator
pedal
until
tank
Hstarts
climb
obstacle
.to
old
accelerator
pedal
until
level
to
begins
.tank
TA137160
C
REV
IN onti
ERSnued
D RIV
()-TAN
THE
DRI KE E
VE
: stacle
ob
of
to
on p ls
le
tave
As
5. nk
accelerator
R. elease
.a
.Push
b
and
.hold
pedal
brake
20
16082
10068229
€)00058
00632
rear
Allow
6.
tank
of
gently
settle
to
on
.
obstacle
of
side
opposite
000
20000
402
slowly
very
roll
to
tank
7.
,allow
brake
Using
off
.
obstacle
90000
92900
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-219
TA137161
PERSONNEL
OPERATE
T
( URN
)HEATER
HEATER
ON
heater
out
Pull
installed
)exhaust
(A
(iplug
f from
1. C
2-220
heater
exhaust
pipe
).
(B
.
2 exhaust
iheater
)Stow
(A
plug
n
front
fender
right
box
).
(C B
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
Change 2
WARNING
leak
fuel
If
exhaust
or
present
,is
are
repairs
until
heater
use
not
do
G made
.
Φ
PERSONNEL HEATER
MASTER
switch
ipanel
)(D
.(E
ON
set osn
HEATER
MASTER
HEATER OFF Heater
deflector
E)i(duct
s.1
.present
D HEATER
HI HEATER GNOT
DO
CAUTION
O
LOCH
ON LATOSTART LOBATCH air
engine
from
Engine
draw
to
set
are
intakes
PODTON
TOLEAT
WATERCRATICMOCATES
BATCH
TURILO open
are
hatches
o
2-604
p(rage
)compartment
E OFF LO Tu PURGAD
CAUTION
O
BITCH
NOT
DOES
1LTUOFFTLIGHT F
E.1 ONWITTES
CON
CAUTION
DRIVER'S
STATION
)Never
(D
switch
HEATER
MASTER
set
fording
unless
OFF
to
if
or
water
elec-
trical
short
occurs
.
Do
)is
(F
switch
if
heater
start
not
set
light
c
off
to
a
)iposition
(G senter
nd
mainte-
organizational
on
N
. otify
nance
.
TA248438
OPERATE
PERSONNEL
T URN
HEATER
C
( ontinued
)-ON
desired
.LO
as
or
HI
)t
(Fo
switch
3. Set
PARTICULATE IRPOWER BEAM
HI
FILTERGAS INDICATOR
•
ON
NOTE CONTROL
LIGHTING
OFF ·
LIGHT
BOMARKER HOP
IR
POWER
10DRIVI HIDRIVE
BEL
or
HI
to
LO
from
switched
be
m
) ay
(F
Switch
Ф О
G ON PANEL UNLOCK
posi-
center
F
iswitch
)stop
D(not
HI. no
LO
to PERSONNEL
HEATER
MADI
off
.shut
will
heater
or
tion HEATER
O PARK
HEATERCAUTION
HI BITCH
OFL&O
MATER
ON LOStall
toTOO
BUTO
!TPORT
OPERATO ROICATES
HEATER TONN
TURN
10OFF
TOTOSTOP
HAHEATER
UNTH
WAY PL
DFUOFF
2004
1701 LOcout OUTLETS
UTILITY
comdan
TTS
F
m inutes
.for
4
Wait
4. STATION
DRIVER'S
2-222
).(p
step
l
If 1to
,g
Gage
o
ights
light
.a
w
t
OFFG
light
depress
and
seconds
10
,(F
switch
light
f).( s
to
)G
.Iait
o
et
f
bails
maintenanc
organizatio
n
light
.,to
fails
light
1)I f
( otify e
nal
m
.2
for
Hwait
and
ON
-or
L
)t
(F
switch
I inutes
I
oO
s,lights
light f
2et
2-222
p
step
).1(to
I g
,l
lightG age
o
f
) ights
3
seconds
W
t.10
OFF
F
switch
light
fI et
)(s,to
G
( ait
of
light
)ails
4
Change 1
t
)
(F
switch
s
light
m,to
fG
.I
wait
and
or 2
for
H
ON
-L
t
(F
switch
)5 o
et
f
inutes
I
oO
et
Sails
)
maintenanc
organizatio
notify
.and
OFF e
nal
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-221
TA253685
OPERATE
PERSONNEL
HEATER
AIRFLOW
S
DEFLECTOR
() ET
A
orPush
1.
heater
t pull
(A
the oward
)door
front
of
rear
2-222
tank
control
air
to
driver's
in
station
.flow
crewmember
Other
2.
push
,p
or
up
vent
)t
(Bull
down
control
o
flow
turret
into
air
warm
.of
TA137164
(TURN
HEATER
PERSONNEL
)OPERATE
HEATER
OFF
NOTE
m
5in-
least
at
must
for
on
be
Heater
off
turning
.before
utes
toenter
A
switch
HEATER
PERSONNEL
Set
(c
).off
position
NOTE
continue
will
Heater
operate
to
until
fuel
line
is
.empty
m
.5
off
go
)w inutes
within
(Bill
Light
IRPOWER BEAM
HI
PARTICULATE
FILTERGAS INDICATOR
ON
NOTE co
LIGHTING
OFF MARKER
IR
POWERDRIVE Ме
DRIVE
,5
m
off
go inutes
after
not
does
light
If
ON UNLOCK
B
.
maintenanc
organizatio
notify e
nal HEATER
BERSONNEL ORTPANEL
MASTER
HEATER
O
HEATER TURN
DONOT
CAUTION
HI &
LARD
AND MATERI
OF
LOBUTCH
CAUTION ON TOSTART WORLD
BITCH
TOMIDICATES
WOLLONOPERATING LIGHT
HEATER
TOBITON
TULO
POP
WILL
IT
POSITION
TOOFF
OFF PURSED STAY
HAS
HEATER
OUTH
switch
HEATER
MASTER
set
not
Do CAUTION OFF
TURN
IBUTCH
LIPLIGHT
MOTO
DOES UTILITY
OUTLE
OFF
t
)
.(Co
fording
unless
C A STATION
DRIVER'S
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137165
2-223
OPERATE
GAS
PARTICULA
SYSTEM
S( TART
PARTICULA
SYSTEM
)GAS TE
TE
2-224
WARNING
Neither
the
unit
filter
M25A1
nor
tank
protect
will
mask
against
you
monox-
carbon
poisoning
.ide
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
under
CBR
attack
p
,Ifut
mask
as
on
quickly
possible
will
alone
I. t
filter
agents
toxic
while
.gas
operation
into
put
is
unit
particulate
mask
adjust
and
on
Put
1.
unit
(not
filter
of
).part
SWITCH
CONTROL
MASTER
Set
)2.
(A
I ON
to
.(B NDICATOR
light
)will
MAIN MASTER
CONTROL
ENGINE SWITCH
INDICATOR
FUEL
• SHUT
OFF ON
OR PURP SWITC R
STARTEHTOR
INDIA
ON
B
UT
A OFF
e FUELON
PUMPS
ON
LEAVE
ARTER
ONLY
OFF
TUR
FOR
TOSON
A OFF
WITH BITCH
LONG
OFF PERIOD
ENGINE
刷
STA ER'S
DRIVTIO N
TA137166
OPERATE
GAS
C GAS
SYSTEM
(S TART
)-PARTICULA
ontinued TE
CAUTION
unit
filter
particulate
operate
gas
Do
not
longer
10
than
without
for
running
engine
bat-
keep
to
running
be
must
minutes
.Engine
teries
charged
.
D
opening
air
intake
clip
)f
(C
3. rom
spring
lift
and
Pull
).
(D
unit
filter
on
switch
)on
(E
FILTER
PARTICULATE
4.GAS
Set
t
.Loight
ON
driver's
)G
(F
panel
control
will
light
.
PARTICULATE
FILTERGAS
F ON
WARNING
e
OFF
dan-
is
t
, here
conditions
arctic
Under
HEATER
PERSONNEL area
cheekbone
to
frostbite
of
ger
MASTER
HEATER E .D
air
f o
reezing
-sub
breathing
when
HEATER until
masks
to
hoses
air
connect
not
HI LOI
CATE
ON START TO
TO POSITION filtered
operating
been
has
heater
air
CPET
LMATER
TOSPO
OFF minutes
.to
20
15
F
G LI
COUTINBUTOR
Com an SITE
TOP
VIEW
2-225
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137167
OPERATE
GAS
PARTICULA
SYSTEM
(C ONNECT TE
)MASK
2-226
A
A LOADER
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
COMMANDER
B
B
B
B C A
DRIVER PULL
C C OFF
GUNNER
A
B
hose
Pull
1. A
connector
)o
.(BA ff
NOTE
Other
i(Aend
hose
)of
attached
to s
heater
unit
).M3
(C
hose
o
openPush
)2.
(A
M25A1
of
end
tank ver PUS
ON H
mask
cannister
).I
D
A D
ais
air
cold
,too
( fdjust
2-227
p
(). age
temperatur e
TA137168
A
( DJUST
SYSTEM
PARTICULATE
GAS
)OPERATE
TEMPERATURE
AIR
CAUTION
particulate
gas
that
sure
Be
switch
be-
on
is TURN
activating
fore
heater
switch
damage
or
to
heater
element
may
occur
.
until
heater
)c
(B
1.OFF
from
olockwise
A
knob
Turn
M3
n A
c(C
) omes
.light
on
C B
NOTE
on
and
off
go
normally
will
light
Indicator
.
operation
heater
during
knob
Turn
c
)2.
(A
tolockwise
increase
temperature
air
counterclockwise
decrease
temperature
.or
2-227
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137169
PARTICULA
)GAS
OFF
(TURN
SYSTEM
OPERATE TE
MAIN MASTER
CONTROL
ENGINE
2-228
FUEL SWITCH
INDICATOR
D SHUT
OFF ON
PARTICULATE
FILTERGAS OR BILGE
PULIS SWITCH
STARTER
c
(Aounterclockwise
knob
heater
)air INDICATOR
ON Turn
1.
の
C ON
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
.in
use
was
heater
f
position
,iOFF
to
OFF
off
.go
w) ill
(B
Light OFF
e ON
PERSONNEL
HEATER FUEL
PUMPS
(C
switch
FILTER
PARTICUL
GAS
)Set
2. ATE
MASTER
HEATER .
OFF
to
T HEATERCAUTION 00
HI MD
INHEATER
LARP LOD E
ON )t
D o
SWITCH
CONTROL
MASTER
(Set
3.
OPERATIO
HEATER
TURN
TOSTOP
SAT FORTIONA
ORURBILTOOFF operation
OFF LO .for
other
required
not
if
OFF
35
CAUTION
DOWN
ONWE
.
mask
Remove
4.
G air
close
to
)d
(Eowng
clip
sprin
Press
5.
intak
openi
. engs
A
TURN
cannister
mask
.)f
6.(From
hose
Disconnect
ON
PUSH F (G
).to
connector
Connect
WARM B
E
TA137170
STOW
(STOW
AMMUNITION
-M
)105
AMMUNITION
M
that
:
always
sure
be
ammunition
When
stowing MAIN MASTER
CONTROL
ENGINE
FUEL SWITCH
INDICATOR
e
TROL OFF
SHUT
DRIVE BO SELECTOR PUMP

BILGE
•st
Φ SWITCH
STARTEROR
INDICAT
IR
ON
OFF
.set
)is
(A
to
CONTROL
SWITCH
MASTER BLACKOUT
DRIVE OFF
PUMPS
FUEL •ON
LEAVE
ON
TOFOR
WITCH
A OFF BIT
PANDO
LONG
YOUTLETS
DRIVER'S
STATION
OFF
)is
(B
to
set
POWER
.switch
TURRET
(page
bracket
stowage
in
is
seat
).Loader's
2-132
MACHINE TURRET
MAIN
GUN POWER
GUN
4-7
)h
been
(p ave
thru
4-1
ages
AMMUNITION
Procedures
under
understood
.
read
and B
STATION
GUNNER'S
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137171
2-229
C
AMMUNITI
-)M
105M
TOW
(Sontinued
STOW ON
2-230
:Racks
Stowage
Ammunitio
Hull
Right
and
Left
in
Ammunitio
Stow
To n
n
WARNING
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
within
or
sparks
flames
allow
Do
not
H
. ave
ammunition
stowing
while
area
manned
.a
handy
extinguisher
fire
A A
:
Sure
Make
completed
ave
.been
h
2-229
)(p
All age
steps
age
2-262
p
).(is
unlocked
lock
Travel
2-260
).(p
is age
unlocked
traverse
lock
Turret
compartment
.
engine
over
placed
Main
is
gun
NOTE
be
to
have
w
)(A
of ill
rack
on
tubes
layer
bottom
The
as
turret
).R
(Botate
cutout
rim
floor
through
loaded
l
.(A
rack
all
get oaded
)in
tubes
to
required
B
w
(A
rack
hull
left
t
match
)2-457
age
poith
turret
rotate
Manually
1.
.(B
)station
loader's
at
opening
TA137172
AMMUNITION
S
(STOW
105 TOW
M
Montinued
)-C
.
2 traverse
Set
LOCKED
lock
to
2-527
(p
)a age
each
fter
movement
.turret
p
). age
3.
(2-565
return
stop
shell
Remove
4.
(page
guard
).Remove
3-111
コ NOTE
tube
at
a
one
close
nd
Open
,,load
time
.
to
tube
open
.handle
clockwise
).Rotate
5. (C
locking
in
Push
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-231
TA137173
STOW
S
105
M
-(AMMUNITI
C ) M
AMMUNITI
- OTOW ON
ON
nuod
Stow
ammunitio
round
n
end
i ose
first
,6.n
.tube n
2-232 Change 1
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
locking
in
Push
R
).7.
(Cotate
handle
counterclockwise
to
tube
.
close
CAUTION
C
Make
sure
)handle
locked
i(C
in s
position
and
nothing
extends
basket
turret
into
.F
to
do ailure
will
this
result
broken
in
bent
handles
.or
Set
p turret
traverse
lock
UNLOCKE
8.age
2-260
.)(to D
.
9 steps
Repeat
t
,2
1
5 hru
nd
required
as
a
8
all
until
tubes
rack
in
been
filled
have
.
TA253686
C
)-ON
(T
FOR ontinued
POWER
TURRET
URN
FIRING
PREPARE
:
Operation
Power
for
Turret
Prepare
To MAM COMBOL
19 INDICATOR MAIN MASTER A
ENGINE
FUEL INDICATION
SWITCH
Make
:
Sure
LIGHTING OFF
SHUT
ON
to
.sets
)i(A
SWITCH
CONTROL
MASTER
epi
OFF
WER
"ODe.vi MODR-VI GELECTOR SWITC
STARTE R
O WITCH
INDICAHTOR
2-262
p age
).(is
gununlocked
lock
travel
Main ON PAMI UNIOCE
OFF LACHOUT
DRIVE
).3-265
p
serviced
(isage
powerpack
Hydraulic OFF
ON
PUMPS
FUEL
2-260
).(p
UNLOCKED
traverse
isage
lock
Turret ON
LEAVE
· OPP
UTRITYYOUTLE
WARNING
and
personnel
all
of
turret
area
ring
Clear STATION
DRIVER'S
POWER
TURRET
setting
before
equipment
.ON
t)o
(B
switch
w
1.light
switch
.(CB
L
)ON
oill
tSetight
POWER
TURRET B
CAUTION
read
)s
(Dhould
gage
Pressure
not
,psif
.I1275
and1225
between
.
maintenanc
organization
notify e
al
psi
1500
than
,higher
reads
Ifgage
motor
if
,or
running
keeps
power
turret
off
,t
noisy
very
is urn
.immediately
.
2 pressure
Check
).gage
(D GUNNER'S
STATION
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-333
TA137275
B
( ORESIGHT
WEAPONS
)BORESIGHT
GUN
MAIN
PROCEDURE
PRIMARY
2-334
334
NOTE
2f-334.12
(p
procedure
boresighting
alternate
)iUse
not
is
case
with
boresight
M26
an
available
.,or
boresight
muzzle
M26
use
to
worn
badly
too
is
tube
gun
if
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
Change 3
Supplies
Equipment
:and
A
boresight
M26
with
case
.Get wwwww
all
wwwww
Mak
sure
: e
Synchronization
check
done
been
has
organi-
by
zational
days
90
last
the
within
maintenance
).(quarterly
thru
2
(p-253
checks
fire
to
prepare
all
Complete
to
)p
2-314
boresighting
. rior
required
as
Tank
ground
level
and
firm
as
on
parked
is
possible
.
(p
set
is
brake
.2-193
)Parking
is
breech
gun
main
and
clear
are
weapons
All
10
.
open
switch
BATTERY
MASTER
and
OFF
is
Engine
.
ON
is
Ballistic
)is
(A
lever
coupling
drive
locked
in
.
position
STAB
and
ON
is
switch
T
POWER
/ RAV
ELEV
switch
is
OFF
so
equipped
(i).f
TA309201
(Bontinued
WEAPONS
BORESIGHT
C
)-
GUN
MAIN
ORESIGHT
PRIMARY
PROCEDUREContinued
:
gun
main
prepare
To
Commander
:
target
a
Select
1.
boresight
optimum
at
of
range
ZO
.I3937
m
3
a
(1
ft
)tfarget
200
937
is
,select
available
tnot
k
a
at
arget
nown
tank
-toarget
.range
COMPUTER
Identify
2.
target
gunner
.to
:
Gunner
3.
,continuing
depression
maximum
gun
main
depress
Manually
to
resistance
.
felt
is
rotate
firm
until
handle
elevation
manual V
SUPERELE
:
Commande r MILS
.
4 tank
known
-tSet
range
oarget
.on
scale C
OFF
to
rangefinder
switch
. n
)o
(B
COMPUTER
5.Set
Change 3
set
computer
ballistic
to
)o
(C
6. f
handcrank
rotate
and
in
Push
00
.(D
)to
counter
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA309202
2-334.1
BORESIGH
WEAPONS
B
GUN
C ORESIGHT
MAIN
)-
( ontinued T
PRIMARY
PROCEDUR
C
-ontinued E E
:
Gunner F
2-334.2
Remove
7.
muzzle
boresight
)M26
(E
from
carryi
case
. ng
8.
muzzle
M26
of
tension
spring
Check
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
boresight
)by
(F
assembly
pad
locating
Change 3
attempting
and
hand
one
with
it
grasping
;springs
.to
compress
not
should
M26
,uifferent
Ifase
dsprings
compress
E
muzzle
boresight
.
Install
M26
imuzzle
)boresight
(E
9.nto
main G
H
gun
(F
assembly
pad
locating
with
12
the
)at
o'clock
position
.
O
Boresighting
periscope
gunner's
daylight
body
:
WARNING
Make
sure
crew
in
is
posi-
safe
before
tion
elevating
gun
and
begin
operations
.traversing
NOTE
movements
All
should
gun
main
of
made
be
manual
.using
controls
movement
Last
gun
main
of
elevation
in
be
.should
Commande
: r
gun
M26
l EWithout
10.
touching
main
through
,or
ook
eyepiece
(G
muzzle
M26
)o f
boresight
gunner
order
traverse
to
elevate
and
required
as
lay
muzzle
M26
boresight
reticle
dot
defined
on
target
aiming
point
(I).H
TA309203
BORESIGHT
WEAPONS
B
GUNORESIGHT
MAIN
C
( ontinued
)–
-
PRIMARY
PROCEDURE
C
-ontinued
wwwww
all
wwwwww
.
:
Gunner
11.
)and
(J
knob
elevation
Using
deflec-
8
knob
tion
w
disturbing
) ithout
(K
the
main
m
ofove
),lay
gun
aiming
reticle
target
)to
(L
cross
defined
aiming
(I).
point K
deflection
and
elevation
that
Check
12.
knobs
firmly
a
)a
K nd
seated
.(Jre
13.
deflec-
and
elevation
moving
Without
knobs
rtion nd
aotate
),(J
K
slipscales
a
4
)tond
.(M
Check
14.
reticle
that
aiming
cross
(L
)h as J
.
moved
not
WARNING
safe
crew
in
is
Make
sure
position
elevat-
gun
before
traversing
and
ing
opera- L
tions
begin
. M
Change 3
target
defined
off
depress
and
Traverse
15.
reticle
point
(I);using
aiming
2
)3
4
(5
elevate
and
t (Lraverse
),back
cross
onto
.
point
aiming
target
defined
TA309204
2-334.3
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
C
BORESIGHT
(Bontinued
WEAPONS
)-
GUN
MAIN
ORESIGHT
C
PROCEDURE
-ontinued
PRIMARY
2-334.4
H
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
Change 3
:
Commander
boresight
muzzle
M26
that
Check
16.
defined
)is
(H
dot
reticle
on
target
to
a
proceed
point
(I) nd
aiming
boresight
step
muzzle
M26
If
18.
not
is
dot
reticle
defined
on
target
thru
10
steps
r
, epeat
point
aiming
.
15
17.
,notify
corrected
be
cannot
fault
If
.
maintenance
organizational
CAUTION
muzzle
M26
rotate
not
Do
main
in
while
boresight
.
gun
TA309205
C
–
GUN
MAIN
B ORESIGHT
)( ontinued
WEAPONS
BORESIGH T
-
PROCEDUR
PRIMARY EContinued H
:
Gunner E
a
) nd
(E
boresight
muzzle
M26
Remove
18.
pad
locating
with
gun
main
in
reinstall
position
.6'clock
othe
at
assembly
WARNING
posi-
safe
in
is
crew
sure
Make
and
elevating
gun
before
tion
begin
.operations
traversing
target
defined L
off
depress
and
Traverse
19.
.
point
aiming
:
Commande r
muzzle
M26
or
gun
main
touching
Without
20.
M26
of
eyepiece
through
l
),(Eook
boresight
traverse
to
gunner
order
and
boresight
muzzle
muzzle
M26
lay
to
required
as
elevate
and
target
defined
)o
(Hn
dot
reticle
boresight
(I).point
aiming
Change 3
body
dayligh
perisco
gunner
b
point
aiming of 's
tting
dpe
target
define
(I),on
)i(L
reticle
21. soresigh
cross
aiming
If
to
gunner
o rder
point
aiming
target
define
on
not
is
cross
,aiming d
reticle
psight
If
30.
step
to
; roceed
comple
is te
target
define
to
cross
aiming
reticle
amove
tond
gun
main
of
lay
d
)disturb
w( ithout
knobs
boresi
use ing
ght
.
point
aiming
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA309206
2-334.5
BORESIGH
WEAPONS
B
C ORESIGHT
MAIN
GUN
()–ontinued T
PRIMARY
PROCEDUR
C
-ontinued E
2-334.6
Gunner
:
22.
Check
that
elevation
deflection
(and
a
J nd
aknobs
)K re
seated
.firmly
K
WARNING
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
Change 3
Make
sure
crew
is
safe
in
position
before
gun
elevating
and
traversing
begin
.operations
23.
Traver
and
depres
off
targetsing sse
reticle J
aiming
t;u )cross
,(L raverse
and
elevate
back
onto
define
target
aiming
point d
.(I)
L
H
24.
Check
that
muzzle
boresig
reticle
dot
)M26
i(H s ht
on
define
target
point
a
procee
)(Iaiming
step
25.
If tond dd
M26
muzzle
boresig
reticle
dot
not
is
define
on
target dht
aiming
point
r, epeat
steps
19
24
TA309207
.thru
BORESIGH
B
C(WEAPONS
ORESIGHT
MAIN
)–
GUN
ontinued T
PROCEDUR
PRIMARY
C
- ontinued E www
all
Gunner
:
25
. knobs
and
(J
Note
deflection
and
elevation
on
reading
the
following
)a
K
check
criteria
: nd
.
a m il
Elevation
1from
exceed
not
should
reading
.
4
m4
from
should
.not
±
exceed
1reading
Ail
bzimuth
C. entire
,r
limits
exceeds
reading
If
boresight
epeat
boresight
procedure
.M26
different
a
with
muzzle
muzzle
M26
dwith
a
results
occur
.Iifferent
same
df
organizational
maintenance
boresight
.,notify
26
. the
a
(J
knobs
deflection
and
elevation
Rotate
)h
K alf
nd K
and
4
to
back
distance
deflection
and
elevation
that
check
firmly
are
knobs
following
the
.U
seated
se
examples
if
:
necessary
NOTE
off
,round
readings
odd
of
case
In
.
4
towards
numbers
4.6
,is
reading
elevation
I-.E
afxample
Change 3
4.3
.to
knob
elevation
rotate
J
3.7
is
,reading
azimuth
E-I.bfxample
3.9
.to
knob
deflection
rotate
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-334.7
TA309208
BORESIGH
WEAPONS
ORESIGHT
MAIN
C
GUN
)(Bontinued
– T
PRIMARY
PROCEDUR
C
-ontinued E
2-334.8
Gunner
:
Using
27.
aiming
cross
t,reticle
raverse
elevate
and
back
defined
target
aiming
point
.onto
.
28 aWithout
moving
elevation
deflection
rknobsand
,J
K
)t(N
.4 otate
slipscales
ond
nd
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
Change 3
.
29 reticle
aiming
cross
(L
moved
not
)h as
defined
target
point
b
,from
Iforesighting
gunner's
of
is
body
daylight
periscope
.complete
.
30 Remove
M26
muzzle
boresight
from
main
gun
and
stow
carrying
case
.in
WARNING
Make
sure
crew
is
safe
in
position
before
elevating
gun
traversing
and
operations
begin
.
Using
31.
aiming
cross
t,reticle
raverse
elevate
and
back
defined
target
aiming
point
.onto
)
N
(
Boresighting
telescope
:M105D
L
Gunner
:
Check
32.
that
gunner's
periscope
daylight
reticle
aiming
body
(L
)icross
on s
K defined
target
point
).(Iaiming
N
J .
33 Move
reticle
selector
the
of
M105D
to
full
left
full
right
position
.or
TA309209
BORESIGHT
WEAPONS
B ORESIGHT
(MAIN
Continued
)–
GUN
P
Continued
-
PROCEDURE
PRIMARY
Gunner
:
34.
)and
(0
knob
elevation
Unlock
deflection
knob
).
(P
deflection
and
elevation
Using
35.
a
(O
m nd
ove
),knobs
P
reticle
)to
(Q
cross
target
defined
boresight
).point
(I
aiming
knobs
deflection
elevation
and
36.
Lock
and
).(O
P
(R
.a
3ond
Rotate
slipscales
)t37. R
STATION
GUNNER'S
Check
38.
reticle
that
boresight
cross
not
moved
.Q
)h
( as
Change 3
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
■TA309210
2-334.9
(Bontinued
WEAPONS
BORESIGHT
C
)-
GUN
MAIN
ORESIGHT
C
-ontinued
PROCEDURE
PRIMARY L
body
:
periscope
IR
gunner's
Boresighting
2-334.10
NOTE
boresighted
Gunner's
be
can
body
IR
periscope
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
allow
.
conditions
only
light
when
Change 3
Gunner
:
.39 periscope
gunner's
that
Check
daylight
reticle
body
is
L
(I).cross
point
aiming
target
defined
on
.
40 gunner's
periscope
Place
IR
operation
into
.body
.41 elevation
Rotate
deflection
S
knob
move
aond
)t
(T
defined
t
L
cross
(I).reticle
point
aiming
target
o
T
.
42 )tond
(U
slipscales
Rotate
.a
4
S
.
43 reticle
that
Check
aiming
h
) as
(L
moved
not
.cross
Boresightin
M17A1
rangefinder
: g
(4
)3
2 5
:
Gunner
gunner's
that
Check
daylight
periscope
body
aiming
on
ireticle
L
cross
target
point s
(I).defined
TA309211
C
)–
GUN
MAIN
ORESIGHT
(Bontinued
WEAPONS
BORESIGH T L
–ontinued E
C
PROCEDUR
PRIMARY
Y
A
X
BANGI
SCALIBRIGHT BRIGHT
BRA RETICAL COINCIDENC
ON
MTILE
ON V
LIGHT
UNTERSITYL INTEREST Z
Gunner
:
.
45 p
.to
R
rangefinder
o n
M17A1
) osition
(V
knob
OCCLUDER
Rotate )
W
(
and
reticle
daylight
)f(X
knobor
DEFLECTI
a
Wnd
ELEVATIO
Unlock
46. ON
N
I).(point
aiming
target
defined
Lo
tcross
reticle
move
.
47 DEFL
.3
fand
tEL
2
Y o
)( or
slipsca
Rotate les
.moved
not
h
(Las
)cross
aiming
reticle
that
Check
48.
p
.L
)tosition
(Vo
OCCLUDER
knob
Rotate VIEW
TOP
.brightness
reticle
gunsight
auxiliary
adjust
)t
(Z
knobo
INTENSITY
LIGHT
RETICLE
Turn
50.
Change 3
and
gunsight
auxiliary
)fX
a
(Wor
nd
knobs
DEFLECTI
auxiliary
and ON
N
ELEVATIO
Unlock
51.
point
aiming
).(Itarget
defined
tL
cross)o
reticle
move
DEFL
fand
EL
2
t.3 oA
)(Aor
slipsca
auxilia
Rotate
52. les
ry
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
moved
.not
)h
(Las
cross
aiming
reticle
that
Check
53.
TA309212
2-334.11
Continued
)-
BORESIGHT
(B
WEAPONS
GUN
MAIN
ORESIGHT
PROCEDURE
ALTERNATE CONTROL
MAIN MASTER
INGING
FUEL INDICATOR
BWITCH
A
จ
2-334.12
NOTE ON
ལ་
ས་
11:00
boresighting
Primary
for
procedure MACHINE TURRET
MAIN
GUN POWER
GUN MLECT SWITC
START ERHH
SWITCATOR
INDIC
muzzle
u
(M26
sing
gun
main D
A
2-338
.I
bpage
on
boresight
) fegins
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
B ACROUT
DOVE
M26
not
is
case
with
boresight • OFF
gun
bad-
too
is
tube
available
,or
if AON
PUMPS
Change 3
muzzle
M26
use
to
worn ONFUEL
LAVE
ly
·
following
p
the
boresight
, erform 11ROUNIT
procedure
boresighting
.alternate
GUNNER'S STATION
DRIVER'S
:
Supplies
and
Equipment STATION
binoculars
box
binocular
from
Get
M17A1 EXAMPLE
TARGETS
.
station
in
commander's E
thread
black
and
tape
.Get
D
E
:
Sure
Make
been
organiza-
by
done
Synchronization
has
check
days
90
last
the
within
tional
maintenance BORESIG
-ZERO
q).( uarterly BARN PANEL
ground
level
and
firm
as
on
Tank
parked
is
.
possible Commander
:
2-193
).is
(p
set
age
Parking
brake
been
for
have
firing
of
prepare
2-314
thru
Pages
2-253 1. Select
:
requirements
following
to
according
target
.
performed .
a 1200
known
to
close
as
range
Target
)should
(D
at
be
OFF
.set
(A
ELEV
)i/to
POWER
switch
Ts RAV meters
possible
as
.
OFF
)is
(B
switch
GUN
MAIN
to
.set .
b Target
cs
a hould
have
)(Dlearly
defined
target
aiming
)iset
(C
switch
BATTERY
.MASTER
ON
to
s weapons
aline
(E
)to
.point
sights
and
TA137276
prepared
are
sights
All
operation
.for .
2 Identify
target
loader
(D
)to
gunner
.and
C
)-
GUN
MAIN
ORESIGHT
(Bontinued
WEAPONS
BORESIGH T
C
-ontin
PROC
ALTE EDUR E
ued E
RNAT
:
Comma nder
range
in
read
be
can
u
)(F
knob
INTEN
ntil TSITY
LIGH
SCAL
RANG
Turn
3. EE
).G
(
scale
SCALE
RANG RETICLE
DIM DIM
BRIGHT BRIGHT COINCIDENCE
ON ་
OFF RETICLE
ON
ON GUNSIGHT
AUX
LIGHT LIGHT
INTENSITY INTENSITY
Change 3
scal
rang
in).(G wn
sho
is
rang
targ ee
eet
wn
kno
u
)(H
knob
rang
Tur ntil
4. nefinder
H
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137277
2-335
BORESIGHT
(Bontinued
WEAPONS
C
)–
GUN
MAIN
ORESIGHT
Continued
-
PROCEDURE
ALTERNATE
2-336
Loader
:
J
Unload
gunmain
)i(p
2-507
5.fage
.
loaded
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
Change 3
Gunner
:
K
6.ove
),m
(J
handle
elevating
manual
Using M
main
.
depression
maximum
to
gun
Remove
retainer
3-161
7.age
).(p
Remove
3-161
p (firing
8.age
).pin
Loader
:
)(L
a
9.K cross
marks
)thread
black
Place
ZO
on
muzzle
of
gun
.
thread
black
attach
t(M
)o
tape
Use
10.
muzzle
.K
)t
(o
OFL
COMPUTER
Commander
:
N
STATION
COMMANDER'S )to
.(N
11.OFF
switch
COMPUTER
Set
TA137278
BWEAPONS
BORESIGHT
ORESIGHT
(MAIN
Continued
)-
GUN
ALTERNATE
PROCEDURE
C
-ontinued Q
SUPERELEV
:
Gunner
turn
until
and
in
handle
12.
). ush
(P
handcrank
Grasp MILS
00
r
.(Q
) eads
counter COMPUTER
BALLISTIC
AMMO
n
Loader
:
binoculars
side
right
Place
13.
a
)of
(Rgainst
pin
firing
threads
(S
target
).and
cross
hole
site
to
P
STATION
GUNNER'S
.
14 Direct
gunner
move
to
turret
main
and
manually
gun
until
Change 3
E threads
alined
)across
(S
on re
R defined
target
aiming
point
shown
.s
)a
(E
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-337
TA137279
(Bontinued
WEAPONS
BORESIGHT
C
)-
GUN
MAIN
ORESIGHT
C
PROCEDURE
-ontinued
ALTERNATE
2-338
Gunner
:
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
Change 3
directed
main
as
gun
position
Manually
15.
:
as
follows
by
loader
U(T
handle
),traversing
manual
.asing
right
or
left
.gun
to
main
move
T
).(J
handle
elevating
manual
U
bsing
or
raise
lower
.
gun
main
STATION
GUNNER'S
TA137280
- C
MAIN
)–
BGUN
ORESIGHT
WEAPONS
( ontinued
BORESIGHT
C
-ontinued
PROCEDURE
ALTERNATE
wwwwww
:
On
Target
Body
Daylight
Periscope
Gunner's
Aline
To
:
Gunner
W
(
.(U
eyepiece
body
daylight
through
)Look
16.
17
. )a
(V
knob nd
elevation
turn
and
out
Pull
reticle
t o
adjust
(W
)knob
deflection
U
aiming
target
o
defined
X
)( n
cross
aiming
.)E
(
point V
NOTE
or
elevat
on
out
pull ion
not
Do
while
step
doing
deflection
knobs
.
18 STATI R'S
GUNNEON
elevation
o
)n
(Y
slipscale
Rotate
18. X
W
)(knob
deflection
a Vnd
.4
read
each
they
so
Change 3
2
)3
(4
5 Y
E
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137281
2-339
C
-
GUN
MAIN
B ORESIGHT
)( ontinued
WEAPONS
BORESIGH T AC
-ontinued E
C
PROCEDUR
ALTERNAT E
2-340
105C
M
RETICLE
:
Target
On
Telescope
Aline
To
105
-MM
APDS
METERS AF
Gunner
:
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
AE
left
.t(Z
levero
selector
reticle
19.)Push
Change 3
A
)b yA
LOCK
ELEVATIO
(Unlock
20. N
and
you
from
away
pushing
(AyB
)b
LOCK
DEFLECTI ON
.
counte
turnin rclock
g wise
AB
telescope
eyepiece
21.
through
Look -T
HEP -T
APDS
M393 M392
a
)A
knob D
elevation
T urn
C
(.( nd
reticle
aline
)t(AoE
knob
deflection AF 97
Adefined
o
(nF
cross
)boresight AA
).(E
point
aiming
target
+
STATI R'S
GUNNEON
Z
AD
AF
+
8
12
16 +
20
24
28
.1.1
RETIC
M105DLE
E
TA137282
GUN
)MAIN
B ORESIGHT
(WEAPONS
BORESIGH
― T Continued
- C
PROCEDUR
ALTERNAT E
–ontinued E
AC
Gunner
:
you
toward
pulling
)b
A
LOCK yA
ELEVATIO
(Lock
22. N
clockwise
turning
.)b
(A
LOCK
and yB
DEFLECTI ON
AH
NOTE
deflec-
or
elevation
on
out
pull
not
Do
23
step
.doing
while
knobs
tion
Z
deflection
a
A G
)( nd
slipscale
elevation
Rotate
23.
3
.reads
u
Aone
each H
)( ntil
slipscale AK
AB
r
.H(Z
24. ight
EAT
selector
lever
)Push
reticle
GUNNER'SAA
STATION
reticle
w
(A
eyepiece
in
).show
ill
C
J AG
HEAT
cross
(A
)o
that
25. fK
boresight
Check
of
width
the
within
alined
reticle
)i(AsJ
+ +
target
defined
on
reticle
the
point
aiming AJ
n
organizational
).Iotify
not
,(Ef
maintenance
.
Change 3
M105D
M105C A
(
R J
)ETICL E
RETICLE
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-341
■TA137283
(Bontinued
WEAPONS
BORESIGHT
C
)-
GUN
MAIN
ORESIGHT
Continued
-
PROCEDURE
ALTERNATE
AQ
2-342
Rangefinder
Aline
On
:To
Target
Commander
:
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
knob
OCCLUDER
Set
)26.
(AoL
R.
t
Change 3
27.
(AoM
switch
RETICLE
Set
.)t
OFF
AL
AP AV AU
) nd
(A
lock
elevation
Unlock
28.
a N
deflection
lock
turning
(AyP
)b AM
.
counterclockwise
through
Look
29.
rangefinder
eyepiece
RANGE
SCALE RETICLE
knob
R
ELEVATIO
A
().T urn
Q N AN DIM DIM
BRIGHT BRIGHT /NCE
COINCID
and
DEFLECTI
(A
knob
)t
aline
oS ON ON
OFF RETICLE
)o
defined
(AnT
reticle
cross
aiming ON
).
(E
point
aiming
target AS AR ON GUNSIGHT
AUX
LIGHT LIGHT
INTENSITY INTENSITY
lock
(A
)a
30.nd N
elevation
Lock AT
deflection
lock
turning
(AyP
)b
clockwise
.
(AU
slipscale
elevation
Turn
)31.
to
.
2
read
E
(AV
slipscale
deflection
Turn
)32.
.
3
read
to
TA137284
BORESIGH
WEAPONS
B( ORESIGHT
GUN
)MAIN T Continued
-
ALTERNAT
PROCEDUREEContinued
-
Comma
: nder
33.
Turn
OCCL
knob
A
t
)( oL
L. UDER
34.
Set
RETIC
switch
(A
)t
AUXoM LE
GUNS
.ON IGHT
NOTE
Some
M17C
rangef
may
have
a inders
switc
adjust
to
reticle
S
.light
switc
et h h
HI
to AM
or
LO
for
desire
bright
. d
ness
35.
Turn
RETIC
LIGH
INTE
knob NSIT
TLE Y
A RANGE
SCALE RETICLE
t
(adjust
auxili
) oW ary
gunsig
reticle ht DIM DIM
)(A
b X
. rightn ess ON
OFF RETICLE
ON
ON GUNSIGHT
AUX
AX LIGHT LIGHT
INTENSITY INTENSITY
AW
COMMANDER'S
STATION
AL
Change 3
2-343
TA137285
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
BORESIGH
WEAPONS
B ORESIGHT
MAIN
CGUN
)-
( ontinued T
ALTERNAT
PROCEDUR
C
-ontinued E
E BD
2-344
BA BE
BB
Commander
:
.
36 ELEVATION
auxiliary
rangefinder
.L ocate
Reach
behind
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
KNOB
knob
. nd
(A
)a Y
DEFLECTION
auxiliary
Z
Change 3
37.
(Bnd
lock
elevation
Unlock
)a
deflec-
auxiliary
B
(BA
lock
).tion
AY
Turn
a 38.
auxiliary
ELEVATIO
knob
)(A Z
nd N AZ
DEFLECTI
knob
aline
)t(AoY
auxiliary
reticle
aiming ON
cross
B
defined
onC
target
aiming
).point
(E
Lock
lock
elevation
)39.
(Bnd
a B
deflection
auxiliary
B
(A
).lock
:
Gunner VIEW
TOP
auxiliary
B
readTurn
elevation
slipscale
)t(40.
.2 oD
Turn
auxiliary
deflection BC
slipscale
(41.
read
.)tB
3 oE
■TA137286
=
BWEAPONS
BORESIGHT
ORESIGHT
(MAIN
Continued
)-
GUN
PROCEDURE
ALTERNATE
- -Continued
Commander
:
OFF
switch
.)t
(A
42. oM
RETICLE
Turn
RANGE
SCALE RETICLE
DIM BRIGHT
DIM BRIGHT COINCIDENCE
ON
OFF RETICLE
ON
AUX
GUNSIGH
LIGHT LIGHT
INTENSITY INTENSITY
MAIN CONTROL
MASTER
ENGINE INDICATOR
BWITCH
AM FUEL
P
SHUT
OF ON
Loade
: r
C
binoculars
Return
43.
stowage
.to ~ ECTOR SWITCH
STARTE
D INDICARTOR
(page
pin
firing
Install
).44.
3-166 ON
©
3-166
(page
retainer
Install
).45.
F• ON
UEL
PUMPS
:
Driver LEAVE
ON
Change 3
OFF
OFF
switch
.(C
)t
46. o
BATTERY
MASTER
Set
DRIVER'S
STATION
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137287
2-345
GUN
B M
)MACHINE
M7.62
-( ORESIGHT
WEAPONS
BORESIGH T
Gun
Machine
:M73
Boresight
2-346
NOTE
this
do
to
needed
are
crewmembe
Two rs
.
procedure
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
Tools
and
Equipment
:
box
:fender
front
right
from
Get
Ratchet
)
(A
drive
inch
1/2
with
(B
drive
)inch
1/2
with
socket
3/4
(C
extension
drive
inch
1/2
with
)socket
inch
wrench
6
(D
wrench
)end
open
inch
1/2
B
)
(E
key
screw
head
socket
inch
5/32 A E F
D
head
socket
inch
)1/4
(F
key
screw
binocular
in
box
Get
)from
(G
binoculars
M17A1
station
.
commander's
:
Sure
Make MACHINE MAIN TURRET
GUN GUN POWER
OFF H
)is
(H
to
set
POWER
.switch
TURRET
(page
S
on
safety
and
unloaded
is
).Gun
2-520 ON ов
).(page
1052-334
-m
boresighted
is
gun
main
m
STATION
GUNNER'S
TA137288
AMMUNITI
GUN
MACHINE
M M
)-7.62
S TOW
(AMMUNITI
STOW ON
ON
Make
Sure
:
on
latches
all
reach
can
you
)s
p age
2-456
elevated
(iso
gun
Main
(A
).box
ammunitio
ready
M - M
7.62 n
MACHINE TURRET
MAIN
GUN GUN POWER
B
1AN0D
ON
STATIER'S
GUNN
A
STATION
LOADER'SC
MAIN CONTROL
MASTER
ENGINE
FUEL INDICATOR
SWITCH
OFF
e
.set
to
)i(Bs
switch
POWER
TURRET
OFF ON
SHUT
The
2-527
LOCKED
)(p
lock
toage
set
is
Turret
traverse OFF
BO ELECTOR BILGE
PUMP SWITCH
STARTEROR
INDICAT
IR ON
2-138
(page
).is
stowed
platform
Commander's
ACKOUT
DRIVE OFF
OFF
to
set
SWITCH
.(C
)is
CONTROL
MASTER PUMPS
FUEL ·ON
ON
LEAVE
AOFOUT
TCHTOTURS
ofSTER OFF
LONG TH FOR
EXCER
OFFMADD
STATI ON
DRIVER'S
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-247
TA137189
STOW
S
7.62
M TOW
-(AMMUNITI
GUN M
MACHINE
AMMUNITI ON
ON
)-C ontinued
2-248
oPull
1.
up
three
on
)latches
(D
7.62
-m nm
ammunitio
ready
box n
S
from
R wing
(away
(Aelease
latches
).cover
.E D
Remov
2.
cover
)
.(E e
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
Fill
ready
3.
):box
(A
B a
lower
ineginning www
corner
of left
closed
. ut
side
links
),p
(F
.u p
C
b
tbelts
)(G
you
fill
.ready onnect
ammunitio
of ogether n
box
).(as
A
.Lay
ammunition
.c
)
(A
box
in
flat
B
d e
sure
pointed
ends
ammunitio
ofare
from
you
..away n
(E
cover
Put
4.
).on
A
box D
Close
three
latches
D
lock
5.o
cover
).(t
E
E
G
AMU
UN
!TOP
CAL
CANTEEN
CAN D
F A
TA137190
C
S
)-7.62
M
GUN
MACHINE
TOW
M
AMMUNITION
STOW
( ontinued
NOTE
)t
(H
oneo
latch
have
boxes
stowage
Some
o ).(H
D O latches
two
have
. thers
cover
lock
ammunitio
-m
7.62
four
)o
6.(Hnm
latches
on
up
Pull n
covers
from
away
latches
S wing
floor
turret
.(J
)on
boxes
latches
R
.K
).( elease
)
(K
covers
7.
.Remove
of
(J
)eachith
layers
w
box
compartme
Fill
8. nt
ends
P
.(L
beltsointed
ammunitio
)-m
7.62
linkedm n
point
should
toward
.
you
(J
boxes
).o
9.Kn
covers
Put
H
10.
to
H
latches
).Close
(K
covers
lock
J
K
H
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137191
2-249
AMMUNITION
S
)CALIBER
.45
AMMUNITION
STOW
( TOW A
MAIN CONTROL
MASTER
2-250
ENGINE
FUEL INDICATOR
SWITCH
e
ITROL OFF ON
SHUT
WARNING
Te
SERDRIVE BO SELECTOR OFF
PUMP
BILGE STARTER
SWITCHTOR
INDICA
eI
area
within
sparks
Do
or
flames
allow
not OC
.K R
ช ON
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
extin-
fH
a ave
. ire
ammunition
stowing
while BLACKOUT
• DRIVE OFF
guisher
.
handy
ON
e PUMPS
FUEL
ON
LEAVE
OF OFF
ROOTH
LONG
TYOUTLETS
:
Sure
Make STATION
DRIVER'S
OFF
s
.set
to
(A
iSWITCH
)CONTROL
MASTER
cleanliness
.)f
(Bor
clips
loaded
Inspect
1.
each
clips
.six
)w
(Cith
pockets
ammunitio
2. two
Fill n
CASE
AMMUNITION
TA137192
STOW
AMMUNITI
S
C TOW
CALIBER
( ontinued
-).45 ON
NOTE
In
,caliber
tanks
M60
some
)a
(D
tray
oddment
in
stowed
is
ammunition
.45 t
loader's
)all
(E
bracket
in
.Iand
station
,acommander's
tanks
M60
other
nt
).
(D
tray
oddment
in
stowed
is
ammunition
.45
caliber
caliber
Stow
3.
ammunitio
.45
required
.as n
place
in
4.
.straps
),fasten
(D
tray
oddment
on
provided
are
If
ammunition
hold
to
46
GAL
CLIPS
CANTEEN
D
E
COMMANDER'S
STATION STATION
LOADER'S
REAR
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-251
TA137193
STOW
(STOW
)AMMUNITION
GRENADES
HAND
B C
2-252
WARNING
Do
area
within
sparks
or
flames
allow
not
m
H
a anned
. ave
ammunition
stowing
while
fire
.
handy
extinguisher
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
MASTER
CONTROL
MAIN D
:Sure
Make ENGINE
FUEL SWITCH
INDICATOR
e
OFF ON
A SHUT
A
SWITCH
CONTROL
MASTER во SELECTOR OFF
D BILGE
PUMP SWITCH
STARTER
INDICATOR
OFF
.to
i
set
A
)(s S
ON
BLACKOUT
DRIVE
f
) rom
(B
straps
retaining
Remove
1. OFF
·ON
PUMPS
).(C
boxes
grenade ONFUEL
LEAVE LOADER'S
OFF
! STATION
OUTLET
brackets
D
stowage
)f
2.(Crom
grenade
boxes
.Pull
DRIVER'S
STATION
).
(C
boxes
grenade
Open
3.
C
each
)i
(E
4. n
grenades
four
Place
).(C
box de
grena Հ ՊԱՆ
C
grenade
).
(C
boxes E
(
5.Close
)i
C
( nto
boxes B
grenade
Put
6.
D
(
.brackets
)stowage MGARNEDN
ADES
.
7 Fasten
).retaining
(B
straps
STATION
COMMANDER'S
TA137194
PREPARE
FOR
FIRING
R
COVERS
)( EMOVE
To
:
Plug
Muzzle
Gun
Main
Stow
and
Remove
GUNMACHINE MAIN TURRET
GUN
POWER
Make
Sure
:
2-456
Main
).gun
(page
lowered
is A
(page
LOCKED
is
lock
traverse
).Turret
2-527
GUNNER'S
STATION
)is
(A
switch
POWER
set
.TURRET
OFF
to
D
B
C
(C
).tabs
b
)y
B
plug
Grasp
1.
from
B
plug
Pull
).2.
(D
gun
of
end
E
front
box
fender
. n
)i
(B
3.right
plug
Stow
IL
E
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137195
2-253
C
R ontinued
COVERS
EMOVE
)-(FIRING
FOR
PREPARE
Telescope
:
Cover
and
Stow
Remove
To
2-254
Tools
:
MACHINE TURRET
MAIN
GUN GUN POWER
.box
fender
front
right
f(A rom
screwdrive
)-tip
flat
Get r B
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
:Sure
Make A
STATION
GUNNER'S
to
set
is
lock
traversing
Turret
E C
2-527
(page
).LOCKED
switch
POWER
TURRET
OFF
.to
set
iB
)( s
l(C
screw
).A
), oosen
screwdrive
Using
1. r
f
. rom
E
2.
)housing
(D
cover
Pull
).(D
cover
from
F
clamp
Remove
3.
(E
housing
).on
clamp
4.Replace D
F
A
C
t
. ighten
),screw
5.(A
screwdriver
Using
box
fender
right
.)i
(Dn
cover
Place
6.
Return
screwdrive
(A
stowage
.)t7.o r
TA137196
C
COVERS
R
FOR EMOVE
)-FIRING
( ontinued
PREPARE
NOTE
34
.steps
,dhru
1t
ForV
/
-AN o
searchlight
A
SS up
from
c
D
)( arefully
cover D
Pull
2.
t
3
V
s hru
steps
1,d o
- earchlight
For
/
ANSS .(C
)
searchlight
.
2-256
page
on
Equipped
):So
V
Searchlight
(I-3
Cover
To /fA
ANSS
from
Remove
:
Sure
Make
C
OFF
to
set
switch
.(A
)is
POWER
TURRET
).
(D
cover
Fold
3.
.(E
)rack
bustle
in
D
cover
Stow
4.
STATION
GUNNER'S
D
drawstrings
(B
Untie
)cover C
.
1
underneath
).
(C
searchlight
B
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137197
2-255
C (Rontinued
)-COVERS
EMOVE
FIRING
FOR
PREPARE
2-256
Equipped
:)So
S (I-1AN
from
Cover
Remove
To SS
Vfearchlight
/
A
:
Sure
Make
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
OFF
.set
to
i(As
switch
)POWER
TURRET
GUNNER'S
T B op
bottom
.(,t
top wo
buckles
strap
cover
)four
Unbuckle
1. STATION
.)
)s
(Bhown
buckles
f(D
of
searchlight
front
).Crom
cover
Pull
2. C
B
.)(E
rack
bustle
i
C
cover
3. n
Stow
TA137198
)-C
(Rontinued
COVERS
EMOVE
FIRING
FOR
PREPARE
:Cover
Gun
Machine
.50
Caliber
Stow
and
Remove
To
:
Tools
box
fender
.front
right
tf
(A rom
screwdrive
)flat
- ip
Get r
:Sure
Make
TURRET
)is
(B
switch
.POWER
OFF
to
set A
MACHINE TURRET
MAIN
GUN GUN
POWER
STATION
GUNNER'S
C
Cupola
(page
locked
is
LOCK
).AZIMUTH
2-528
COMMANDER'S
STATION
CONTROL
)
(C
Switch
CUPOLA
POWER
ELECTRICAL
.
to
OFF
set
is
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-257
TA137199
PREPARE
FOR
R
FIRING
EMOVE
COVERS
( ontinued
)-C
screwdriver
Using
l
),1.
(A
D
ooosen
E
clamp
n
.screw screwdriver
Using
5.
t
2-258
, ighten
(D
).Ascrew
R
Femove
strap
Pull
).2.
(G
cover 6.
)in
(G
cover
.Place
box
fender
front
right
f
(Erom
clamp
Remove
).3.
(G
cover Return
screwdrive
(A
stowage
.)t7.o r
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
on
E
clamp
Put
).4.
(H
housing
F
D
H
A
TA137200
C COVERS
EMOVE
PREPARE
)-FOR
(Rontinued
FIRING
:Cover
Gun
Machine
-MM
7.62
Stow
and
Remove
To MACHINE TURRET
MAIN
GUN GUN
POWER
:
Tools
C
(B
).box
fender
front
right
f
A
t rom
screwdrive
- ip
flat
Get r
:
Sure
Make
STATION
GUNNER'S
to
set
is
lock
traversing
Turret
LOCKED
).(page
2-527
A D
POWER
switch
TURRET
.OFF
to
set
iC
)(s
l(D
screw
).A
, oosen
screwdrive
Using
1. r
housing
2.(F
cover
).Ef rom
Pull
(E
cover
).f rom
clamp
3.G
Remove F
B
F
).(housing
o Gn
clamp
Replace
4. G
E
A
),(
screwdrive
Using
5. r
).(D
screw
tight en
.(B
box
fender
)front
right
i
En
cover
Place
6.
screwdriver
Return
)t
stowage
.(Ao
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-259
TA137201
PREPARE
FIRING
U(FOR
NLOCK
TURRET
TRAVERSE
)LOCK
Lift
1.
lever
).(A
2-260
2.
Rota
leve
A
)a
the ll rte
(way
UNL
to
posi
)(
.B OCKED
tion
Lower
3.
level
).(A TURRET
TRAVERSE
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
LOCK
LOADER'S
SEAT
LIFT LOCKED
A
ROTATE
STATI R'S
LOADEON
TA137202
(UNLOCK
FIRING
FOR
)PREPARE
LOCKS
CUPOLA
CUPOLA
NOTE
unlocked
,is
INTERLOCK
AZIMUTH
If
required
is
b
.3 elow
step
only
).pin
(B
t o
lift
A
handle
INTERLO
AZIMUTH
1. on
down
Pull CK
.pin
i(B
2.A nto
)slot
in
)handle
INTERLO
AZIMUTH
Push CK
(C
handle
LOCK
AZIMUTH
).on
Push
3.down
INTERLOCK
AZIMUTH
INTERLOCK
AZIMUTH
LOCKED
UNLOCKED
COMMANDE
B
STATION
A
B
A
AZIMUTH
VERLOKE AZIMUTH
INTERLOCE
AZIMUTH
AZIMUTH C
LOCK
LOCK
C UNLOCKED
LOCKED
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-261
TA137203
PREPARE
FOR
U
( NLOCK
MAIN
TRAVEL
GUN
)FIRING
LOCK
Make
Sure
:
2-262
Gunner's
TURRET
POWER
switch
OFF
i(A
to)s
.set
0
Push
1.
lock
lever
B
from ut
flange
).(o
C
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
Raise
2.
lever
travel
)o
(DBn
).lock
MACHINE TURRET
MAIN
GUN POWER
GUN
lock
Turn
3.
B
lever
until
a
shown
released
)iretainer
.(Ess
A
retainer
Lift
4.
gun
f
E rom
).tube
(F
ि
GUNNER'S
STATION
TURN
C
LIFT
E
B
2000
D D
E
VIEW
REAR
TANK
OF
TA137204
PREPARE
FOR
U
FIRING
NLOCK
MAIN
TRAVEL
C
( ontinued
)-GUN
LOCK
(2-263 blank) /2-264

TM 9-2350-260-10-2
WARNING
power
apply
not
Do
turret
operate
or
until
controls
personnel
all
positions
safe
in
are
prepared
and
for
turret
Change 4
.
movement
or
gun
until
mode
manual
or
power
in
turret
operate
not
Do
all
personnel
are
proper
position
in
,t
ring
urret
been
has
cleared
shell
a nd
ejection
plate
and
platform
,all
guards
place
in
are
.
reach
not
Do
into
attempt
enter
to
driver's
exit
or
turret
and
off
is
switch
power
until
compartment
traverse
lock
is
locked
position
.in
members
Crew
station
of
out
extreme
in
are
danger
when
C
on
is
power
down
shut
must
turret
. ommanders
leave
to
members
crew
allowing
before
power
their
.
stations
WARNING
safe
in
are
tank
on
or
inside
personnel
all
sure
Make
.
controls
elevating
gun
operating
before
position
shown
direction
.(G
)i n
handle
CONTROL
ELEVATIO
5. MANUAL
gunner's
Turn N
).lock
of
c (D
travel
F
tubelear
gun
Elevate
)
(E
retainer
6.
.Close
G
7.
)in
(B
lever
lock
.Turn
tighten
to
shown
direction
8.
and
B
lever
lock
).Lower
(C
flange
into
sideways
push STATION
GUNNER'S
9.
)by
(D
lock
travel
.Stow
down
pushing
a
) utomatically
(H
pawl
Locking
10.
snaps F
lock
travel
secure
.to
place
in
D
TURN
H
PUSH
E B
Change 4
0
0000
C
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-264.1
A
Install
7.62
ToM
Machine
Gun POWER
IR HIBEAM
INDICATOR MAIN CONTROL
MASTER
Cartridge
Bag
:-M ENGINE
D FUEL SWITCH
INDICATOR
2-264.2
CONTROL
LIGHTING SHUT
OFF ON
:
Sure
Make
LIGHT
80MARKIR STOP
OFF
RPOWERDRIVE SER
DRIVE BO SELECTOR
MASTER
CONTROL
SWITCH
)
(A Ө D BILGE
PUMP SWITCH
STARTEROR
INDICAT
ON PANEL UNLOCK IR
is
.
OFF
to
set ON
BLACKOUT
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
OFF DRIVE OFF

9ON
Change 4
PUMPS
FUEL
LOCKED e LEAVE
ON
WASTER
OFF
TORE
ON OFF
·WAS 1C#40 LONG
OF PROD
INGEMAIOH
UTILITY
OUTLET
DRIVER'S
STATION
B LOADER'S
(B
lock
traverse
Turret
)is
to
set
STATION
LOCKED
p
2-527
).( age
Machine
.
installed
not
is
gun
Locate
bag
support
).1.
(C
LOADER'S
STATION
PREPARE
FIRING
I
C (FOR
NSTALL
MACHINE
)-GUNS
ontinued
C
Gun
:
For
Machine
M73
shield
ejection
Place
1.
)onto
(D
bag
).
C
(
support E
‫کے‬
c
.(E
2. losed
)fasteners
snap
Press
LOADER'S
STATION
C
cartridge
Place
3.
bag
)onto
(F
).
(
C
support
c
.(G
4. losed
)fasteners
snap
Press
TA137207
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-265
GUNS
(I
FIRING
FOR
PREPARE
MACHINE
NSTALL
)-Continued
2-266
:
Gun
Machine
M240
For
cartridge
Place
1.
onto
(C
support
bag
).H
c
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
). losed
(K
snap
fasteners
Press
2.
DN
LOADER'S
STATION
H
C
11
TA137208
C (Iontinued
)-GUNS
MACHINE
NSTALL
FIRING
FOR
PREPARE
:Gun
Machine
M
7.62
M240M
-Install
To
:
Sure
Make
.to
OFF
set
)s
(A
iSWITCH
CONTROL
MASTER
LOCKED
to
set
)s
(B
ilock
traverse
Turret
2-527
.)p
( age
2-516
p
.)(loaded
not
gunisage
Machine
IRPOWER BEAM
HIINDICATOR MAIN MASTER
CONTROL
Ф ENGINE INDICATOR
SWITCH
Ο FUEL
A
CONTROL
LIGHTING OFF ON
SHUT
B
10MACHID ✓
IRPOWERODRIVE ม Dervi
DO BELECTOR PUMP
OCKE
D
BILGE SWITC
START
SWITCHEHTOR
INDICA
ON !
PANI UNLOCK ༡
CFD ON
BLACKOUT
DRIVE OFF
ON A
PUMPS
FUEL
ON
LEAVE
INTER • OFF
MAD
LATER OF
OUTLET
UTILITY
STATION
LOADER'S
STATION
DRIVER'S
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-267
TA137209
PREPARE
C FIRING
FOR
MACHINE
(I NSTALL
ontinued
)-GUNS
2-268
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
Pull
pins
o )1.ut
until
they
stop
.(C
D
E
LOADER'S
STATION
Lift
2.
travel
lock
(D
)f
machi
rom ne
gun
mount
)
.(E
TA137210
PREPARE
FIRING
FOR
MACHINE
GUNS
C
)-(I NSTALL
ontinued
NOTE
)
G
(
knob
elevation
turning
b
(Ey
mount
Preset
bottoms
bracket
mounting
rear
until
clockwise
elevation
T urn
shaft
.of
flange
onto
T urn
tra-
.clicks
23
for
countercl
knob ockwise F
traversin
the
until
c
H
)( lockwiseg
knob
versing
of
bottom
its
to
up
backs
bracket
elevation
and
countercl
knob
traversin
turn
T
. hen
travel ock-
g 0
depress
to
necessary
be
.It
clicks
31
may
wise 0
slide
to
s
p
gunlighty
2-456
age
)(main
elevate
or
)
(E
.mount
machinegu
i)Fnto n LOADER'S
C
STATION
E
mount
(machine
.gun
i
F
)3. nto
Slide
machine
on
holes
)w
(F
4. ith
gun
Aline
.)E
(
mount
gun
secure
snap
to
place
into
they
until
5.
)in
(C
pins
Push
.)gun
(F
machine
E G
Change 1
TA254104
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-269
C
GUNS
I ontinued
)-MACHINE
NSTALL
(FIRING
FOR
PREPARE
Gun
Machine
M
7.62
M73 M
:-Install
To
2-270
:
Tools
)f
A rom
key
(screw
head
socket
inch
3/8
Get
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
.)(B
box
fender
front
right
:Suree
Mak
.to
OFF
(Cs
set
)SWITCH
iCONTROL
MASTER
LOCKED
to
set
i(D
)s A
lock
traverse
Turret
2-527
p
(.) age
).2-520
p
gun age
(loaded
not
is
Machine
BEAM
HI CONTROL
MASTER
MAIN LOCKED
POWER INDICATORD ENGINE INDICATOR
FUEL → SWITCH
CONTROL
LIGHTING OFF ON
SHUT D UNLOCKED
дакто STOP OFF

POWER SERDRIVE
BO SELECTOR
PUMP
BILGE STARTE R
D SWITC
WITCHHTOR
INDICA
ON PANIL UNLOCK IR S
ON
OFF BLACKOUT
DRIVE C
OFF
ON
PUMPS
FUEL
LEAVE
ON
ONFOR
DIICH
AISTO OFF
OUTLET
UTILITY
LOADER'S
STATION
STATION
DRIVER'S
TA137212
C
GUNS
I
MACHINE
NSTALL
( ontinued
FIRING
PREPARE
)-FOR
),unscrew
(A
key
screw
head
socket
Using
1.
two
gun
machine
h
) olding
(E
capscrews
).
(F
retainer
மாயரர்
).
(F
retainer
gun
machine
Remove
2.
F A
STATION
LOADER'S
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-271
TA137213
C
GUNS
MACHINE
I ( ontinued
FOR NSTALL
)-FIRING
PREPARE
jacket
that
)s
(H
o
Go
mount
nto
gun
machine
Slide
3.
2-272
H
(H
).mount
onto
Jits
fblock
mounting
assembly
assembly
jacket
(Fver
retainer
)o
machine
4.gun
Place
).
(J
block
mounting
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
two
),t
(Aighten
key
screw
5. head
socket
Using
J
.)(E
capscrews
(L
solenoid
).t
K
leado
electrical
Connect
6.
G
.
7 Return
.
stowage
to
key
screw
head
socket
F
A
TA137214
C ontinued
MACHINE
GUNS
FIRING
)-(I NSTALL
PREPARE
FOR CONTROL
MASTER
MAIN
ENGINE SWITCH
INDICATOR
FUEL
Gun
Machine
:.50
Caliber
M85
Install
To SHUT B
OFF ON
NOTE OFF
PUMP
BILGE WITCH
STARTE
SWITCH
INDICATOR
needed
are
crewmembers
Two ON
.
procedure
this
do
to
OFF
:
Sure
Make ON A
F→UEL9
PUMPS
ON
LEAVE
OFF
to
set
SWITCH
.(A
)is
CONTROL
MASTER FOR
AT-O OFF
BI
GOD
(p 2-527
).set
isage
B
LOCKED
to
Turret
lock
traverse STATION
DRIVER'S
position
).(p
2-528
lifted
locked
into
AZIMUTH
C
LOCK
Csage
i• upola
LOADER'S
STATION
p
). age
2-510
loaded
gun
(is
not
Machine
E
F
).set
isire
D
to
(fsafety
mechanical
gun
Machine
.
position
forward
in
is
assembly
Bolt
STATION
COMMANDER'S
p
. age
3-217
(E
body
daylight
and
periscope
)IR
commander's
Remove
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137215
2-273
C
GUNS
MACHINE
I
FOR NSTALL
)-FIRING
( ontinued
PREPARE
2-122
p
lock
).(a
F
doorage
nd
2-274
hatch
Open
2. cupola
elevation
maximum
to
cradle
cupola
Elevate
3.
2-42
p
(.) age5
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
H
4.
)
(G
gun
machine
hands
cupola
of
outside
Man
.)to
inside
man
hatch
(H
opening
through
cupola
TA137216
)-Continued
GUNS
PREPARE
(I
FIRING
FOR
MACHINE
NSTALL
hole
until
cradle
into
f
(Gorward
gun
machine
)Slide
5.
)l
o(G
on Jn
.gun
up
nd
aine
mount
K
hole G
G K
secure
machine
mounting
)i
(L
6.pin
to
hole
nto
rear
Slide
L )Lower
.(G
necessary
if
gun
2-275
TA137217
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
PREPA
FOR
FIRIN
I
(MACH GRE
L
INE
GUNS
)- NSTAL
C ontin ued
Lower
machine
gun
to 7.
2-276
minimum
elevation
p
2-425
.)( age
press
Open
-8.
fastener
o
type
n
fold
and
back
cupola
machine
gun
cradle
cover
).(M
9.
Push
up
from
inside
and
lift
top
access
door
).(N
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
10.
Lock
top
access
door
i
o )(Nn
place
hold
-with
pen
)latch
.(P
11.
Pull
latch
a
)(Q
lift
cradle
accessnd
door
).(R
12.
Spring
loaded
cradle
latch
)(access
S
will
lock
acce
door
)(Rpenss
.o
13.
Elevate
machi
gun
to
l
a
positi ne
age on
2-425
.)(pevel
P
M
OUTSI
OF
CUPOLADE
TA137218
PREPARE
FIRING
C FOR
(I NSTALL
MACHINE
)-GUNS
ontinued
outside
Standing
14.
cupola
pin
in
down
),p
(T
lever
ush
)and
hold
(.U U
barrel
Push
15.
receiver
)i
wV(W
Xnto
ith
notch
)to
t urned
side
.
shown
as
Y
W
T
(T
pin
Release
16.
).and
U
lever
X barrel
c Rotate
17.
V
1/4lockwise
until
)oturn
notch
(X n
up
L lines
barrel
notch
with
receiver
o
).Y
(Wn
isten
V for
click
as
barrel
is
locked
in
.gun
2-277
TA137219
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
C
GUNS
I ontinued
MACHINE
NSTALL
FIRING
)-(FOR
PREPARE
)(Z
2-278
connector
c lead
solenoid
onnect
,cupola
18.Inside
t
).P2
(Goumber
machine
N gun
body
)
(E
daylight
and
IR
periscope
commander's
Install
19.
3-227
p
).( age Z
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137220
)-C
I ontinued
GUNS
MACHINE
NSTALL
FIRING
(FOR
PREPARE
2-425
).(p
elevation
minimum
guntoage
machine
Lower
20.
).(R
door
a
on
21.access
cradle
lower
Snd
latch
down
Push
).(N
door
access
a top
close
P
latch
o nd
- pen
hold
Lift
22.
t(R
door
access
cradle
close
o
fully
).Q
latch
Pull
23.
R
it
u
)(Mntil
cover
cradle
gun
machine
cupola
back
Fold
24.
doors
.access
the
covers S
cover
cradle
o
A
fastener
type
.)(- nA
press
Secure
25.
Q
2-425
).(p
l a
toage
evel
position
gun
machine
Elevate
26.
229
P
M
AA
N
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137221
2-279
RANGEFINDER
FIRING
)(A DJUST
PREPARE
FOR
A
MASTER
CONTROL
2-280
MAIN
D ENGINE SWITCH
INDICATOR
Rangefinder
:
Daylight
M17C
M17A1
or
Commander's
To
Sight FUEL Э
A SHUT
OFF
.
n
)toON
SWITCH
.(A
CONTROL
MASTER
1. Set OFF
DO ECTORD PUMP
D BILGE SWITC R
STARTEHTOR
INDICA
་
ค
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
KOUT
OFF
AON
FUEL PUMPS
ON
LEAVE
UNITIOOFF
DRIVER'S
STATION
.)t
ON
(Bo
switch
COMPUTE
2. Set R
L
10
B
STATION
COMMANDE R'
TA137222
RANGEFINDER
)-C
PREPARE
(Aontinued
FIRING
FOR
DJUST
C
headrest
Adjust
3.
)t
(C
viewing
position
desired
.o
OCCLUDER
Set
4.
pointer
knob
)t
(Do
a
R.
L nd
pointer
between
match
with
F
)5.
(E
switch
RETICLE
Set
to
GUNSIGHT
.AUX
ON
into
rangefinder
Look
6.
eyepiece
).
(F G
7.
)to
(G
ring
diopter
Rotate
focus
).
(H
reticle
H
NOTE J
have
may
rangefinders
M17C
Some
switch
a RETKE
S
LO
or
HI
to
switch
to
. et
light
reticle
adjust DIM RIGHT COINCIDENCE
ON E
for
desired
brightness
. OFF
ON
AUX
CUNSIGHT
LIGHT
INTENSITY
knob
INTENSITY
LIGHT
RETICLE
Rotate
∞
desired
)to
J
brightness
.(
TA137223
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-281
PREPARE
FOR
FIRING
A
C DJUST DER
( ontinued
-)RANGEFIN
A
MAIN
ENGINE CONTROL
MASTER
FUEL SWITCH
INDICATOR
2-282
SHUn ON
Calibrate
To
Rangefinde
: r
OFF
PUMP
BILGE SWITCH
STARTER
INDICATOR
:
Sure
Make
ON
MASTER
CONTROL
SWITCH
(A · OFF
)i s
eON
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
ON
.to
set PUMPS
FUEL
LEAVE
ON
OFF
24
2000
Turre
prepa
is
for
power tred
DRIVER'S
STATION
operation
).(page
2-332
Headrest
adjusted
i(B
to )s
your
head
.fit
Rotate
OCCLUDE
knob
)t
C
R.
(1.o R
Rotate
diopter
ring
u
)2.
(Dntil
view
through
eyepiece
maximum
E
( as
sharpness
).h E
வை
Record
diopter
scale
(F
)s3.etting
for
fut F
use
. ure
C D
TA137224
C
)-RANG
A DJUS
( ontin
FIRIN
FOR ued
EFIN
T DER
GRE
PREPA
CAUTION
opti-
into
filters
placing
when
lever
filter
snap
not
Do
the
to
damage
cause
may
this
as
system
cal
.
rangefinder
H
RANG
SCALE RETICLE
DIM BRIGHTDIM BRIGHT COINCIDENCE
ARNOTE ON
OFF RETICLE
ON
cali-
when
aid
an
as
used
be
should
Filters
OFF G. UNSIGHT
AUX
sunlight
reduce ON
T
. hey
rangefinde
brating r LIGHT LIGHT
INTENSITY INTENSITY
eas-
reticle
coincidenc
make
and
brightness e
ier
to
see
.
G
E
)to
to
left
filter
(G
4.lever
Move
system
optical
into
filter
place
.
f
(Hor
knob
SCALE
)RANGE
Rotate
5.
C
desired
brightness
.
L.
)to
(C
knob
OCCLUDE
Rotate
6. R
AUX
.)t
(Jo
switch
SetRETICLE
.
ON
GUNSIGH T
).
(E
eyepiece
through
Look
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137225
2-283
C
A ontinued
RANGEFIN
DJUST DER
FIRING
)-(FOR
PREPARE E
NOTE
J
2-284
s
a witch
have
may
rangefinder
M17C
Some s
LO
or
HI
to
switch
S
. et
light
reticle
adjust
to
RANGE
SCALE RETICLE C
desired
for
brightness
. BRIGHT
DIM DIM BRIGHT COINCIDENCE
ON
OFF RETICLE
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
)f
(Kor
knob
RETICLE
Rotate
9. ON
desired
reticle
brightness
. AUX
,GUNSIGHT
ON
C
)(knob
OCCLUDER LIGHT LIGHT
Rotate
10. INTENSITY INTENSITY
center
position
.to
t
)o
(J
switch
RETICLE
Set
11. K
.ON
COINCIDE NCE
.(E
eyepiece
)through
Look
12.
NOTE
N
switch
a
have
may
rangefinders
Some
M17C
L
LO
HI
or
switch
et
light
.S
reticle
to
adjust
desired
brightness
.for
f
)(K
knob
or eCLE
RETI
Rotat
13. L
COINCID
of
brightness
desired ENCE
.(L
)
reticle 7
OFF
.t
J o
switc
)(RETI
14.Set hCLE
R.
)t
(Co
knob
OCCL
Rotat
15. eUDER
distance
k
a nown
at
target
Observe
16.
knob
rangefinde
R
possible
).if
meters
1 200
( otate r M
distance
t
)
M
(
this
show
(N
). o
scale
range
on
Rotate
17.
OCCLUDE
knob
center
)t
(Co
.position R
TA137226
RANGEFINDER
A DJUST
()-Continued
FIRING
PREPARE
FOR
R
out
Pull
18.
HOR
rotate
and
)
(P
knob
of
left
t
Q o
)image
ghost
put
(to
actual
image
(R
).
19.
)
(S
knob
VERT
rotate
and
out
Pull
i
to
) nto
(Q
image
ghost
bring
actual
alinement
with
vertical Q
).
(R
image P
Rotate
20.
knob
bring
)HOR
(P
ghost
t o
actual
over
right
from
to
left
image R
image
.
+
rotation
Stop
21.
soon
two
images
as
S
are
.
one
range
Rotate
22.
c
( ompletely
)knob
M
counterclockwise
. Q
23.
Look
through
eyepiece
).(E
E
range
Rotate
24.
)to
(M
knob
bring Q
right
)from
to
left
ghost
(Q
image R
)
(R
image
over
.actual
2-285
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137227
C
RANGEFINDER
A
FOR DJUST
)-FIRING
( ontinued
PREPARE
scale
(N
range
distance
).on
25.Check N
2-286
known
read
should
scale
Range
meters
.20
minus
or
plus
range
.times
two
25
22
steps
thru t
Repea
26.
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
read
not
d
N
)( oes
scale
range
If
meter
,20
minus
or
plus
range
know ns
range
If
25.
t
1 hru t
steps
repea
know
read
not
does
till n
)s(N
scale
,n otifys
meter
20
minus
or
plus
range
maint zationeal
.organienanc
M
know
read
)d
(Noes
scale
range
If
,do
meter
20
minus
or
plus
range s
.41
thru
27
steps
NOTE
reticle
coincidenc
leave
not
d
, o
alinement
During e SCALE
RANGE RETICLE
DIM BRIGHT
time
.one
any
at
minute
than
more
for
on
lamps ON
a
,again
lamps
reticle
on
turn
to
necessary
is
itllow
If OFF RETICLE
ON
check
second
and
first
after
off
minutes
two
least
at .GUNSICHT
AUX
OFF ON
coinci-
from
H
check
third
after
.off
minutes
10eat
and LIGHT LIGHT
INTENSITY INTENSITY
.reticle
move
to
cause
may
lamps
dence
RETICLE
)tSet
27.
switch
COINCIDE
(J
.ON o NCE
TA137228
1
PREPARE
(Aontinued
FIRING
FOR
)-C
RANGEFINDER
DJUST
L
through
Look
28.
eyepiece
).(E
E
reticle
coincidence
of
halves
two
If
29.
alined
(L
form
c
a
,g
to re
) ross
o
with
,continue
alined
not
37.
If L
step
.
30
step
+
‫ך‬
nuts
wing
four
Loosen
).30.
(T
ALINED NOT
ALINED
cover
)and
HALVING
31.
(U
ICS
Swing
a ) side
.(V
u
vertical
32.
) ntil
(W
knob
ICS
Rotate
left
lower
and
right
upper
of
lines
)
(L
reticle
coincidence
of
halves
.
alin
are ed
T W U
V
T
TM
9-2350 -260-10-2
2-287
TA137229
PREPARE
FIRING
A
RANGEFIN
C DJUST DER
)-(FOR
ontinued
2-288
HALVING
Rotate
33.
(X
knob
)until
reticle T
(L
f
c
a orms
). ross
34.
If
reticle
does
not
form
a
,c ross +
0
=
1
notify
.maintenan
organizatioce
nal L
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
a
) nd
(U
cover
ICS
Close
35.
HALVING
).
(V
cover
X
nuts
wing
four
36.
).Tighten
(T
T
NOTE
rangefinder
using
When
frequent
,m ake
checks U
coincidence
of
reticle
using
procedure
on
.
2-287
page
37.
)to
(J
switch
RETICLE
.Set
OFF
TURRET
Set
38.
switch
POWER
OFF
)t
.(Yo
MACHINE MAIN
TURRET
GUN GUN
POWER
SCALE
RANGE RETICLE
DIM BRIGHT
DIM BRIGHT CONCIDENCE Y
ON 1
De o
OFF RETICLE
ON
OFF ON GUNSIGHT
AUX
LIGHT
INTENSITY LIGHT ITY
INTENS
GUNNER'S
STATION
TA137230
C
RANGEFINDER
A ( ontinued
FOR DJUST
)-FIRING
PREPARE
:
Use
During
Reticle
Coincidence
Adjust
To
B
NOTE
RANGE
SCALE RETICLE
DIM BRIGHTDIM BRIGHT COINCIDENCE
co-
of
checks
frequent
m ake ON
,rangefinder
using
When OFF RETICLE
.f
alinement
) or
(A
reticle
incidence ON
AUX
,GUNSIGHT
OFF ON
LIGHT LICHT
INTENSITY INTENSITY
switch
)t
(B
1. o
RETICLE
Set
.
ON
COINCIDENCE
NOTE D C
not
(A
)i3reticle
If
alined
a
2 o
,dsnd
.steps
HOR
Rotate
2.
lower
)until
(C
knob
left
is
reticle
coincidence
of
half
alined
with
upper
right
half
.
erne HOJO
knob
VERT
Rotate
3.
lower
)u
(Dntil
coincidence
of
half
left
reticle
half
cross
a
forms
right
upper
.with A
ALINED NOT
ALINED
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137231
2-289
C
RANGEFIN
A DJUST DER
)-( ontinued
FIRING
FOR
PREPARE MAIN CONTROL
MASTER
DICATON D ENGINE
FUEL INDICATOR
SWITCH
C•ONTROL . SHUT
OFF
Metascope
Adjust
:and Equipment
:
2-290
Install
To OFF
SELECTOR STARTE
SWITCH RWITCH
INDICATO
m
Get(A
).-6Petascope
/
ANAS UNI D
OC ON
LACEOUT
DRIVE OFF
:
Sure
Make B
ON
- F→PUMPS
LEAVE
ONUEL
set
(Bs
SWITCH
)iCONTROL
MASTER YOUTLET
SALITY
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
.ON
to
POWER
ELECTRIC
CUPOLA AL
to
Switch
)is
(C
pushed
CONTROL
A .released
and
ON
MOMENTA RILY
COMPACT
to
set
)i(Ds
Switch
).3
A V
-/ A
N
( SS
BEAM
F
to
set
)is
(E
SWITCH
SELECTO R
.-1
IR(ASS
V
)/
FOCUS N
TEMP
INFRARE
to
set
)i(Fs
Switch D D SPREAD ་་་་་་
INICA
010
A
V
/
.-3 N
A
)( SS COMPALI
BAM Ol
AN
VA
/
-3 SS
ON E
to
set
i(G
)s
switch
SEARCHL IGHT BOX
CONTROL
C .)-1
A
/V N
( SS
G SELECTOR
SWITCH
ON
.set
to
H
)i( s
switch
COMPUTER
FULL ‫ ון‬WIDE VIS
WIDE
O ON
FOCU FOR VISFOCUS
PULL
OVER
DRIVE
H OFF
SIDE
RIGHT SEARCH VSS
/
-1AN
LIGHT
STATION R'S STATION
COMMANDER'S CONTROL
BOX
COMMANDE
TA137232
FIRING
FOR
PREPARE
RANGEFINDER
C
)-(A DJUST
ontinued
CAUTION
metascope
during
Do
use
not
is
M
. etascope
hours
daylight
used
only
with
infrared
opera-
A
tion
at
night
.
out
pull
)lift
1.(J
,a
up
nd
.Grasp
latch
box
metascope
.stowage
)f
2.(Arom
Remove
c
)K
3.o ounterclockwise
adapter
(L
ringf
Rotate
until
three
mounting
grips
fully
( re
)a
open
.M
Position
4.
metascope
)(A
eyepiece
rangefinder
on
A K
).
(N
ring
diopter
M
c
(L
)o
Klock-
adapter
f
ring
Rotate
5.
s
)ifirmly
(A
metascope
until
wise m
diopter
rangefinde
to
clamped r ‫ונג‬
.)N
(ring
L
STATION
COMMANDER'S
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-291
TA137233
(Aontinued
FIRING
FOR
PREPARE
)-C
RANGEFINDER
DJUST
2-292
WARNING
D
Remove
firing
before
eyepiece
metascope
from
eye
main
gun
.
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
.ON
)t
(Po
switch
power
Set
6.
P
Loosen
wingnut
Q
).(
7. 2
NOTE
meta-
in
batteries
Replace
11-
TM
p
necessary
,ifer
scope
.
5855-239-10 Q
R
forward
metascope
Move
8. T
best
for
backward
.or
focus S
9.
).
(Q
wingnut
Tighten
10.
)for
(R
lens
.Turn
focus
best
focus
.best
)for
(S
11.ring
Turn
Turn
eyepiece
(12.
more
)n
T
twoo
than
turns
counter-
clockwise
until
image
clear
.is
TA137234
SIGHT
A DJUS
FIRIN
)(FOR
PREPA GST
RE D
:
Bod
Dayl
Peri
M36 yight
scop e 's
Com
Sigh
To man
t der
the
p
rais
a , ull
)(B re
bar m
a
)(A
head
If
1. nd ed
rest
.
dow
way
the
all n
A
NOTE
le-
of tion
rota
dire ne
rmin
Detectio
adju
head
of
tim st-
a
)C t erest
(ver E
to
tank
from
vary
D irec
.can
men ttion
.
tank
A
head
loos
t
.))(C
leve rest
(Ao ren
te B
Rota
2.
of)B
bar
end
left
t
)(A( o rest
head
Slid
3. e
posi
desi
to
bar red
.on tion
head rest
te
Rota
4.
bar
o (A
head
tigh
t
))(C
).Bn rest
o rten
leve
Rota
5. te
C
hea
t
)D mov
()A
scr
sto e st
( o dre
ew
Adj6. pust
).(E pie
eye
bod
day
fro lig
m
tan
y dce
ht
ce
dis
des ire
sha
des
)t
.A
hea pe st
dre
ustd
Adj
(7.o ire
STATIO
COM ND
MAN
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-293
TA137235
PREPA
FOR
FIRIN
A DJUS
SIGHT
C RE
GS
()- ontin T
ued
2-294
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
COMMANDER'S
STATION
Rotate
8.
handle
t(F
) oward
you
hold
.and
Push
handl
a9.
(F
the
way
up
open
to
ballisll e
tic
shield
)).(G
10.
Relea
handl
(F
lock
)o
ballis
shieldse
e
tic
open
.t
To
on11.
operate
power
g,tank
o
page
to
2-295
operate
.T
without
tank
power
,go
page
to
.2-297
OUTSIDE
CUPOLA
TA137236
C
SIGHTS
)-(Aontinued
FIRING
DJUST
PREPARE
FOR
A
Body
Daylight
Periscope
M36
Commander
Sight
To 's
MAIN MASTER CONTOL
:Available
Is
Power
Tank
If ENGINE CATOR
IN
SWITCH
FUEL จ
OFF
SHUT
ebil
OFF
NOTE CTOR STARTCH
SWITCH
SWIT ER
> INDIC ATOR
ས 9
ON
under
adjus
being
is
peris
If ted
cope OUT
6
a
4
d
, nd
steps
o
;condit
daylig ions
ht OFF
peris ON
If
5.
a
,3isnd cope
12
steps
skip →
FUEL
PUMPS
ON
LEAVE
low
or
night
under
adjusted
being 10
4-OFF
9
1.step
to,go
condit
light ions
STATION
DRIVER'S
.ON
)t
(Ao
SWITCH
Set
1. CONTROL
MASTER
ON
HOLDMOMENTARILY
HOLD
B MOMENTARILY
ELECTRICAL
CUPOLA
OFF CONTROL
POWER
ON
.(B
)t o
switch
CONTRO
POWER
ELECTRI
CUPOLA
2. Raise
.
release
and
momentari
Hold ly
STATION
COMMANDER'S
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-295
TA137237
PREPA
FOR
FIRIN
A DJUS
SIGHT
C RE
GS
()- ontin T
ued
2-296
Remov
3.
lamp
housi
f
)(C
light
source
contro le
)(Drom ng
and
instal
it
daylig
on body lht
).(E
G
D
Look
4.
into
daylig
body
eyepie
).(F ht
ce
Rotate
light
source
knob
)control
(G
desired
t5.o
reticle
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
brightness
.
Rotate
diopter
ring
H
focus
)t
).reticle
(J oU.
F ‫ור‬
"1
"
H
C
J
E
COMMANDE
STATI ON R'S
TA137238
FIRING
FOR
PREPARE
SIGHTS
)-(A DJUST
Continued
Body
Daylight
Periscope
M36
Commander
Sight
To 's G
:Available
Not
Is
Power
Tank
If
D
NOTE
condi-
daylight B
under
adjusted
being
is
periscope
If C
peri-
If
4.
a
1,2
steps
s 5
;3 nd
o
dkip
tions
con-
light
low
or
night
under
adjusted
being
is
scope
1.,go
step
to
ditions
A
NOTE
E
)a
M50
and
(Mre
30
lights
instrument
of
types
Two
commander
in
stowed
not
is
M50f
tank
.Ion 's
2-
page
.S
mount
gun
main
on
is
stowed
,itee
cupola
.
mount
gun
main
on
M50
of
location
for
312
F
).B
light
1.(instrument
M50f
A rom
housing
lamp
Remove
(C
body
).daylight
o
An
housing
lamp
Install
2.
).(D
eyepiece
body
daylight
3. into
Look
with
satisfied
u
(Entil
)knob
control
light
instrument
Rotate
4.
b
.(F
) rightness
reticle
.(F
reticl
focus
t )G
(o
ring
diopte
Rotat
5. eer
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-297
TA137239
PREPARE
FIRING
A
C DJUST
(FOR
)-SIGHTS
ontinued
2-298
M36
Commander's
Sight
:To
Body
IR
Periscope
CAUTION
.An
conditions
light
low
Perform
under
checks
IR
against
the
body
IR
protect
to
provided
is
opaque
disk
not
remove
in
.Do
use
when
light
to
exposure
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
condi-
daylight
under
body
IR
operate
or
disk
opaque A
shield
ballistic
unless
tions
.Do
closed
is
open
not
under
shield
ballistic
conditions
daylight
opaque
with
removed
.disk D
B
headrest
If
1.
bar nd
raised
)a
(B
Aull
,p re
all
.
down
way
the
C
NOTE
Determine
)at
(C
lever
rotation
direction
of
time
D
to
tank
from
varyirection
headrest
.can
adjustment
.
tank E
A
headrest
).(t
loosen
(Co
lever
Rotate
2.
3.
to
A
headrest
).Slide
(B
bar
of
end
right
COMMANDER'S
STATION
desired
to
bar
on
headrest
4.
.Rotate
position
headrest
)o
(A
5.ton
C
lever
Rotate
tighten
).
(B
bar
)(A
headrest
move
)t
D o
(screw
stop
Adjust
6.
(E
eyepiece
).IR
body
from
distance
desired
TA137240
C
A ontinued
SIGHTS
DJUST
FIRING
)-(FOR
PREPARE
).
(F
screw
adjust
finger
Loosen
7.
B
As
headrest
Slide
8.
)u
(B
bar
,a
down
ornd
p
.
required
screw
).
(F
finger
adjust
Tighten
9.
shape
desired
.o
headrest
)t
(A
Adjust
10.
you
hold
and
11.
.Rotate
)toward
(G
handle
) ll
(G
handle
Push
12.
athe
open
to
up
way
ballistic
shield
(H
). G
영
H
G
STATION
COMMANDER'S
CUPOLA
OUTSIDE
T-
)to
(G
handle
Release
.13.
open
shield
ballistic
lock
iON
. fo
OFF
(J
)t
knob
power
IR
Turn
14.
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
A137241
2-299
C
A
SIGHTS
DJUST
( ontinued
FIRING
PREPARE
)-FOR
M REAR
LATCH
P
)w
(K
IR ith
body
2-300
periscope
Support
15.
P
.hand
left L
(L
).latch
front
Unlock
16.
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
).
behind
(K
body
17.
Reach
K
unlock
.(M
)a
latch
rear
18. nd
for
Feel
housing
(P
body
. rom
)f
K
19.
Lower
(N
disk
).Remove
20.
K
).to
P
housing
21.
(K
body
Return
M
).(L
a
rear nd
latches
and
front
22.Lock
tray
)i
(N
disk
Stow
23.
oddment
an
(Qt M
.
station
loader's
of
rear N
TR DMENT
ODAY
‫التال‬
STATION
LOADER'S
OF
REAR
TA137242
(Aontinued
FIRING
FOR
PREPARE
)-C
SIGHTS
DJUST
NOTE
Converter
p
(R
) rovides
voltage
Ibackgroun
lighting
.for
f d
converter
(
missing
)i
Rs
or
broken
B,a A42
battery
may
be K
used
.
NOTE
converter
being
g
,is
used
Ifo
COMMANDER'S
to
is
battery
BA42
If
25.
step
STATION
used
being
2
24
steps
,to
g5o
and
26
s
step
.; kip
27
battery
.,if
needed
24.
BA42
Install
1.5V
)t
J o
knob
power
(IR
Turn S
.e
f
(K
Ubody
S
cap
.. rom
)a nscrew 26
25
steps
.to
go
and
steps
do
t
, hen
27
step
Skip
CAUTION
28
.
34
thru
)
(R
converter
removing
When D
not
battery
,do
and
installing
allow
)to
(T
.sleeve
turn
)and
converter
R(R
.stow
bemove
positive
)
(+
end
Place
battery
‫ن‬
).
(T
sleeve
into
R
(K
).d. n
o
S
cap
body
crew
2-301
TA137243
PREPARE
FIRING
FOR
A
C DJUST
SIGHTS
)-( ontinued
2-302
driver
Have
25.
engine
start
a
2-185
age
nd
tachometer
so
idle
i
pndicates
)set
(U
1500
.about
rpm
CONTROL
POWER
ELECTRICAL
CUPOLA
Raise
26.
)to
(V
.switch
ON
.
release
and
momentarily
Hold
35
WARNING
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
(J
switch
power
IR
turn
not
Do
)to
24V
battery
BA42
if
being
.is
used
27.
)to
(J
knob
power
IR
.Turn
24V
Look
into
eyepiece
)28.
.(E
control
Turn
satisfied
u
)29.
(W
knob
. ntil
light
with
diopter
Turn
30.
(X
)uring
background
grain
Yntil
.
clear
is
W COMMANDER'S
STATION
V
ON
HOLD
MOMENTARILY
HOLD
E MOMENTARILY
OFF ELECTRICAL
CUPOLA
POWER
CONTROL
X Y
STATION
COMMANDER'S
TA137244
PREPARE
FIRING
A DJUST
SIGHTS
C ontinued
-)(FOR
NOTE
steps
situation
,d
permits
If o
tactical
.34
throu
31 gh
RIGHT
OF
SIDE
to
control
master
searchlight
xenon
Set
31. STATION
COMMANDER'S
V
/
).-3
only
A
remote
TSS
(A
11-5855-217-12-1
M
N
beam
:
searchlight
32.
Select
(Z
switch
),s
3
ANV
-/ A
et
SS
with
equipped
If
AA
.
BEAM
COMPACT
to
SELECTO
t
-1
V
,ANSS
/ urn
with
equipped
If R
FOCUS
IR
t
.)(AoA
SWITCH Z SELECTOR
SWITCH
searchlight
on
Turn
:33.
IR VIS
PULL WIDE WIDE
switch
s
)Aet
(,-3
/V
ANB
SS
A
with
equipped
If Ovie LAMP FOR
STAND IR
.
to
INFRARED SPOEAD VISIBLE FOCUS FOR
PULL
VISFOCUS
MAM LSDA OVER
COMPACT 010 AC OFF DRIVE
and
set
out
with
/Vull
AN
-1,p SS
equipped
If HAM
AB SEARCH
.)t
ON
SEARCHLIGHT
(AoC
switch AN
VA
/
-3 SS LIGHT
CONTROL V
-1/ SS
AN
R
Aotate
ring
34. D
).focus
(E
eyepiece
into
Look
CONTROL
clear
. sE
)(A
target
iuntil
searchlight
Turn
:35.
off
AE
switch
,s
3V
-/
AN SS
with
equipped
I fA
•et E
.OFF
A
)t
( oB
and
,p
out
V
-1/
AN withull
equipped
If SS
.t
OFF
)(AoC
switch
setSEARCHL IGHT AD
36.
(page
tank
down
).Shut
2-491
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137245
2-303
PREPARE
FIRING
)-CFOR
(A DJUST
SIGHTS
ontinued
A
Gunner's
Sight
M32
Periscope
Daylight MASTER
CONTROL
2-304
Body
:To MAIN
ENGINE SWITCH
INDICATOR
FUEL
A
ANTHOL OFF ON
SHUT
MASTER
Set
1.
CONTROL
SWITCH
)t
(A
ON
.o
୪
VERDRIVE BO SELECTOR OFF
headrest
p If
2.
raised
,)i(B
all
it
way
the
.down sull MLGE
PUMP SWITCH
STARTER R
INDICATO
OD
ILOCK IR •
ON
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
Loosen
finger
adjust
screw
).(3.
C BLACKOUT
DRIVE OFF
可
· ON
Slide
headrest
)4.
(B
t
desired
o
viewing PUMPS
FUEL
.position LEAVEON
140
MASTEROFF
1ON6100 -- wxic
?
OUTLET
LITY D
finger
Tighten
screw
adjust
).5.
(C
DRIVER'S
STATION
C
B
headrest
Adjust
6.
)to
(B
desired
shape
.
B
STATION
GUNNER'S
TA137246
C
SIG inued
ontHTS
A
(-) DJ
FIR
FO UST
RING
PRE PARE
GUNNER'S
STATION
OF
TOP
TANK
F
.)(D nd
ha
Gr p
7. asle
th
wE um
(. it
)bu tth bs
De
8. es
pron
shi
bal
rai eldtic
.)(F lis
se
u
)D
(to
han
Pus
9.pwa dle
hrd
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-305
TA137247
PREPARE
FIRING
A DJUST
SIGHTS
C
)-(FOR
ontinued
10.
Look
into
daylight
body
eyepiece
).(G
2-306
diopter
Rotate
11.
focus
)t
(H
ring
J
reticle
. o
periscope
If
12.
being
is
under
adjusted
or
night
rlow
,conditions
otate
light
source
control
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
knob
desired
(Ko
reticle
brightness
).t
H
0000000
K REAR
OF
小
DAYLIGHT
BODY
TA137248
C
)-(A
FOR ontinued
SIGHTS
DJUST
FIRING
PREPARE
Body
:IR
Periscope
M32
Gunner's
Sight
To
CAUTION
conditions
.A n
under
light
low
Perform
checks
IR
against
body
IR
the
protect
to
provided
disk
is
opaque
remove
not
.D
use
in
when
light
too
exposure
condi-
daylight
body
under
IR
operate
or
disk
opaque
ballistic
unless
tions
closed
is
shield
.D
open
not
o
under
shield
ballistic
conditions
daylight
opaque
with
disc
.removed
shape
desired
.(A
)to
headrest
Adjust
5.
1.
)isull
(A
headrest
If
,p
.raised
down
way
the
all
it
).(C
handl
6. Graspe
adjust
).
(B
2.screw
finger
Loosen
.thum
wD n
)( ith b
butto
Depre
7. ss
)to
(A
headrest
Slide
.3.
position
viewing
desired
ballistic
u
to
(Cp
raise
handle
)Push
8.
).(B
screw
adjust
finger
4. Tighten D
shield
).
(E
B
mmm
E
TURRET
OF
TOP
OUTSIDE
A
007 C
STATION
GUNNER'S
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-307
TA137249
-C
A ontinued
SIGHTS
DJUST
FIRING
)(FOR
PREPARE G
hand
.left
wF
body
)(IR
ith ope
perisc
Hold
9. H
2-308
NOTE
headr
raise
to
neces
be sary
may est
It
F
.
10
step
performing
before REAR
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
LATCH
.)(G
latch
front
Unlock
10. H
() IDDEN
h
latch
rear
unlock
a nd
).(Fidden
body
behind
Reach
11.
.(H
housing
f )From
body
Lower
12.
.(J
disk
)Remove
13.
H
housing
).(F
14.t o
body
Return
l
h
rear
.)(Lidden
ock
Gatch
latch
front
Lock
15.
station
loader's
.of
a
rear
(K
tray
oddment
)i
Jt
disk
Stow
16. n
M
E J
SLTOOAD
F
K
TRAY
Re
OD DMENT
1/4 11
STATION
LOADER'S
TA137250
PREPARE
FOR
FIRING
A
C DJUST
SIGHTS
)-( ontinued
NOTE www
voltag
p
)
L
(rovid
Conve e
es
rter
I
. f
lighting H
8 Q
background
for
bro-
or
miss
iL
)( s
conv ing r
erte
be
may
batt
B
a
, A42
ken ery 30
.
used
P
NOTE
g
used
being
,iso
conve
If rter
is
batter
BA42
If
18.
step y
to
and
17
steps
to
g
, o
used
being M
step
s kip
;.19
18
need
batt
BA4 2ed
ery
,. f all
Inst
i17.
housi
)f
M. rom ng
(cap
Unscr ew
.a
CAUTION
)(L
conv
remo
Whe erte
nvingr
not
d o
batt
,inst ery
andalling
.turn
)t
(No
sleeve
allow N
conver
R ter
).(Lemove
.b
).N
(
slee
into
first
end ve
tive WARNING
posi
batt
Plac ery
e
C.
housi
o
S
.d . n
)(M
cap
crewng swit
pow
IR er
turn
not ch
Do
1.5V
t
)P
swit
( o er
pow
IR nch is
batt2ery
.e Tur BA4
if
24V
t
)
P
( o
s19
step
20
and
18 kips
.step
to
go
;and .usedg
bein
set
a
2-18
p
() age
engi
star 5
nd ter 24
t
)P. o Vtch
swi
driv
Hav
18. ene pow
(IR
Tur n
19. er
rpm
1500
.abou
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
iQ ndict
tach
)so
(idle ates er
omet
2-309
TA137251
PREPARE
FIRING
FOR
A
C DJUST
SIGHTS
)-( ontinued
Y W
2-310
20.
into
eyepie
Look ce
).(R OVER AMP
I" MP ON SELECTOR
V SWITCH
SPOLAU ་་་་་་ X
Turn
u 21.
switch
withntil
satisfied
light
.)(S INIDA
010 FULL WIDI
FOR
BEAM STAND IR
BY FOCUS VISFOCUS
diopter
u Turn
22.
T
backgroun
grain
clear
)i(ring
.U sntil d AN
VA
/
-3 SS ON
SEARCH
CONTROL LIGHT
U
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
Z V
C / SS
1-ANONTROL
GA
. LT R
NOTE
tactical
situation
permits
steps
,d
Ifo
through
.23
26
Commande
: r
xenon
Set
23.
searchlight
master
control
to
remote
11-5855-217
V /(A
).-3
only M
TSS
N
A -12-1
T 24.
Select
searchlight
:beam
equipped
with
If
3
V
/
-AN SS
A
switch
),set
(V
COMPACT
BEAM
.to
Z equipped
with
/V
-AN
Ifurn
1,t SS
SELECTOR
SWITCH
t
)o
(W
FOCUS
.IR
BEHIND
(H IDDEN 25.
Turn
on
:searchlight
LEFT
SIDE
OF VAN
with
equipped
If
/switch
-3et
(X
),s SS
A
PERISCOPE
) .
INFRARED
to
equipped
with
If
AN
/Vull
-1,p SS
and
out
set
SEARCHLIGHT
switch
)to
ON
.(Y
Gunne
: r
T Look
26.
eyepiece
into
urn
focus
ring
u)R
(Zntil
target
clear
.is
Driver
:
S 27.
Shut
down
p age
(tank
.)2-491
TA137252
PREPARE
(Aontinued
FIRING
FOR
)-C
SIGHTS
DJUST A
:
Telescope
M105D
or
M105C
Sight
To
IRPOWER HI
BEAM MAIN MASTER
CONTROL
INDICATOR ENGINE INDICATOR
SWITCH
Ꮎ
FUEL
:Sure
Make CONTROL
LIGHTING OFF
SHUT
TIGHT
10MARKER STOP
STATION
DRIVER'S
ON
.set
tos
)i(A
SWITCH
CONTROL
MASTER POWER
IR
DRIVE DRIVE BO SELECTOR SILGE
PUMP SWITCER
START
INDICAHTOR
O
ON UNLOCK IR
O\FTPANEL ON
OFF BLACKOUT
DRIVE
PARK
to 4320FO
00BIONOFF
LO ON
telescope
adjust
.screw
)o
1.(Bn
finger
Loosen
viewing
position
2.
.desired
)to
(C
headrest
Adjust
B H
)( IDDEN
C ).
(B
screw
adjust
finger
Tighten
3.
NOTE
con-
daylight
under
adjusted
being
is
sight
If
to
,g
ditions
. o
8
step
SHOWN
M105D low
or
night
under
adjusted
being
is
sight
If
5
o
.4
step
to
,gro
conditions
light
NOTE
Skip
4.
step
to
,g o
used
being
is
power
tank
If
.5
step
instru-
M50
,a
not
isnd
available
power
tank
If
to
go
a
4
,s nd
step
kip
used
being
is
light
ment
STATION
GUNNER'S
.5
step
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-311
TA137253
FIRING
FOR
PREPARE
SIGHTS
(A DJUST
)-Continued
2-312
and
light
from
remove
4.
)down
(D
housing
lamp
Pull G
control
housing
(E
).
F
5.
)from
(F
housing
lamp
Pull
instrument
M50
).
(G
light
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
D
housing
light
Slide
6.
F
onto
top
i
)o
(H
slot
rn
telescope
.of
D H E
D
OR F
M105D
SHOWN ↓
STATION
GUNNER'S
TELESCOPE
OF
TOP K
,o
)f
(L
instrument
M50
K or
r
source
light
eyepiece
7. .R
J
knob
control
otate
telescope
into
Look
brightness
reticle
with
light
.satisfied
,until
TA137254
PREPARE
FIRING
FOR
C
)-(A DJUST
SIGHTS
ontinued
J
NOTE GUNNER'S
STATION
equipped
with
be
may
Some
tanks
filter
of
L
. ocation
telescope
M105C
different
telescope
is
box
M105C
for
P
M105D
filter
for
box
location
of
than
telescope
.
M105D M
SHOWN
HO NOTE
stowed
filter
in
Three
)are
(M
filters
N
(N
).box
stowage
fog
haze
or
.for
Amber
a
observing
.R
b
for
ed
tracers
night
at
for
.C
c
gray
harcoal
sun
bright
M
,no
conditions
normal
For
is
filter
needed
.
8.
,rrom
needed
is
If
)f
(M
filter
emove
M105C
If
9.
step
to
filter
)and
(N
box
stowage
go
SHOWN
needed
not
is
,filter
step
to o
gkip
;s
10
.
9
step
filter
Push
9.
eyepiece
o
).(M
(J n
clear
ring
. ntil
)u
(P
is
image
10.
diopter
Rotate
2-313
TA137255
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
PREPARE
FIRING
A DJUST
SIGHTS
C ontinued
)-(FOR
2-314
NOTE
-T
M392 APDS -T
M393HEP HEP
-1
BORESIGHT M393 APOS
-1
tele-
M105D
and
M105C
for
Reticles BORESIGHT CROSS M392 -TMHEAT
456
CROSS BORESIGHT BORESIGHT
the
O
isperation
different
.are
scopes CROSS CROSS
same
. 12
16
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
3.3 •12
·20 10
24 •20
70 24
12 2·0
32
32
GUNNER'S
STATION
S
M105C
TELESCOPE
+
Q 20
+
24
+
20
M05D
1
SHOWN
M105D
TELESCOPE
reticle
select
To
,11.
lp (R
).Q ush
lever
eft
select
reticle
(To
r ush
,pight
R
)S
.lever
R
TA137256
GUNS
MACH
L
)( OAD INE
FIRIN
FOR
PREPA GRE
Gu
Ma
: M
M n ine
2
7.6
Lo
To 40
-M2ch
ad
MACHINE TURRET
MAIN
GUN POWER
GUN
:Suree
Mak
STA
GU TIO
NN N'S
ER
2-
).p
(LO 52
e7 ED
CK
loc
traisagk
ver
etsing
Tu rr
.OF s F
i)(A
swi tch
PO
TU WEET
RR R A
OF
i)B
(. s F
swi
GU tch
N INE
MA CH
B
F.
t
)Csaf
Sli ety
o de
(1.
.wa
the
all
b
)D y
( ack
han
cha
Pul
2. dler
rge
l
S.
t
)C
( o ety
saf
Sli de
3.
S
)( afe
F )(Fire
S
Position
161
Position
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-315
TA137257
PREPARE
FIRING
L OAD
MACHINE
GUNS
C
)-(FOR
ontinued
Push
4.
and
2-316
cover
hold
latches
).in
(E
E
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
F
Raise
5.
).(cover
F
Raise
6.
feed
tray
).(G
G
chamber
)is
.(H
7. clear
sure
Make
Lower
8.
feed
).tray
(G
TA137258
C
GUNS
L ontinued
OAD
MACHINE
FIRING
)-(FOR
PREPARE
WARNING
u
S
at
isntil
safety
sure
Make
fired
be
to
is
gun
.machine
i
.(J
)
box n
turret
ammunitio
ready
Find
9. n
K
A2M0M8E
AL
CANTEEN M
N
L
chute
through
).(P
(K
belt ull
ammunitio
Grasp
10. n
(P
links
)of
side
open
w ith P
N
tray
feed
in
)
M
(
round
first
Place
11.
(Q
stops
cartridge
against
).push
and
down
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-317
TA137259
-C
L ontinued
)GUNS
MACHINE
OAD
FIRING
(FOR
PREPARE
2-318
NOTE
,When
cover
closing
belt
ammunition
hold
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
to
hand
left
with
up
does
round
sure
make
tray
.feed
from
slip
not
F
cover
).(Close
12.
(E
)latches
cover
that
Check
13. F
.locked
are
Karo
WARNING
E
at
is
safety
sure
Make
u
is
gun
machine
Sntil
.
fired
be
to
TA137260
PREPARE
MACHINE
CFIRING
GUNSOAD
(Lontinued
)-FOR
7.62
M73
Load
To
Machine
:-MM
Gun
Make
Sure
:
Turret
traversing
lock
LOCKED
is
2-527
(p
). age
TURRET
POWER
switch
A
)i( s
.set
OFF
to
MACHINE TURRET
MAIN
MACHINE
GUN
switch
OFF
)is
(B
to
.set GUN GUN POWER
O
Ꮻ Ꮻ
Ө
B
CC
CC
GUNNER'S
STATION
2-319
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137261
C
GUNS
-)(Lontinued
MACHINE
OAD
FIRING
FOR
PREPARE D
f
.)(Corward
lock
rod
latch
2-320
Push
1.
receiver
).
(D
2.cover
Raise
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
T C
).
(E
tray
feed
Raise
3.
TA137262
C ontinued
MACHINE
-GUNS
FIRING
)(L OAD
PREPARE
FOR
F.
)t
(Fo
safety
Slide
4.
.
5 back
.way
athe
) ll
(G
handle
charging
black
Pull
handle
.charger
Release
S.
)t
F
(o
safety
Set
6.
F
back
.)i
(Hs
extension
barrel
sure
7. Make
H
clear
.)i
(Js
chamber
sure
Make
8. G
(E
).tray
feed
Lower
9.
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137263
2-321
PREPARE
FOR
FIRING
OAD
MACHINE
GUNS
C
)-(Lontinued
2-322
WARNING
safety
sure
Make
S
at
is
machine
until
.
fired
be
to
is
gun
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
Find
10.
ready
ammunitio
box
(K
turret
.)i n n L
M
K
ATWOMURN
CAL
CANTEEN
Grasp
11. E
belt
P
).ammunitio
(Lull
through
chute
M n N
P
12.
Place
first
round
)i
(Nnto
feed
tray
E
w
openith
side
links
d
(P
)ofown
and
first
round
over
slot
in
feed
tray
).(E
TA137264
FIRING
FOR
PREPARE
MACHINE
(L
C OAD
)- ontinued
GUNS
990000 D
000000
00
)is
(C
rod
latch
cover
sure
Make
.13.
forward
NOTE
When
closing
cover
h
, old
am-
munition
up
belt
left
with
hand
sure
make
to
not
does
round
from
feed
tray
.slip
Hold
C 14.
belt
position
lose
cover
).(in
D
2-323
TA137265
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
MACHINE
)-C
GUNS
PREPARE
(Lontinued
FIRING
FOR
OAD
A MAIN MASTER
CONTROL
Machine
:
Gun
Caliber
.50
To
Load ENGINE
2-324
FUEL INDICATOR
SWITCH
ON
Make
:
Sure
OFF
OR PUMP
BILGE SWITC
START H
INDICERATOR
level
a
in
is
gun
.Machine
position ON
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
OFF
to
OFF
.set
)is
(A
SWITCH
MASTER
CONTROL
DRIVER'S
STATION
switch
)is
(B
CONTROL
POWER
ELECTRICAL
CUPOLA
.50
C
( ALIBER
.to
OFF
set
)
GUN
MACHINE
).
(C
handle
LOCK
AZIMUTH
lifting
by
cupola
Lock
1.
OFF
.t
(Do
)switch D
safety
electrical
Set
2.gun
B
STATION
COMMANDER'S
TA137266
PREPARE
MACHINE
CFIRING
GUNSOAD
(Lontinued
)-FOR
O
mechanical
Set
safety
position
)3.
(E
t
F.o
)back
(F
handle
charging
black
Pull
4.
until
release
t
cocked
gun
.,ishen
Set
5.
mechanical
safety
(E
position
)tS.o
S
POSITION
POSITION
F
E
2-325
TA137267
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
PREPARE
FOR
L OAD
MACHINE
GUNS
C
)-(FIRING
ontinued
2-326
Lift
latch
R .G
6.aise
)cover
.(H
G
7.
Raise
feed
tray
)(
.J H
Make
sure
ichamber
)8.
(Ks
.clear
‫سوري‬
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
9.
Lower
tray
).(feed
J
TA137268
C
GUNS
L ontinued
MACHINE
OAD
FIRING
-)(FOR
PREPARE
F.
position
)t
E o
safety
mechanical
(Set
10.
hold
.and
cback
) ompletely
(F
handle
charging
black
Pull
11. E
NOTE POSITIONS POSITION

F
back
held
be
must
handle
charging
Black
.
pulled
is
firing
handle
manual
red
when
han-
charging
black
on
tension
relax
Slowly 20
.slowly
forward
move
to
bolt
allowing
dle
slowly
b
while
(Lack
firing
handle
manual
)red
12.
Pull
F
handle
)charging
(black
on
tension
.relaxing
VIEW
R
)( EAR
)(RED
B
)( LACK
F
L
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
‫דח‬
2-327
TA137269
PREPA
FOR
FIRIN
L
MACH
GUNS
-C GRE
OAD INE
)( ontin ued
2-328
Locate
13.
cupola
)ammunitio
(M
.box n M
14.
Lift
latch
ring
).(N
Swing
box15.
ammunitio
forward
door n N
(P
.)d own
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
STATION
COMMANDER'
R
16.
Reach
into
box
G
ammunitio
F
.).(Qrasp
into eed n
W
flexible
chute
).(R
17.
Reach
under
chute
G rasp
second
or
third
round
.at
P(S
end
) ull
.projectile
forward
S
Close
ammunitio
box
forward
door
).18.
(P n
TA137270
PREPARE
FOR
L OAD
MACHINE
GUNS
C ontinued
-)(FIRING
19.
Pull
rounds
from
flexible
i )chute
feed
tray
.(R
J nto
side
open
sure
Make
20.
)is
(S
links
.of
down
R
Make
21.
sure
first
round
over
iTs
retaining
pawls
).belt
(U
TA137271
2-329
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
(Lontinued
FIRING
FOR
PREPARE
)-C
GUNS
MACHINE
OAD
2-330
22.
)Secure
H
cover
).Close
(V
assembly
receiver
to
mechanical
F.s
)ito
(E
23.safety
set
sure
Make
WARNING
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
charged
before
be
must
Machine
gun
safety
is
position
If
S.
set
to
forward
is
an
setnd
,ahile
w
S
to
bolt
made
is
attempt
g
, un
gun
charge
to H
.
fire
accidentally
may
V
NOTE
If
in
cocked
is
or
jams
round
first
into
belt
ammunition
p ull
chute
,back
through
belt
push
and
inch
one
box
feed
to
fails
ammunition
still
again
.If
feed
fixed
gun
,check
into
machine
chute
chute
.Ifeed
cradle
to
attached
f
aline
not
does
machine
with
n
, o-
gun
E
.
maintenance
organizational
tify
charging
)
(F
handle
gun
black
pulling
by
24.
machine
Charge F
.
back
fully
)to
(E
safety
Set
25.
S.
position
TA137272
PREPA
FOR
FIRIN
(I
SHELL
STOP
RETU
PLATE GRE
RNL
ASSE MBLY
) NSTAL
Inst
She
To ll
Sto
Ret pall
urn
Ass
:Plateembly O O
1.
Rem
pinhold ove
ing
f
)(Arom
fra
).(B me
2.
Pos
she
ret iti
stoll
p
pla
ass
)C
o urnon
te
fra me ly
( n emb
.()B B
3. o
platD Alin
(hole
n ee
asse
))(C
hole smbly
(w
.)B o)(Eith
fra n me
A
C
о
B
D
A
)
(HIDDEN
)E
E
B
Inse
4. rt
hold
pin
)(A
t ing
(hole
D
plat
asse nhrou gh
embly
and
thro (C
))i
i(hole
)E fra
).(B sugh
n me
2-331
TA137273
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
PREPARE
FIRING
FOR
T
TURRET
ON
POWER
)( URN
41BEAM MAIN MASTER

CONTROL A
IDICATOR
2-332
ENGINE INDICATOR
SWITCH
FUEL
Prepare
Computer
To
Operation
:for A
ING
CONTROL OFF ON
SHUT
STOP
IGI
Make
:Sure OFF
DRIVE
BO SELECTOR
MLGE
PUMP SWITCH
STARTEROR
D INDICAT
UNLOCK IR
MASTER
CONTROL
SWITCH
(A
)is
to
.set
ON ON
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
BLACKOUT
DRIVE OFF
BREAKER
CIRCUIT
Computer
.)iset
ON
to
(Bs eON
PUMPS
FUEL
LEAVE
ON
COMPUTE
Set
switch
(1. ONLY
OFF
WHICH
AFUR
FOR
TOO
BATEROFF
)t
.C
ONo R 10 OF
OUTLET
UTILITY
handcrank
computer
Pull
2.
)fully
.(D
out DRIVER'S
STATION
RESET
s Press
3.
button
R
).E
(F ESET
light
hould
not
off
bef
organizatio
Iotify
maintenan
.,n nal
ce
F
C
COMMANDER'S
STATION
E
STATION
GUNNER'S
TA137274
(Tontinued
FIRING
FOR
PREPARE
)-C
POWER
TURRET
ONURN
Power
:
Operation
To
for
Turret
Prepare
:
Sure
Make
MASTER
SWITCH
CONTROL
ON
)is
(A
to
.set
(page
unlocked
is
lock
travel
gun
).Main
2-262
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
(page
serviced
is
powerpack
).Hydraulic
3-265
(2-332.1 blank) /2-332.2

UNLOCKED
is
lock
traverse
Turret
).(page
2-260
WARNING
· apply
not
Do
turret
operate
or
power
until
controls
personnel
all
positions
safe
in
are
prepared
and
turret
for
Change 4
movement
or
.gun
power
in
turret
operate
not
Do
until
mode
manual
or
all
position
proper
in
are
personnel
, urret
ring
t
been
has
cleared
shell
,and
ejection
plate
and
platform
all
guards
.
place
in
are
reach
not
Do
into
attempt
to
or
enter
driver's
exit
compartme
turret
until
switch
power
and
off
is nt
traverse
locked
is
lock
position
.in
members
Crew
station
of
out
extreme
in
are
danger
when
on
is
power
turret
down
shut
must
.Commanders
power
crew
allowing
before
members
their
leave
to
stations
.
PREPARE
FIRING
FOR
MAIN
GUN NLOCK
TRAVEL
C
)-LOCK
(Uontinued
A
Prepare
To
Turret
for
Power
:Operation HIBEAM MASTER CONTROL
INDICATOR MAIN
ENGINE
FUEL INDICA
BWITCH
e
OPP
SHUT
OFF
O' WER ELECTOR SWITCH
STARTEROR
• INDICAT
ON PANII UNLOCK
BLACKOUT
DRIVE OFF
•ON
PUMPS
ONPUEL
LEAVE
O OFF
OUTLETS
UTILITY
STATION
DRIVER'S
B
)till
B
switch
POWER
TURRET
Set
1.
L
ON
)w
.(C
light
oight
D
CAUTION
be-
read
s
D
)(gagehould
Pressure
n fotify
,psi
not
.Iand
1275
1225
tween
gage
.If
maintenan
organizatio ce
nal
motor
ipsi
,f
1500
than
Change 4
higher
reads
very
is
motor
if
o
,r
running
keeps
off
,turn
noisy turret
power
immediately
.
STATION
GUNNER'S
).(D
gage
2. pressure
Check
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-332.3
B
( ORESIGHT
WEAPONS
)BORESIGHT
GUN
MAIN
PRIMARY
PROCEDURE
3-332.4
NOTE
an
2
(p
procedure
boresighting
alternate
)iUse
with
boresight
M26
f-334.12
not
is
case
available
.,or
boresight
muzzle
M26
use
to
worn
badly
too
is
tube
gun
if
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
Change 4
Supplies
and
:
Equipment
A
boresight
M26
Get
with
.case
wwwwww
Make
:sure
Synchronization
organi-
by
done
been
has
check
zational
days
90
last
the
within
maintenance
q
).( uarterly
thru
2
(p-253
checks
fire
to
prepare
all
Complete
)prior
.2-314
required
as
boresighting
to
ground
level
and
firm
as
on
parked
is
Tank
.
possible
is
2-193
(p
).set
Parking
brake
is
gun
breech
main
and
clear
are
weapons
All
.
open
switch
BATTERY
MASTER
and
OFF
is
Engine
.
ON
is
coupling
)ilocked
(A
lever
in
s
Ballistic
drive
.
position
N
BORESIGHT
WEAPONS
B
MAIN
)( ORESIGHT
GUN
PROCEDURE
-Continued
PRIMARY
WARNING
(2-333 blank) / 2-334

TM 9-2350-260-10-2
apply
not
Do
or
power
controls
turret
operate
until
personnel
all
in
are
positions
safe
prepared
and
turret
for
.movement
gun
or
Do
all
until
mode
manual
or
power
in
turret
operate
not
proper
in
are
personnel
ring
,t
position
urret
been
has
Change 4
cleared
shell
and
ejection
plate
platform
,and
all
guards
.
place
in
are
enter
to
attempt
or
into
reach
not
Do
driver's
exit
turret
is
and
off
power
switch
until
compartment
traverse
.
position
locked
in
is
lock
members
Crew
station
of
out
extreme
in
are
danger
when
turret
.Commanders
on
is
power
down
shut
must
their
leave
to
members
crew
power
allowing
before
.
stations
ON
STAB
and
POWER
is
switch
ELEV
TRAV
/
OFF
is
switch
equipped
(if
).so
C
MAIN
B GUN
ORESIGHT
WEAPONS
)-( ontinued
BORESIGHT
Commande
: r
Turn
RANGE
SCALE
LIGHT
INTENSIT
knob
u
)3.
(Fntil
can
read
be Y
range
in
scale
).(G
RANGE
SCALE RETICLE
BRIGHT
ON
OFF RETICLE
ON ON
MIGHT LIGHT GUNSIGHT
AUX
INTENSITY INTENSITY
rangefinde
Turn
knob
u )4.
(Hntil
known
target
range
shown
is
scale
).in
(G r
2-335
TA137277
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
BORE
WEAP
MAIN
GUN
C ORESSIGH
)-(BontinONS
IGHT
ued T
2-336
Loader
:
Unload
5.
main
p
2-507
)(gun
loaded
.i fage
Gunne
: r
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
Using
manual
elevating
handle
(J
),m6.ove
main
gun
maximum
to
depression
.
Remov
7. retain
3-161
).(p e
age er
Remov
8.
pinfiring
3-161
).(p age e
N L M
K
ΟΖ
Loader
:
Place
black
a thread
)(K
9.cross
marks
L
on
muzzle
OFF
COM UTER
of
.gun
D
tape
)tUse
10.
attach
(Mo
black
thread
muzzle
)to
.(K
COMMANDER'S
STATION Commande
: r
COMPUTE
Set
11.
switch
(N
OFF
.)t o R
TA137278
)-C
GUN
MAIN
B ORESIGHT
( ontinued
WEAPONS
BORESIGH T
Gunner
:
until
turn
and
in
handle
P
).(Push
handcrank
Grasp
12.
00
.r
) eads
(Q
counter Q
SUPERELEV
:
Loader
MILS
pin
)against
R
firing
binoculars
side
(of
13.
right
Place COMPUTER
BALLISTIC
).
(S
threads
cross
and
target
site
to
hole AMMO
APD
S
P
STATION
GUNNER'S
turret
move
to
gunner
Direct
14.
until
manually
gun
main
and
E
alined
)a
(Sre
threads
cross
R E
)(
angle
right
target
on
.
shown
as
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-337
TA137279
BORESIGHT
B
WEAPONS
MAINORESIGHT
( ontinued
)-C
GUN
2-338
:
Gunner
Manually
15.
position
main
directed
gun
as
:
follows
as
loader
by
traversing
manual
.U
a
handle
), sing
(T
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
main
or
left
to
gun
.move
right
manual
.Using
elevating
handle
),b
(J
raise
or
lower
main
gun
.
OI NTROL
J GUNNER'S
STATION
TA137280
C
GUN
MAIN
B ontin
ORES
)-(WEAP ued
IGHT
ONS
BORE SIGH T
Target
:On
Body
Daylight
Periscope
Gunner's
Aline
To
Gurner
:
W
).(U
eyepiece
body
daylight
through
Look
16. onc
V
)(knob ion
elevat
turn
and
out
Pull
17.
adjust
)to
(W
knob
deflection
and
target
)o
(Xn
cross
aiming
reticle U
.)(E
angle
right
NOTE STATION
GUNNER'S
deflec
or
elevat
on
out
pull
not
Do tion
ion
18
step
doing
.while
knobs
elevat
o
)(Yn
slipsc
Rotat
18. e ion
ale
)
W
knob
(deflec
a
V
)( nd
knob tion
2
)3
(4
5 Y
.4
read
each
they
so
E
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137281
2-339
BORESIGH
WEAPONS
B
GUN ORESIGHT
)MAIN
(-C ontinued T
AC
2-340
Aline
To
Teles
On
Target
: cope
M105C
RETICLE
Gunner
:
-MM
105
APDS
METERS AF
19.
Push
reticle
selector
t)(lever
Z o
.left
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
20.
Unlock
ELEVATIO N AE
)bLOCK
(AyA
pushing
away
you
from
,a nd
DEFLECT
LOCK
(A
)b yB ION
counterclo
.turning ckwise
21.
Look
through
telescope
eyepiece
A.)( C AB
-T
HEP -T
APDS
Turn
elevation
knob
(A
)a D
nd
deflec- M393 M392
tion
knob
aline
)t
(AoE
reticle
bore-
sight
cross
A)o
( nF
target
right
angle
,E AF
AF AA
N
8
12 AD
16
20 GUNNER'S
STATION
24
28
1.1.1
220
10
E
M105D
RETICLE
TA137282
BORESIGHT
WEAPONS
C ORESIGHT
)-(Bontinued
GUN
MAIN
Gunner
:
LOCK
ELEVATION
Lock
22.
you
(A
)b
toward
pulling
, yA
clockwise
.turning
(AyB
LOCK
)b
DEFLECTION
and
AC
NOTE
knobs
deflection
or
elevation
on
out
pull
not
Do
doing
while
step
.
23 AH
defiection
slipscale
(A
)a
23. nd
G
elevation
Rotate Z
3
reads
one
each
u
. ntil
)(A H AK
slipscale AB
selector
)r
(Z
lever
.H
24. ight
EAT
reticle
Push
reticle
w
(A
eyepiece
in
).show
ill
J
C
AA
AG
o
HEAT
)(AfK
cross
boresight
that
Check
25.
(A sJ
)ireticle
on
alined
target
right
n otify
organizatio
not
I
,(E
). f
angle nal GUNNER'S
STATION
.
maintenan ce
AJ
105D
M
M105C
AJ RETICLE
RETICLE
+
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137283
2-341
BORESIGH
WEAPONS
B
C ORESIGHT
MAIN
)-GUN
( ontinued T
2-342
Aline
To
Rangefinde
Target
:On r
Commande
: r
AV
AP
Set
26.
OCCLUDE
knob
)(A
t
R. oL R AU
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
RETICLE
Set
switch
A (27.
OFF
.)t oM AL AQ
O.D
Unlock
elevation
lock
A
a N
)(28.
nd
deflection
lock
b
)(Ay P
turning
counterclo
. ckwise
AS AN
AM
29.
Look
through
rangefinde
eyepiece r
AR RANGE
SCALE RETICLE
ELEVATIO
(A.Turn
)knob Q
R N DIM
t DEFLECT
and
knob
aline
)(AoS ION ON
OFF RETICLE
reticle
cross
A(aiming
T
target
)o n ON
ON GUNSIGHT
AUX
).
right
(E
angle LIGHT SITY
INTEN LIGHT
INTENSITY
AT
elevation
Lock
)30.
(A
lock
a ndN
deflection
lock
(AyP
)b
turning
clockwise
.
Turn
elevation
slipscale
31.U
)(A
.
2
read
to E
32.
Turn
deflection
slipscale
)(AV
.
3
read
to
TA137284
C
GUN
)-MAIN
B ( ontinued
ORESIGHT
WEAPONS
BORESIGHT
Commande
: r
knob
OCCLUDER
Turn
33.
(AoL
)t
L.
AUX
34.
(A
switch
RETICLE
Set
)t oM
.
ON
GUNSIGHT
NOTE
เว
may
rangefinders
M17C
Some
switch
a
have
or
LO
HI
S
switch
. et
light
reticle
adjust
to
for
desired
brightness
.
knob
INTENSIT
LIGHT
RETICLE
Turn
35. Y
reticle
gunsight
auxiliary
t
adjust
A
)
(oW
)(A
b X
. rightness
AM
SCALE
RANGE RETICLE
BRIGHT
AX ΜΑ
ΟΙ DIM
BRIGHT COINCIDENCE
ON
ETICLE
R&OFF
ON
ON GUNSIG
AUX HT
LIGHT TY LIGHT
INTENSITY
INTENSI
AW
AL
STATION
COMMANDE R'S UDER
OCCL
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137285
2-343
BORE
WEAP
B
MAINORESSIGH
ONS
IGHT
C
)-GUN
( ontin ued T
:
Commander
2-344
BA BD
BE
36.
Reach
behind
L
.rangefinde
ocate
auxiliary
ELEVATIO rN
)aknob
Y
(And
auxiliary
DEFLECT
knob
.)(A Z ION
BB
37.
Unlock
auxiliary
elevation
lock
B
a A
)( nd
auxiliary
deflec-
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
lock
(BB
.)tion
38.
Turn
auxiliary
ELEVATIO
knob
)a Y
(And
auxiliary N
DEFLECT
A(knob
)t oZ
aline
auxiliary
reticle ION
aiming
cross
target
o
BnC
right
)angle
.(E AY (
)
AZ
Lock
39.
auxiliary
elevation
lock
(B
)a A
nd
deflection
lock
).(BB
:
Gunne r
Turn
40.
auxiliary
elevation
slipscale
(B
read
)t
.2 oD TOP
VIEW
Turn
41.
auxiliary
deflection
slipscale
(B
read
)t
.3 oE
BC
86
TA137286
MAIN
)-C
B GUN
WEAPONS
( ontinued
ORESIGHT
BORESIGHT
Commander
:
RETICLE
Turn
42.
switch
(A
.)t
OFF
oM
VA
AM
RANGE
SCALE RETICLE
BRIGHT
ON
RETICLE
ON
ON GUNSIGHT
AUX
LIGHT
INTENSITY LIGHT
INTENSITY CONTROL
MASTER
MAIN
D ENGINE SWITCH
INDICATOR
FUEL
OFF
SHUT ON
>
Loade
: r
OFF
ECTOR PUMP
BILGE SWITCH
STARTER
SWITCH
INDICATOR C
43.
Return
binoculars
stowage
to
.
ου θα
ON
44.
Install
firing
pin
3-166
).(p age .KOUT
IVE OFF
45.
Install
retainer
3-166
).(p age Ꮎ ON
FU
PUEL MPS
LEAVE
ON
Driv
: er OFF
TURN
ONLY MASTER
ISTOBEONFOR
A OFF
PERIOD WITH SWITCH
OF LONG
ENGINE
" MAIN
MASTER
Set
46.
CONTROL
SWITCH
(C
)OFF
.to
STATION
DRIVER'S
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-345
TA137287
)GUN
MACHINE
B-M
7.62M
( ORESIGHT
WEAPONS
BORESIGH T
:
Gun
Machine
M73
Boresight
2-346
NOTE
to
this
do
needed
are
Two
crewmembers G
.
procedure
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
Equipment
:
Tools
and
:box
fender
front
right
from
Get
A B
)(A
drive
inch
1/2
with
Ratchet
(B
drive
)1/2
inch
with
socket
3/4
drive
(C
inch
1/2
extension
)with
wrench
socket
inch
6
D
)(
wrench
end
open
inch
1/2 F
C E
D
screw
)
(E
key
5/32
head
socket
inch
)
(F
key
screw
head
socket
inch
1/4
binocular
in
box
)from
binoculars
(G
M17A1
Get
.
station
commander's
MACHINE MAIN TURRET

GUN GUN POWER
Make
:
Sure
set
OFF
to
switch
.(H
)is
POWER
TURRET
H
(page
S
on
safety
and
unloaded
is
).Gun
2-520
T
2-334
105
).main
-mage
(p
boresighted
is
gunm STATION
GUNNER'S
TA137288
C
)-GUN
M
B MACHINE
7.62 M
ORESIGHT
( ontinued
WEAPONS
BORESIGH T
K
o
(JF n
setscrews
three
),l
key oosen
screw
head
socket
inch
1/4
Using
1.
905
tank
.of
o) utside
(K
collar
receiver
f
(M rom
electrical
2. L
lead
).Pull
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137289
2-347
C
GUN
B M
-)MACHINE
M 7.62
ORESIGHT
( ontinued
WEAPONS
BORESIGH T
2-348
right
p
hand
,left
)w
(M ull
ith
receiver
Support
3.
to
receiver
rotate
,a
b(Nnd
ack
)ring
disconnect
the
right
.
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
of
free
until
back
pull
and
d
) own
(M
receiver
Swing
4.
).
(P
assembly
jacket
barrel
TA137290
C
GUN
MACHINE
-)M
B M
7.62
ORESIGHT
( ontinued
WEAPONS
BORESIGH T
two
l
, oosen
socket
a
e nd
xtension
ratchet
Using
5.
).(Q
screws
mounting
(R
two
jamnuts
l oosen
wrench
),1/2
inch
Using
6.
T
).nuts
(S
andlocking
two
three
, oosen
l
socket
and
e xtension
ratchet
Using
7. S
T
).(screws
mounting
jamnuts
(U
)two
8.,loosen
wrench
inch
1/2
Using
nuts
).
(V
locking
and
two R
HORIZONTAL
U ADJUSTMENT
Q
(
T
V ONE
HIDDEN
VERTICAL
ADJUSTMENT
U
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-349
TA137291
BORE
WEAP
7.62
M
MACHORESONS
IGHT
M SIGH T
GUN
C INE
)-(Bontin ued
2-350
Place
9.
right
side
binoc
of
o
)(G
top
main
of n ulars
gun
mount
F
on).(W
ocus
target
10.
Using
5/32
t inch
socket
head
screw
key
),(E
two
socket
head
screw
aline
)t
(Xourn s
barrel
jacket
assem
left
right
or
on bly
.target
11.
Turn
two
socket
head
screw
t
)(Y o
aline
barrel
jacket
assem
up
down
or
target
on
.
sbly
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
E
Y
HORIZONTAL
ADJUSTMENT
Y W
G
VERTICAL
ADJUSTMENT
TA137292
BORESIGHT
(Bontinued
WEAPONS
M
7.62
)-C
GUN
MACHINE
ORESIGHT
M
inch
1/2
and
key
screw
head
socket
5/32
Using
12.
(R
).jamnuts
two
a S nd
nuts
locking
,tighten
wrench
two
t
socket
e nd
,aighten
xtension
ratchet
Using
13.
.(
Q
)screws
mounting
and
key
screw
head
socket
inch
5/32
Using
14.
,tighten
wrench
inch
nuts
locking
two
1/2
T
U
(
jamnuts
).two
and
V
t
socket
e nd
,aighten
xtension
ratchet
Using
15. S
three
screws
mounting
).
(T
U
R
V HORIZONTAL
ADJUSTMENT
T
Q
VERTICAL
ADJUSTMENT ONE
T
HIDDEN
U Λ
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137293
2-351
MACHINE
)-C
GUN
BORESIGHT
(Bontinued
WEAPONS
M
7.62
ORESIGHT
M
Push
16.
receiver
(M
)f orward
2-352
and
until
up
engages
it
barrel
(P
assembly
.jacket
secure
is
)and P
17.
to
L
lead
electrical
).Push
(M
receiver
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
18.
screw
head
socket
inch
1/4
Using
),tighten
(F
key
o
tank
of
)Jutside
(K
collar
n
setscrews
three M
),then
(Z
body
suppressor
touch
barely
they
until
loosen
.
turn
1/4
Return
19. L
equipment
and
tools
stowage
.to
K
M
By
Z
TA 137294
C
MACHINE
)-GUN
B M
7.62
ORESIGHT
M
WEAPONS
( ontinued
BORESIGHT
Bore
M2 40sight
Ma
Gu n ine :Equipment
and
Tools
: ch
box
fender
front
:right
from
Get
)(A
drive
inch
3/4
with
socket
i
8nch
/
1-1
(B
drive
)inch
3/4
with
Ratchet
)(C
drive
inch
3/4
with
extension
16
station
commander
.in
box
binocular
f) rom
(D
binoculars
M17A1
Get 's
C A
D
B
MAIN TURRET
MACHINE GUN
GUN POWER
D
:
Sure
Make
E
OFF
to
set
.i(E s
)switch
POWER
TURRET D
2-516
p
and age
forward
).(is
bolt
unloaded
gun
Machine ON
STATIER'S
GUNN
2-334
p
boresighte
.)(is
105gun
main
m m
- age d
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-353
TA137295
BORESIGH
WEAPONS
B ORESIGHT
7.62
MACHINE
GUN
C M
( ontinued
-)M T
2-354
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
H 0
0000
LOADER'S
STATION
Pull
1.
back
latch
F
.L ift
buffer
(G
)a
remove
from nd
receiver
).(H
Push
2.
in
and
lift
driver
spring
P
).(J
back
and ull
remove
.
receiver
from
TA137296
C
(Bontinued
WEAPONS
BORESIGHT
-M
)-7.62
GUN
MACHINE
ORESIGHT
M
(K
)latches
cover
hold
and
in
Push
3.
O
L
.
4 Raise
).
(L
cover
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-355
TA137297
BORE
WEAP
B ( ORES
7.62 ONS
IGHT T
MACH
GUN
)-M
-C M SIGH
INE
ontin ued
2-356
NOTE
H
Put
left
hand
against
rear
receiver
t
)of
(Ho
keep
rod
and
bolt
assembly
(M
) rom
falling
from
weapon
.f
N
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
back
Pull
charger
handle
).(5.
N
Release
6.
charger
handle
).(N
M
Pull
out
mounting
pin
a
)on
(P
7.nd
lift
rear
on
machine
.up
gun
Slide
8.
rod
and
bolt
assembly
(M
f
receiver
a
)Hrom
nd
remov
. e
A
Place
9.
machi
gun
back
in
mount
and ne
pin
).engag
mount
rear
(P e
ing
B
C P
10.
Using
socket
a
A B
)(w nd
ratchet
ith
extension
l ) oosen
,(C R
nut
(
).Q
Q
Tighten
u
t 11.
nut
Qntil
touches
it
),washer
(R hen
tighten
additional
an
1/3
.turn
TA137298
C
GUN
MACHINE
M
7.62 M
ORESIGHT
)-( ontinued
B
WEAPONS
BORESIGH T
of
rear
into
straight
l
), ook
(D
binoculars
Using
12.
the
sight
to
bore
through
a
) nd
(H
receiver
.)R
(
target
H
R
right
or
left
either
bore
move
)t
(So
knob
Rotate
13.
).
(R
target
aline
and
and
down
or
up
either
bore
move
t
)o
(T
knob
Rotate
14.
).
(R
target
aline
T
Q
target
on
alined
be
should
).B
(Qore
nut
Tighten
15.
.14
through
10
steps
,r
not
i
R
)(fepeat
S
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-357
TA137299
BORESIGH
WEAPONS
B
7.62
M ORESIGHT
M
MACHINE T
C
)-GUN
( ontinued
2-358
M
H
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
H
M 16.
Remov
rear
mount
pin e
ing
)(
P
and
lift
up
on
rear
machi
of
gun
. ne
17.
Aline
rod
and
bolt
assem
w
)(M
receiv er
.(Hith bly
U 18.
Push
and
hold
trigge
releas
)(
.U er
19.
Push
bolt
of
rod
and
bolt
assem
c
)(Momplebly
into tely
receiv
w
H
in
unloc
positi er
on
)(. hile ked
machine
Lower
20.
mount
into
gun
engage
and
rear
.
)
(P
pin
mounting POSITION
UNLOCKED
TA137300
)-C
B Montinued
GUNM
WEAPONS
(MACHINE
7.62
ORESIGHT
BORESIGHT
21.
Aline
drive
)wsprin
(J
hole
opera
in g
ith ting
.rod
22.
Push
forwa
and
down
until
c pin
)(V rd
atches
keyho
in
(W
) le
botto
in mer
).(receiv
H
G
N
H
J F
23.
Aline
buffer
w
receiver
).(Gith
H
24.
Push
buffer
d own
until
latch
l)(Gocks
.F
V
W 25.
Pull
back
charger
to handle
(N
lock
)t o
bolt
.rear
Release
26.
charger
handle
).(N
2-359
TA137301
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
BORE
WEAP
B ORESI
7.62
(-M
MACH ONS
M SIGH
INEGHTT
GUN
C )- ontin ued
2-360
27.
Close
cover
a
lock
.)(Lnd
28.
charg
handl
aPull
)(N
ll
way
back
and er
e
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
hold
tightl
. y
L N
29.
Push
trigge
releas
a
let
charg r
e
)(Und er
handl
(N
)g
forwa
slowl
. o e
yrd
30.
tools
and
equip
to
stowa n
ment
Returge
.
TA137302
CGUN
MACHINE
M M
)-7.62
ORESIGHT
(Bontinued
WEAPONS
BORESIGH T
Target
On
:Aline
Sight
Infinity
To
:
Sure
Make
B
MAIN CONTROL
MASTER
INGRE
FUEL INDICATOR
SWITCH M73
for
boresighted
(p
2-346
gunage
been
has
7.62
-m
machine
m
OFF
SHUT ON
M240
for
).2-353
page
or
UD OFF
SWITCH
STARTEROR
INDICAT
A 8 wlight
.ON
t;(B
)A
1. ill
o
SWITCH
CONTROL
MASTER
Set
ON
STATION
DRIVER'S
D
M32
periscope
. ehind
)b
(C
infinity
2.control
Locate
D www
m
8
FO
C
E
0077
OPP ON
STATION
GUNNER'S
toward
turret
of
front
.ON
pushing
by
)t
(E
switch
toggle
infinity
a
C
control
set
ond
Reach
behind
3
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-361
TA137303
BORESIGH
WEAPONS
7.62 ORESIGHT
MACHINE
GUN
c M
(Bontinued
-)-M T
2-362
through
Looking
t
,4.
window
unity
(F urn
knob
control
)clockwise 9 ภาษา
infinity
reticle
clear
)iuntil
(G s
bright
.and
Rotate
knob
(H
aline
)t5.o
reticle
down
or
up
target
.on
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
3 G
O
H
E
Rotat
6.
)knob
(J
aline
t o
reticl
left
right
on
target ee
.or
IN
Push
switch
)t
(Eoward
back
of
turret
to
shut
infinity
reticle
.off
.7
BACK
INFINITY
OF
CONTROL
TA137304
BORESIGH
WEAPONS
CALIBER
MACHINE
).50
GUN T
(BORESIGHT
Tools
and
Equip
: ment
Get
socket
head
screw
key
wrench
)f
(Arom
right
front
.fender
box
M17A1
Get
binoculars
binocular
from
in
box
commander'
station
. s
Make
Sure
:
Synchroniz
check
has
been
done
organizatio
by ation
nal
maintenan
within
the
last
q days
uarterly ce
).(90
Tank
parked
is
on
firm
and
level
ground
possible
.as
A
Parking
brake
p set
is
( age
).2-193
Pages
2-253
thru
2-314
of
prepare
firing
for
have C MAIN MASTER
CONTROL
Φ ENGINE SWITCH
INDICATOR
been
performed FUEL
. OFF ON
B
Machine OFF MACHINE TURRET
MAIN
gun
unloaded
bolt
and
forward
p
2-510
).(isage SELECTOR BILGE
PUMP GUN GUN
POWER
SWITCH
STARTER
INDICATOR
IR Ꮻ
ON
TURRET
POWER
switch
B
)i( s
set
OFF
.to BLACKOUT
DRIVE OFF
ဓား • PUMPS ON
MASTER
CONTROL
iSWITCH
(C
)s
set
ON
.to ONFUEL
LEAVE
OFFONWASTED
TURE
Ø
UTLET
DRIVER'S GUNNER'S
STATION STATION
2-363
TA137305
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
BORESIGH
B (WEAPONS
ORESIGHT
CALIBER
MACHINE
C
)-.50
GUNontinued T
2-364
target
Select
1.
according
following
requiremen
:to ts
T
. arget
a
be
(D
)s hould
known
at
close
as
range
500
to
meters
possible
as B ON
.
HOLD
MOMENTARILY
b
(D
have
)s arget
hould
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
defined
.Tlearly
c
a
right
weapons
)to
(E
angle
.aline
sights
and HOLD
MOMENTARILY
Φ
OFF ELECTRICAL
CUPOLA
Ø POWER
CONTROL
E
E
BORESIGH
-ZERO T
BARN
D PANEL
2.
POWER
ELECTRICAL
CUPOLA
Push
t
HOLD
OFF
CONTROL
)o
(F
Switch
MOMENTARILY
.,then
release H
)( IDDEN
STATION
COMMANDE
periscope
Remove
3.
).(page
3-217
TA137306
C
)-GUN
MACHINE
B .50
CALIBER
ORESIGHT
( ontinued
WEAPONS
BORESIGH T
)to
(G
safety
gun
machine
Set
4.
S.
receiver
(J
)f
).lead
H rom
solenoid
electrical
5. Pull
back-
of
removal
allow
)t
2-425
p( oage
gun
machine
Elevate
6. G
).K
(
plate
lift
back-
a
(M
7. nd
latch
R
).Laise
lock
in
push
to
hand
left
Use S
POSIT ION F
POSITION
.receiver
)f
(Krom
plate
F.
t
G
)( o
safety
gun
Set
8.
J K
L
M
STATION
COMMANDER'S
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-365
TA137307
BORESIGH
WEAPONS
ORESIGHT
CALIBER
MACHINE
GUN
C (Bontinued
-).50 T
2-366
Push
9.
and
in
turn
)guide
(N
Guide
rod
will
spring
.out
,
Pull
10.
back
guide
a
)rod
(Nnd
springs
and
remove
from
).
(J
receiver
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
11.
Lift
latch
R P
).( aise
and
hold
)cover
(Q
high
a
as s
possible
allow
to
removal
following
of
:parts
U
s a se
ocket
head
screw
key
wrench
(A
)o.r
similiar
tool
hole
fit
(R
).Ptoush
tool
into
hole
S . lide
sear
(S
)b
and ack
remove
from
receiver
.
N
N
R
TA137308
CALIBER
)-C
GUN
MACHINE
.50
BORESIGHT
(Bontinued
WEAPONS
ORESIGHT
)
U
(
bolt
.R
(Tull
.P emove
handle
ack
charging
black
b
).
(J
receiver
from
Unlock
cupola
p age
2-261
).(12.
2-367
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137309
BORESIGHT
WEAPONS
B ORESIGHT
CALIBER
MACHINE
.50
C
(GUN
)- ontinued
2-368
While
holding
binoculars
a
)13.
(Vgainst
rear
(W
gun
machine
.of
barrel
down
),sight
sighting
While
14.
barrel
down
cupola
,t urn
elevation
traversing
)a
(Xnd
handle
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
target
)i(Y
right
(E
angle
in
usntil
barrel
of
.center
shown
as W
V
X
E
TA137310
C
)-GUN
MACHINE
B .50
CALIBER
ORESIGHT
( ontinued
WEAPONS
BORESIGH T
2-528
cupola
). age
(p
15.
Lock
alinement
i(Z f
further
knob
)adjustment
Turn
16.AZIMUTH
.needed
is
periscope
).(page
17.3-227
M36
Install
:On
Target
Periscope
M36
Of
Body
Daylight
Aline
To
18.
)to
(C
SWITCH
CONTROL
MASTER
.Set
ON [
CONTROL
MASTER
MAIR COMMANDER'S
ENGINE INDICATOR
SWITCH
FUEL
e
OFF
• SHUT Z STATION
OFF
SELECTOR PUMP
BLGE STARTE
SWITC R
SWITCHHTOR
(D INDICA
ON
ACKOUT
DRIVE
ON
PUMPS
FUEL
ON
LEAVE
CARPE
AFOR
TUOFFIRE
TO OFF DRIVER'S
STATION
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137311
2-369
BORESIGH
WEAPONS
B ORESIGHT
CALIBER
.50
MACHINE
GUN
C
-)( ontinued T
2-370
Push
19.
CUPOLA
ELECTRIC
POWER
CONTROL AL
switch
F
ON
to
(MOMENTA
),HOLD RILY
then
release
.
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
25
MOLD
MOMENTARILY
HOLD
MOMENTARILY
Off CUPOLA
ELECTRICAL
POWER
CONTROL
AA
AB
COMMANDER'S
20.
Sight
through
daylight
body
eyepiece
).(AA AC STATION
Rotate
21.
diopter
ring
u ntil
B
reticle
)(A C
is
.
clear
TA137312
CGUN
MACHINE
)-.50
CALIBER
ORESIGHT
(Bontinued
WEAPONS
BORESIGH T
t
raise
)(AoD
knob
elevation
turn
and
down
Pull
22.
cross
(A
A)o nE
boresight
or. line
reticle
lower
).
(E
angle
right
target
AD
AE
COMMANDER'S
E STATION
move
knob
(A
)t oF
deflection
turn
and
23.
out
Pull AF
boresight
(A
cross
E
right
) line
.A
reticle
or
left
AG
).
(E
angle
right
target
on
NOTE
knob
deflection
a D
)(And
elevation
allow
not
Do 3
)2
514
4
.)t
A G
slipscales
setting
when
move
() oF
)(A
knob
elevation
onD
G
slipscales
Rotate
24.
4
reads
.each
A)s
( oF
knob
deflection
and
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137313
2-371
BORESIGHT
WEAPONS
B ORESIGHT
CALIBER
MACHINE
.50
C
( ontinued
)-GUN
Operating
Equipment
Restore
:To
Condition C
2-372
MAIN MASTER
CONTROL
ENGINE SWITCH
INDICATOR
FUEL
MASTER
Set
25.
SWITCH
)CONTROL
(C
.t
OFF
o SHUT
OFF ON
5 CTOR OFF
D PUMP
BILGE SWITCH
STARTER
INDICATOR
NOTE
ON
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
(OUT
careful
Be
elevation
that
deflection
and
knobs
not
are OFF
turned
when
removing
periscope
replacing
or ON
FUEL-
PUMPS
LEAVE
ON
.
periscope ว OFF
ว
DRIVER'S
STATION
Remove
machine
26.
gun
periscope
p
(and
s t
,27
).1 age
2-537
teps
hru
gun
machine
Place
27.
)on
.(W
floor
turret
P
)tfo
(G
safety
mechanical
gun
machine
Set
28.
i
F
S.
on
Q
W
29.
Lift
latch
RP
).( aise
cover
Q
(
Raise
30.
tray
feed
.)(A H
Q
C
G
) OMMANDER'S
STATION AH
TA137314
C
GU N nued
tiIN
-) onCH
MA
.50
CA LI REHT
BEIG
B
(WE OR ES
AP ON ST
BO RE SI GH
)A
as mb AJ
( Jseto
ej d
anec
ed r ly
fe
ho
an ld
d eze
A) K
(pi
.of n Sq
31. ue
bo
up
onsh om
ttin
pu
whil e g
re
A
(a Kmove
). nd
pi
Gr
32 asp
.n AK
A
pi
(.)foLn
rw d
on
an 32
31 d ar
Re
33 pesat
st.ep
.)A
as( Jse mb
ejanec
edto r ly
fe
Sl
34 td e
id
ou.
AL
AK
AJ
TM 9-2350-260-10-
2
TA137315
2-373
C
MACHINE
B GUN
)-CALIBER
.50
ORESIGHT
BORESIGHT
( ontinued
WEAPONS
NOTE
2-374
for-
U
o
assembly
bolt
portion
)(AfM
Keep
hinged
assembly
.
forward
fully
is
ward
bolt
until
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
bolt
portion
(A
)o
andfM
slide
35.
Push
hold
and
f
). orward
(U
assembly
36.
)with
(U
assembly
bolt
Slide
portion U
far
)a
As
f
(J
receiver
into
orward
M
AM
.
release
and
go
will
as
it
ejector
. J
(A
)assembly
37.
and
feed
Install
P
A
a
pinsush
L
K
).(And
Install
38.
flush
with
are
heads
down
until
).
(J
receiver
A
(K
)
S
AJ AN
AL
AP
receiver
)w
S
assembly
sear
Aline
39.
(J
. ith
Push
sear
S
forward
until
pin
(A
)s N
naps
hole
.(AP
)into
TA137316
C
)-GUN
MACHINE
.50
CALIBER
ORESIGHT
(Bontinued
WEAPONS
BORESIGH T
f
)A
P
w Q
buffer
ush
R
recess
ith
Q
(.Aorward
group
buffer
Aline
40.
A
).(slot
with
alined
sT
S
ilatch
until
).A
slot
i
latch
t
rod
guide
41. oT
nto
S
((lock
)N
Turn
AQ
20
AT
AS
DDDDD N
AH
AR
).(A
42. H
tray
feed
Close
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137317
2-375
C
BGUN
MACHINE
)-.50
CALIBER
ORESIGHT
( ontinued
WEAPONS
BORESIGH T
2-376
43.
Close
machine
gun
cover Q
latch
(M
lock
).La
H
innd
old
backplate
44.K
Grasp K
).with
J
receiver
45.
(K
backplate
Aline
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
.)locks
until
(M
latch
backplate
46.down
Slide
K
J
K
g NOTE
careful
Be
deflection
that
and
elevation
knobs
are
turned
not
L when
removing
replacing
or
.
periscope
M
Install
machine
gun
and
periscope
p age
2-273
)(47.
t
s26 hru
). teps
(5
Return
48.
tools
equipment
and
stowage
.to
TA137318
BORE
WEAP
B
SEAR SIGH
ONS T
IGHT
CHLI
() ORES GHT
NOTE
Per
sea
bor rch
forlig
m ing
at k ghtht
.dusesi
Too
: ls
Get
12
inc
adjust able
wre
f
)(A
rig
fro
hnch
rom
ht
fen
box
. nt
der
Make
Sure
: A
•
S
is earc
inst
AN hlig
V
/
-3 SS
A alled ht
p
(
3-27
o
AN
V
/ age
p
)(-1 r
3-27 SS17
.) age
Eng
is
run ine
ning
150
rp
at m0
p ( age
.)2-1 85
B
C
Ma
is
borgunin
esi
(p
.)2-3age
34 ghted
per
Gunisc
is
bor 's
nerope
to
maiesi
n ghted C
gun
p age
().2-3 39 F
Lo
: ader
1.12
inc
adjUsihngabl
wre nch e
):(A ust
B
a
L
. oosen
nut
.)(B
F E
L
ele sen
.boovat
ad
nu ing
t stion
.)(C ju
D
c
L
jam
.(Doosnut
en s D
o
hor
adj izo
) n ust -ntal
ing
)screws
.(E
E
AN
V
/ SS
-3A
L .doo
cl se
am pn AN
V
/
-1 SS
(F re
.)sc ws
2-377
TA137319
SEARCHLIGHT
SEARCHLIGHT
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
BOR
WEA ESI
(BOREPON GHT
S
SEA
C
)- ontiSIG
RCH LIG
HTHT
nued
Comm
: ander
2-378
2.
Set
xen
sear
masonchlight
ter
cont
to rol
remo
T
11-5
()( M te
A
V
/
3
only N 855-217-12-1
A
-.) SS COMMANDER'S
STATION
Sele
3. ct
sear
bea
: chlight
m
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
equi
s V
/
-3
,IfAN SS
et pped
swit A ch
(with
)G
COM
to
BEA
. PAC
M T
equi
p-1/
,If with
AN
V SS pped
ress
(pin
)H OVER
and
turn
SEL TEMP ONLAMP
SWI
t
)(Jo ECTOR
TCH SELECTOR
G SPREA VISIBLE K SWITCH
VIS
FOCU
. S MAM D INFRA
COMPA 110 PULL IR VIS
BEAM CT OFI FOR WIDE WIDE
4. STAND IR
Tur
on
sear
: nchlight DY FOCUS PULL VIS
FOR
AN
V
-/
3 SS
A L OVER
OFF DRIVE
CO
BOXNTROL SEARCH
equip
If
with
s AN
/V
,-3
switc A ped
SS h LIGHT
)(Ket
VISIB
to
. LE
equi
If
with
p AN
V
/
,-1
out SS pped
ull
and
set
SEA
swit
L
)t RCH
( o ch LIG HT
.ON H
C AN
/
1-V SS
M
CO
BOXNTROL
Loa
: der
5.
Tur
nut
)M
mov
t(ligh
up n
t
or
nut
)(Co e
mov
to
ligh
dow
on
targ
. e
tn
et
TA137320
WEAPONS
B
BORESIGHT
()-C ORESIGHT
SEARCHLIGHT
ontinued
Loader
:
6.
Aline
light
left
or
right
on
targe
by
turni
screw
).(E t
ng
s
M J
C
Gun
: ner
F
7.
Man
elev
mai
gun
(p ual
ate
2-45 6 ly
) agen
m
5
(F
17-2 M
). ils
Loader
:
8.
Aline
search
on
target
by
turnin light
jamnu
o
)(Mr g
t
screw
)
.(E s
E Tight
9.
).(screwsen
F
D 10.
Tight
jamnu
).(D en
ts
11.
Make
sure
search
is
still
alined light
t
tight
nuts
,)(Chen en
and
(
).M
12.
Tight
)nut en
.(B
2-379
TA137321
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
BORESIGH
WEAPONS
ORESIGHT
SEARCHLI
C
)-(Bontinued T
GHT
:
Commander
2-380
Turn
13.
searchlight
:off
V
/
AN
with
equipped
If
-3et
),s
(KSS
switch
A
OFF
.to
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
SELECTOR
Vurn
/
AN
with
equipped
If
,t
-1 SS
SWITCH
(J
SEARCHLIGHT
)BO
to
.S et
STATION
COMMANDER'S
)to
(L
.switch
OFF
CAUTION
blower
until
Wait
motor
stops
running
before
to
SWITCH
turning
CONTROL
MASTER
off OVER
TEMP LAMP
ON
prevent
.
searchlight
to
damage
SPREAD K J
BEAM VISIBLE
INFRA
Driver
: COMPACT
HAM
VAN
-3
/ASS SELECTOR
CONTROL
MASTER
Set
14.
OFF
to SWITCH
.SWITCH
CONTROL
BOX FULL WIDE VIS
FOR
STAND
Loader
: L BY IR FOCUS
FOR
PULL
OVER
DRIVE
OFF
SEARCH
wrench
Return
15.
right
to
fender
.front
box LIGHT
/
-1AN
VSS
CONTROL
BOX
TA137322
(PERFORM
SIGHTS
)ZERO
ZERO
INITIAL
NOTE
es-
been
has
zero
accurate
an
O nce
.initial
establishin
for
is
procedure
This g
zeroing
initial
repeat
to
unnecessar
is t
sight
each
for
recorded
,iand
tablished y
:
unless
changed
is
tube
.Gun
moved
.is
linkage
sight
Gun
at
once
removed
are
.sights
All
four
crewmembe
all
requires
Z
.to
g eroing
2-400
page
o
replaced
,or
removed
been
has
that
sight
Tozero rs
.stations
their
at
underneat
.steps
does
C
ewho
crewmembe
be
will
:) hr
ommander
xample
before
,(of
Title
17-12
.FM
so
4 f
ee
chapter
zeroing
,on
informatio
more
For n
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137323
2-381
(Pontinued
SIGHTS
)-C
ZERO
INITIAL
ERFORM
:
Sure
Make
2-382
.
possible
ground
level
and
firm
as
on
parked
is
Tank
TARGETS
EXAMPLE
and
boresighte
are
sights
Weapons d
p2-334
).( age
synchroniz ed
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
B B
Tank
(page
firing
for
prepared
).is
2-253
(page
on
turned
is
).Intercom
2-144
C
3-271
).(p
installed
isage
Searchlight
:
Commande r C
requirements
:
according
following
to
1.
target
Select
BORESIGH
-ZERO T
BARN PANEL
to
close
as
be
range
known
at
.Thould
)s
(A
aarget
1200
meters
possible
.as
B
defined
c
(B
angle
right
)have
.Tlearly
s
A
a
b hould
arget
referring
for
sights
.
mass
solid
.Target
)s
(C
point
aiming
have
should
by
c urrounded C
.
hit
rounds
where
to
see
Identify
selected
target
gunner
)t
.(A2.o BILLBOARD
TA137324
INITIAL
(P
SIGHTS
ZERO
ERFORM
)-Continued MAIN CONTROL
MASTER
ENGINE INDICATOR
SWITCH
FUEL
OFF ON
SHUT
Driver
:
OFF
)to
(D
3..SWITCH
ON
CONTROL
MASTER
Set BILGE
PUMP SW ER
START
SWITC
INDICAHTOR
Φ
ON
Commande
: r D
OFF
DRIVER'S
ON
e
.
4 o
)n
(E
switch
COMPUTER
Set
of
end
right STATION PUMPS
FUEL
LEAVE
ON
ON
)to
.(F
rangefinder
IFMASTER
ONLY
OFF
TUR
ISTOONFOR
A MAOFF
LONG
WITH ITCH
OFF PERIOD
ENGINE
Gunner
:
E
to
Check
indicator
if
see
o
)5.
(G
light
n
RESET
.I
on
,psfush
)iso
(H
computer F
switch
.Iill
J
)w
(G
light
ndicator
out
.go STATION
COMMANDER'S
H
K
NOTE
knob
CORRECTION
RANGE
Index
)for
(K
tube
gun
weapons
record
wear
,using
log
vehicle
from
data
plate
correction
wear
tube
gun
and
2408-4
form
data
on
.
computer G
)to
(K
knob
CORRECTION
RANGE
Turn
6.
correct
J
for tube
wear
.gun
STATION
GUNNER'S
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-383
TA137325
SIGHTS
P ERFORM
INITIAL
C
)-( ontinued
ZERO
NOTE
2-384
h
)t
(L
have
a andle
computers
Early
- hat
ype
does
not
fold
t
.Later
ype
computers
have
-a
handle
that
down
when
not
.folds
use
in
M
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
:
Gunner
).T
(L
handle
Unfold
7.
far
as urn
clockwise
.Pull
go
will
it
handle
or
out
until
in
push L
window
indicator
AMMO
in
shows
).APDS
(M
Release
).
(L
handle
:
Comm ander
8.
knob
Rotate
on
rangefinder
)N
(F
target
known
until L
shown
is
range
L
).
(P
scale
range
in
F GUNNER'S
STATION
J
COMMANDE
STATION R'S
TA13732
6
C
ZERO
INITIAL
P ERFORM
)-( ontinued
SIGHTS
ZERO
NOTE
two
the
of
either
with
equipped
be
may
Tank Q
shown
boxes
control
.- LOWER
B
VENTILATO R
Loader
: ER
BLOW
)tON
.switch
(Q
-BoLOWER
turret
VENTILATOR
9. Set
TURRET
WALL
NOTE STATION
LOADER'S
three
repeated
be
will
13
thru
10
Steps
shot
t
a
get
to
times
.-r
group
hree
ound
ammuni-
APDS
gun
10.with
-mm
main
105
Load
ammunition
,u
possible
p
2-448
).I
tion age
( fse
fired
rounds
all
for
number
lot
of
same
gun
set
main
to
sure
zeroing
.Be
during R
FIRE
.o
)t
(R
switch
safety
FI
SARFE
E
STATION
LOADER'S
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137327
2-385
(Pontinued
SIGHTS
)-C
ZERO
INITIAL
ERFORM
Gunner
:
2-386
doing
)w
(S
eyepiece
body
daylight
through
Look
11.
hile
)and
(T
handle
traversing
manual
Use
12.
step
elevating S
handle
t
)o
reticle
aiming
move
.U
)
V
(
cross
NOTE
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
cross
aiming
reticle
alining
for
method
following
The T
as
referred
to
)w
be
(C
point
aiming
target
o
)
(V ill
n
Gmethod
the
-bote
.N
of ox
path
cross
aiming
roughly
letter
the
)outlined
V
brown
in
below
(forms
elimi- GUNNER'S
T
method
the
point
aiming
.boxes
ahis
in
G nd
STATION
manual
.
mechanisms
control
nates
from
error
backlash
p
,l(V
aike
ath
cross
)o n
reticle
12.aiming
Move
a
, round
below
brown
in
shown
one
aiming
onto
and U
a
:s
)follows
C
(
point
and
above
point
start
to
cross
aiming
B
.aring
aiming
of
right
.point
of
left
and
above
cross
aiming
B
.bring
.
point
aiming PATH
OF START
Then
down CROSS
RETICLE POINT
C. below
aiming
point
.
d
Then
directly
to
right
under
aiming
.point
e
exactly
and
.Then
,up
point
aiming
on
it
.If
overtravel
to
careful
not
being
through
12e
.12a
overtravel
you
,repeat
it
V
C
Good
TA137328
C
ZERO
INITIAL
P ERFORM
)-( ontinued
SIGHTS
Gunner
:
.to
fire
order
commander
for
Wait
13. 's W
:fire
to
order
Upon
ON
.t
(W
)switch
GUN
MAIN
S et
.ao X
gunner's
)o
(X n
trigger
firing
either
.P
bress
.fire
will
Mgun
) ain
(Y
handles
control
OFF
t
.(W
)o
switch
GUN
MAIN
Set
C.
times
more
two
13
through
10
steps
Repeat
14.
A
group
.shot
r-a
tot
get fter
ound
hree
bmethod
G
-,u
firedse
isox
round
third
)o
(V
to n
cross
aiming
reticle
aline
POWE
C
.(C ontinue
)with
point
aiming
target
Y
15
. ep
st
STATION
GUNNER'S
Y
Good
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-387
TA137329
P
C ERFORM
INITIAL
( ontinued
)SIGHTS
ZERO
D
:
Gun ner S
2-388
15.
Look
into
periscope
daylight
body
).(S
eyepiece
out
)aPull
16.
elevation
turn
and
(Z
knobnd GUNNER'S
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
deflection
knob
t
)A
( oA
adjust
reticle STATION
aiming
V
(
cross
-r
three
of
center
)oound
n
shot
).group
(AB
:
Loader
Z AA
gun
-mm
105
Load
17.
ammunition
APDS
with
ammuni-
(pf
).I
2-448
,u
possible
se
age
V
rounds
all
for
number
lot
same
of
tion
fired
during
zeroing
.
AB
RETICLE AB
ALINED
AIMING
ON
POINT
RETICLE
ALINED
CENTER
RON
3
-OFOUND
GROUP
SHOT
TA137330
C
ZERO
)-INITIAL
ERFORM
(Pontinued
SIGHTS
ZERO
:
Gunner W
elevating
)a
(Tnd
handle
traversing
manual
Using
18.
o
V
(
cross
aiming
reticle
a
)(U
, line
handle n
u .metho
,)(C-b
point
aiminGsing
ox g d
target
.fire
to
order
comma
for
Wait
19. nder's
fire
to
:order
Upon
B
.ON
t
)
(W
switc
GUN
MAIN
S et h
.ao
).(X
trigger
firing
either
.P
bress
U STATION
GUNNER'S
OFF
.t
)
(W
switch
GUN
MAIN
S et
.co
a X
(T
handl
traver
manua
)u
, se
firing
After
20. nd esing
l
cross
aimin
reticl
aline
t
U
(o
handl
)elevat g
ee
ing
metho
.b
uG
-),(C
point
aimin ox d
g
target
o
)
V n
(sing
DE
C STATION
GUNNER'S
Goo
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137331
2-389
SIGHTS
P ERFORM
INITIAL
ZERO
C
)-( ontinued
2-390
NOTE
zeroing
y
still
judgetarget
on
marked
not
with
diameter
inch
,48
circle
Ifou
can
round
check
your
caccuracy
a
)i(A
reticle
of
center
the
.Inircle
magine
C
mil
(o(V
)half
reticle
the
of
size
aiming
cross
imaginary
).T ne
his
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
about
circle
)r
c
check
.Ia
diameter
in
inches
48
your
(Afircle
hits
round epresents
C
circle
this
will
,y
beou
within
inches
24
point
aiming
.of
AC
MARKED
TARGET
UNMARKED
TARGET WITH
INCH
48
SHOWING
IMAGINARY
CIRCLE CIRCLE
Commander
:
Gunner
and
Look
21.
where
see
to
round
hits
target
.check
check
round
hits
circle
C
b inside
zeroed
g
,.is
with
24
stepun
ontinue
Ifeginning
with
If22
step
circle
c ontinue
outside
hits
.,check
round
TA137332
-C
P ontinued
)ZERO
INITIAL
ERFORM
(SIGHTS
ZERO
:
Loader
and
Gunner
second
fire
to
20
,a9
18
17 nd
steps
Repeat
22.
23
step
to
.go
Then
round C
check
:
Commande
and
Gunner r
target
.hits
round
check
second
where
see
to
Look
23.
If
),
(C
point
aiming
around
circle
within
24
step
with
b
C ontinue
zeroed
.,iseginning
gun
around
),
(C
Ifpoint
aiming
circle
outside
t
. hen
,stop
24
do
step
turret
maintenan ce
organizatio
Tell nal
.to
zero
unable
are
you
mechanic
Q
NOTE Ell
two
the
of
either
with
equipped
be
may
Tank
э
ER
shown
boxes
control
B
.- LOWER
VENTILATO R BLOW
...
:
Loader
Q
)(
switch
B LOWER TOR
VENTILA
-turret
Set
24. WALL
TURRET
.
OFF
to STATION
LOADER'S
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137333
2-391
SIGHTS
P ERFORM
ZERO
C
)INITIAL
( ontinued
2-392
Gunne
: r
NOTE
S
manual
traversing
e
),Use
(Tlevating
handle
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
a
b U
( nd
), ox
method
-G
to
step
.do
25
T
While
25.
looking
through
daylight
eyepiece
body
a S
, line
reticle
aiming
cross
(V
clearly
)o n
defined
angle
target
o )right
B
.(A f
reticle
Once
aiming
icross
alined
)26.
(V
on s
the
(B
angle
right
move
not
),do .gun
GUNNER'S
STATION
A
TA137334
C
INITIAL
ERFORM
)-(Pontinued
SIGHTS
ZERO
:
Gunner
)(Aeft
llever
selector
reticle D
telescope
Push
27.
M105D
o
)so
equipped
fr
telescope
(iM105C
on
A w F
eyepiece
).(in
show E
eticle
.Rill
telescope AF
APDS
M
- M
105 AE
METERS
MEP
-1 .
APDS AL
M303
AL
M
RETIC
) 105CLE
AE
AK
AL
B
8 +
12
16 )
AH
20
24
28 AD
RETICLE
M105D
400
).(A
leverH
deflection
a nd
G
elevation
telescope
28.Unlock AG
AJ
)t
A(A
knob
a K
ond
deflection
J
elevation
telescope
Rotate
29.
(B
).right
angle
target
A
o nL
point
zeroing
distance
known
APDS
aline STATION
GUNNER'S
).A
lever
(a H
deflection
nd
G
elevation
30.Lock
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137335
2-393
ZER
P SIG
INITERFO
HTS
ORM
C
-()ZER IAL
O
onti nued
Comm
: ander
2-394
31.
Turn
range
OCCL UDER r
R.
t knob
)(AoM finde
32.
Loo
thro kefin
ugh der
eyep
(AN iece
).rang UDER
DXCL
Unl
33. ock AN
rang
ELE
leve VATder
ION
A
a P refin
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
() nd
DEFleve AM
).(A Q rLECTION
34.
range
Turn finde
ELEV rN
knob
a R ATIO
)(And
DEFL
knob
A ECTION
)t
aline
reticl
(aimin
oS eg
cross
A
o T
target
right
angle
(n
()).B
35.
Loc
ELE
leve rVAT
)A
a Pk
( nd
DEF LECION
TION
lev
( Qer
.)A
AT
AQ AR
AP
B
( AS
TA137336
INITIAL
P
()-Continued
ZEROERFORM
SIGHTS
Commande
: r AM
R.
a
L
between
)t
(Aond
line
knob M
OCCLUDE
Turn
36. R
SCALE
RANGE RETICLE
DIM DIM
BRIGHT BRIGHT COINCIDENCE AU
ON
RETICLE
OFF
ON
OFF ON GUNSIGHT
AUX
LIGHT ITY LIGHT
INTENS INTENSITY AN
AZ
AN
AV
AX
GUNSIGHT
t
.AUX
switch
)(AoU
RETICLE
37.Set
AW NOTE
reticle
adjust
to
s
awitch
have
may
rangefinder
M17C
Some s
desired
brightness
.LO
for
or
HI
to
switch
Set
light
AY
knob
RETICLE
rotate
a
)A N
( nd
eyepiece
into
Look
38.
.)u V
satisfied
A brightness
with
( ntil
lever
ELEVATIO
auxiliary
.Unlock
rangefinde
behind
Reach
39. rN
).A
a X
lever
( nd
DEFLECT
W ION
DEFLECT
auxiliary
)a
(And
Y
knob
ELEVATIO
Turn
40. ION
N
etched
black
with
cross
reticle
lighted
red
).A
A Z
( line
knob
angle
right
.reticle
target
on
cross
main
OF
RANGEFIN
VIEW
TOP DER A
).(a X
nd
W
levers
DEFLECTION
and
ELEVATION
auxiliary
41.Lock
(AoU
switch
RETICLE
Set
42.
.)t
OFF
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-395
TA137337
C
INIT
(P onti
-)ZER
ERFO nued
IAL
ORM
SIG
ZER HTS
O
CAUTION
2-396
dark-
during
done
be
shoul
51
thru
43
Stepsd
peris
M32
to
dama
preve
to ge
nt
.ness cope
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
:
Gunner
body
IR
perisc
M32
from
disc
opaqu eope
e
Remov
43.
2-308
p A
.)(Bage
.ON
24v
t
B)( oB h
switc
IR
Set
44.
:
Comm ander
BA
NOTE BB
cif
target
of
pictur
sight
a e
learer
get
can
You STATION
GUNNER'S
tank
secon
by
illumi
is
.targetdnated
search
IR
with
target
illumi
to
tank light
.beam ct
compa nate
anoth
of
comma
Reque
45. er
nder
st
tank
:anoth
from
availa
is er
ble on
not inati
illum
If
1500
at
engin
idle
and
start
driver
H
.aave e
2-185
).( age
p
RPM
to
contro
maste
search
xenon
S
.bet l
rlight
only
3
V
).-/
A A
N
( SS
11-585
T
remotM e5-217-12-1
TA137338
ect
ZERO
(Pontinued
SIGHTS
)-C
INITIAL
ERFORM
OF
SIDE
RIGHT
COMMANDER'
STATION
C. :
beam
searchlight
Select
‫מ‬ BD
B
switch
)(s
AN
V ,-3
with C
A
SS
/et
equipped
If ‫וה‬
.
BEAM
COMPACT
to
SELECTO
t
,-1
V /
AN
with
If urn
SS
equipped R
FOCUS
.IR
t)(BoD
SWITCH BF
on
searchlight
.Turn
:d
AN
VSS
-1/
CONTROL
B
switch
)(s
AN,-3
with E
A
SS
/Vet
equipped
If
.
INFRARE
to D BC
BG
set
p
and
out
/Vull
-1
ANSS
,with
equipped
If
SEARCHLIGHT
(BoF
switch
.)t
ON Ovie
་་- ONLAMO
BE
SPREAD VISIBLE
Gunner
: KAM IMPRA
COMPACT 010
BEAM
46.
(BG
eyepiece
body
IR
through
).Look VA
/
AN
-3 SS
CONTROL
BK (
B
)J
deflection
B
)a nd
H
elevation
knob
and
(turn
47.
out
Pull
aiming
(B
knob
)t
reticle
aline
o J
Bon
cross
target
K
).
(B
angle
right
BL
)a
B
knob
o nH
nd
elevation
L
((slipscales
48.Turn BB
4
reads
.each
)s
(BoJ
knob
deflection BH
OFF
49.
.)toB
(B
switch
IR
Set VIEW GUNNER'S
STATION
IRB
THROUGH
BODY
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137339
2-397
ZERO
SIGHT
P
(INITIA
ZEROERFOLSRM
C-) ontin ued
Commande
: r BD
2-398
50.
usin
illu
fro g
If mmina tion
anot
tan
,n
the k
otif
you y
mher SELECTOR
are
thro
. ugh SWITCH
using
If
your WIDE
tank
search
: light Ove LAMP
lap ON BF FOCUS POR
PULL
a
T
.off
sear SPREAD VISIBLE OVER
: urnchlight BAM INFRA DRIVE
COMPACT RED SEARCH
BEAM Of LIGHT
equip
If
with ped
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
AN
V
/
3
s SS
A
et
switc
-,)(B E h
AN SS BE
.
OFF
to 3
-/
VA AN
/ SS
1-V
equip
If
V
t with
AN
,-/
1
SELESS ped
urn CTOR
CONTROL
CONTROL
SWIT
tBO
.S
)(Boet
SEAR CHLIGHT
switc D hCH
t
)(BoF
.OFF
b
H
driv
stop
engi
.(page
2-49 avene
no
long
requ 1
i). f erer
ired
Gunner
:
51.
Repla
opaqu
disc
(p
2-501
IR
perisc ce
e
is
no
longe
neede dope
)i. fage r
Comm
: ander
00
52.
Set
COM
swit
o
)(E PUT
ch ER
rang
t )(F
OFF . on efin der
COMMANDE
STATI ON R'S
20
A
F
COSESTES
ON
COMM
STATIANDE
ON R'S
TA137340
P
C ERFORM
( ontinued
)-SIGHTS
ZERO
INITIAL
Commander
and
:
Gunner
NOTE
.For
station
gunner's
near
future
Place
wall
turret
on
PLATE
DATA
ZERO
magnetic
T
it
make
will
his
boresighting
.after
used
be
may
settings
adjustments
,r ecorded
procedures
zeroing
repeat
.to
unnecessary
53.
all
for
settings
deflection
and
knob
elevation
Record
(Becord
PLATE
DATA
ZERO
on
sights
).R
settings
same
the
M
Component
,w
ERegister
on hich
quipment
2408-10
Form
DA
logbook
.
your
vehicle
is
of
part
Driver
:
ZERO
PLATE
DATA
54.
,set
needed
longer
no
is
power
electrical
If
CONTROL
MASTER DATE
ESTAB RANGE
)to
(D
.SWITCH
OFF
APDS HEAT HEP APERS
DEFL
REV DEFL
FLEV
ELEV DEFL ELEV
G PERISCOPE
,
CONTROL DAY
MASTER
MAIN
ENGINE SWITCH
INDICATOR PERISCO
, PE
FUEL
NIGHT
OFF
SHUT ON
CUNNER TELESCOPE
OFF
D PUMP
BILGE SWITC
STARTE
INDICAHRTOR RANGEFINDER
ON ONLY
PENCIL
USE
OFF
e ON
FUEL
PUMPS
LEAVE
ON BM
MASTER
ONLY
IFOFF
TURN
ONFOR
ATO OFF
DRIVER'S PERIOD BWTCH
OFFLONG
ENGEN
STATION
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137341
2-399
ZERO
P
C (SIGHTS
ZEROERFORM E
)-REFERENC
ontinued
Reference
STo
Zero
:Aight
2-400
NOTE
Each
can
body
removed
be
and
same
the
periscope
M32
in-
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
stalled
without
loss
H
p zero
,i.of
a
body owever
feriscope
replaced
is
another
with
zeroing
require
will
one
,the
.new
MASTER
CONTROL
MAIN ១-
ENGINE SWITCH
INDICATOR
:
Sure
Make FUEL
A
SHUT
OFF ON
zo
has
tank
Your
one
least
at
sight
.zeroed OFF
PUMP
BILGE B
SCH
STARTER
SWITCH OR
INDICAT
COMPUTIN
MASTER
SWITCH
CONTROL
ON
)is
(A
to
.set ON
A
COMPUTER
(B
)is
.switch
ON
to
set OFF
ON
PUMPS
FUEL
LEAVE
ON
working
.
Computer
and
ON
is AASTEDOFF ! C
LONGTC MOD BITH **IW1810FOR
Commander
:
Pick
1.
(C
c
a arget
tlearly
)w ith
angle
right
defined E
close
),as
as(D
meters
1200
possible
.to
2.
).
(C
target
on
Range D
3.
aiming
aline
to
controls
manual
use
gunner
Have
)otarget
sight
.on
(D
angle
right
point
Ef
zeroed
TA137342
C
)-ZERO
REFERENC
P ERFORM E
( ontinued
SIGHTS
Gunner
:or
Commande r
5
step
.with
4. hen
continue
t,indicated
steps
do
and
below
list
on
be
zeroed
to
sight
Find
:body
daylight
periscope
M32
F
(F
eyepiece
body
).daylight
periscope
L through
.aook
deflection
a
(G nd
)knob
elevation
turn
Pand
out
.bull
target
o
ton
)(H
(J
cross
aiming
reticle
aline
knob
).(D
angle
right
:
body
IR
M32
).2-396
p age
(51
through
43
steps
Do
G
:M105C
telescope
M105D
or
p).2-393
age
(30
through
27
steps
Do
D
PLATE
DATA
ZERO
M17A1
:
rangefinder
M17C
or DATE
2-394
p age
).(35
through
Do 31
steps ESTAB RANGE
APDS HEAT HEP APERS
settings
knob
deflection
elevation
and
5.
Record DEFL FLEV DEFL
ELEV DEFL ELEV
settings
R
same
). ecord
(K
DATA
onPLATE
ZERO PERISCOPE
.
DAY
2408-10
.
logbook
your
in
on
Form
DA PERISCOPE
,
NIGHT
:
Driver
and r K TELESCOPE
Commande
CUNNER
OFF
.to
SWITCH
CONTROL
MASTER
and RANGEFINDER
switch
COMPUTE
Set
6. R
TO
ONLY
PENCIL
USE
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-401
TA137343
ZERO
SIGHT
Z ERO
INFIN
SIGHT
7.62
TO
MACH S
ITY
M INE
GUN
()-M
2-402
Make
Sure
:
Boresighti
weapons
of
and
sights
has
completed
.been ng
105
m
gun
zeroe
sights
p m d
(toage
-).2-381
MASTER
CONTROL
MAIN
ENGINE INDICATOR
SWITCH
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
FUEL
MASTER
CONTROL
SWITCH
ON )s e
.i(A SHUT
OFF ON
OFF
gunner's
into
Look
1.
periscope
w
(B
C indow
).Pick
a PUMP
BILGE STARTER
SWITCH
INDICATOR
target
close
(D
)as
800
to
meters
possible
.as
ON
A
OFF
e ON
PUMPS
FUEL
LEAVE
ON
OFONLY
ONFOR
AISTOBETURN
SWITCH OFF
MAIN
IBLASTERWITH
B ENGINE
OFF PERIOD
LONG
DRIVER'S
STATION
D
GUNNER'S
STATION
TA137344
C GUN
MACHINE
INFINITY
)-SIGHT
M
7.62
TO
ZERO M
(Zontinued
SIGHTS
ERO
7
Oz
E
110
to
set
s
COMPUTER
(E
switch
makes
)isure
Commander
2.
ON
.Iights
)l
(F
indicator
,g
button
RESET
pushes
funner
w out
go
.(F
Iill
)(Gndicator
NOTE
)t
h(H
a
haveandle
computers
t ype
- hat
Early
a
have
.Later
fold
not
-t
computers
does ype
use
.that
in
not
when
down
folds
handle
J
as
will
it
far
3.
).Turn
(H
handle
Lift
clockwise
-T
until
HEP
turn
in
and
push
or
out
handle
go
.P ull
).
(J
indicator
AMMO
on
shows
F G
H
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137345
2-403
ZERO
SIGHTS
Z ERO
INFINITY
SIGHT
7.62
M M
MACHINE
GUN
C
)-TO
( ontinued
2-404
Commande
rotates
knob
rangefinde
)o
K
(4.n
until
known rr B
).
(L
shown
scale
on
range
is
target
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
L
k
GUNNER'S
STATION
Load
5.
and
charge
machine
p gun
)f
(i fage
2-319
M73 or
p equipped
(so
)f r
age
2-315
oor
.M240
K Look
6.
behin
gunner
perisc 's
dope
L
).(Bocate
infinity
contro
).(
M l
STATION
COMMANDER'S
TA137346
C
MACHINE
)-GUN
SIGHT
Z M
7.62
TO
ZERO M
INFINITY
ERO
( ontinued
SIGHTS
t
(NMo
switch
).S et
control
infinity
behind
Reach
7.
turret
.of
front
toward
pushing
by
ON
N M
OFF ON
VIEW
REAR
CONTROL
OF
C
(P
knob
).T
Curn
window
periscope
into
Look
8.
s
)(Q
r hows
circle
ed
reticle
until
clockwise
.
in
window
STATION
GUNNER'S
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-405
TA137347
C
)-GUNontin
MACH
-M
7.62
TO M INEued
SIGHT
INFIN
(ZERO
SIGHT
ZERO ITY
S
2-406
traversing
)a
(Rnd
handle
elevating
manual
Use
9.
D
target
).(o
Q
reticle
aline
t
) on
(S
handle
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
POWER
ONTOL
2-438
p
b age
rounds
.)(to
25
20
of
Fire
10.aurst
R STATION
GUNNER'S
-TA137348
C
GUN
M
MACHINE
Z M
7.62
TO
SIGHT
)-INFINITY
ZEROERO
( ontinued
SIGHTS
target
rounds
.hit
where
see
11.
to
Look Q
m achine
target
(D
),center
If of
hit
rounds
15
step
with
Continue
zeroed
is
.gun V
elevation
,u
(Dse
target
)miss
rounds
If
reticle
)t
aaline
(U
knob
deflection
Tond
12
step
with
.C
. ontinue
)
(V
area
strike
on
D
target
).(on
b
(Q
reticle
aline
step
12. t
9 oack
Repeat
rounds
(p
13.2-438
).of
25
to
20age
burst
a
Fire U
target
.
rounds
hits
burst
of
second
where
see
14.
to
Look
If
),machine
(D
target
of
center
hit
rounds
gun
Continue
zeroed
.is
15
step
with
continue
;not
),do
If (D
target
miss
rounds
maintenance
organizational
.notify
T
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-407
TA137349
C
GUN
MACH
7.62
TO
SIGHTM INE
-)-Montin ued
INFIN
Z ( ERO
SIGHT
ZERO ITY
S
2-408
when
OFF
t
)(Wo
switc
GUN
MACH
sets INE
hr
Gunne
15.
.
compl
is
firingeted
MACHINE MAIN TURRET
GUN POWER
GUN
)t
(Y
gun
machine
o
Xon
switch
D
SAFETY
sets
Loader
16.
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
is
completed
firing
.)w
(s hen
Safe W
D=
0
STATION
GUNNER'S
OOO
0
Y
X
X
STATI
LOADE
M73 ONR'S
STATION
LOADER'S
M240
TA137350
PERISCOPE
GUN
MACHINE
.50
CALIBER
TO
ZERO
)COMMANDER'S
(ZERO
SIGHTS
MAIN MASTER
CONTROL
ENGINE SWITCH
INDICATOR
FUEL ୯
:
Sure
Make
OFF ON
SHUT
ON
.set
to
i(A s
)SWITCH
CONTROL
MASTER OFF
PUMP
BILGE SWITCH
STARTEROR
INDICAT
adjusted
).(page
has2-295
been
periscope
M36
Commander's ON
A
OFF
searchlight
,i
position
upright
in
) sf
(B
bar
Interrupter 1
✔ e
FUEL PUMPS ON
installed
.iC
)(s LEAVEON
ONLY
OFF
WITCH
ATURN
ISTOONFOR
#MASTERMAOFF
ENGINE
OFF -0WITH
PR
LONG
0
been
has
sights
and
weapons
of
Boresighti ng
2-334
p
).( age
completed DRIVER'S
STATION
level
ground
and
firm
parked
as
on
Tank
is
.
possible
as C
0
2-253
firing
).(p
prepared
for
Tank
isage
B
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-409
TA137351
ZERO
SIGHT
Z
COMM
PERIS
(CALIB S
ANDE
COPE
.50
MACH
GUN
-
)TO
ContiER
EROINE
nued R'S
2-410
Select
1.
target
according
following
to
requiremen
: ts
s
)a
(D arget
.Thould
known
at
be
range
as
close
500
to
meters
as
.possible
T
s
)b
(D
c arget
hould
have
. learly
defined
a
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
right
angle
referring
(Eor
sights
.)f E
T. arget
should
have
aiming
point
s
)c
(F urrounded
where
see
to
mass
solid
by
.rounds
hit
F
EXAM PLE
TARGETS
D
BORESIGH
Z
- ERO T
E
PANEL
E
)
F
(
F
BARN
BILLBOARD
TA137352
SIGHTS
ZERO
COMMANDER'S
TO ERO
PERISCOPE
CALIBER
MACHINE
C
(Zontinued
).50
GUN
page
(G
gun
machine
.50
caliber
charge
and
Load
).2.
2-324
position
S.
safety
)t
(H
switch
gun
3. o
manual
machine
Set
4.
LOCK
AZIMUTH
Unlock
page
).(J
2-261
(K
INTERLOCK
AZIMUTH
Unlock
5.
).page
2-261
G
AZ
INTE
IMRLUTOCH
K
OOL
POSITION
S
AZ Bo
r
LOCKIMUTH H
POSITION
F
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137353
2-411
ZERO
SIGHTS
Z ERO
COMMANDE
PERISCOPE
CALIBER
CTO
MACHINE
.50
( ontinued
)GUN R'S
2-412
M
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
M36
PERISCOPE
L
Sight
through
M36
eyepiece
R(L
).6.otate
manual
ELEVATIO N
HANDLE
M
a
TRAVERS
CONTROL
handle E
(N
)t ond
)(aline
reticle
500
meter
aiming
point
w )(Pith
target
aiming
point
).(F
F
)
( F
RETICLE TARGET TARGET

OVER
RETICLE
TA137354
COMMANDER'S
(Z
SIGHTS
ZERO
ERO
PERISCOPE
MACHINE
.50
CALIBER
TO
)Continued
GUN
LOCK
page
).(J
7. 2-528
AZIMUTH
cupola
Lock
LOCK
)b
(J
8.turning
adjustments
AZIMUTH
to
,my
necessary
If
fine
ake
(Q
knob
azimuth
).adjusting
AZIMUTHK
NTERLOC
AZIMUTH
LOCK
J
ON
R HOLD Q
O MOMENTARILY
HOLD
MOMENTARILY
OFF CUPOLA
ELECTRICAL
POWER
CONTROL
POWER
ELECTRICAL
9.
CUPOLA
Set
CONTROL
)to
(R
switch
and
ON
hold
momentari
. ly
LC
H
)( IDDEN
COMMANDER'S
STATION
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-413
TA137355
ZERO
SIGHT
(Z
COMM
PERIS
CALIB
TO S
ANDE
COPE R'S
.50
MACH
C
)GUN ER
EROINE
ontin ued
2-414
10.
Set
cupola
machine
gun
electrical
)to
(S
switch
.safety
ON
11.
Set
machi
gun
manuane
safety l
swit
tH
)(
posi ch
F.o tion S
M
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
S
POSITION
POSITION
F
COMM
STATIANDE
ON R'S
trigger
Press
12.
fire
)t
(T
ofb
ao
to
10urst P
20
rounds
get
to
s
a
group
. hot
u
, se
necessary
If
13.
ELEVATION
cupola
HANDLE 4-
8
-
re
l )to
-(M
reticle
500 ay
meter
aiming 12
target
P
point
aiming
).on
(F 16
F
20
TA137356
COMMANDER'S
SIGHTS
ZERO
.50ERO
PERISCOPE
MACHINE
CALIBER
TO
(Zontinued
)C
GUN
M36
through
Look
).14.
(L
eyepiece
L
)and
(U
deflection
turn
knob
elevation
15.
and
out
Pull
ton
V
)o
P
point
aiming
meter
500
aline
center
(of
shot
).
(W
group
PERISCOPE
M36
W
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137357
2-415
ZERO
Z ERO
(SIGHTS
COMMANDE
PERISCOPE
TO
CALIBER
MACHINE
.50 R'S
C
)GUN
ontinued
2-416
Unlock
AZIMUTH
LOCK
)16.
(J
2-261
p
(). age X
T
P
ELEVATION
manual
Use
17.
HANDLE
(M M
TRAVERSE
a
) nd
CONTROL
handle
(N
t
)o
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
relay
meter
500
aiming F
N
target
)on
(P
point
aiming
).
(F
point
18.
)
(J
LOCK
AZIMUTH
Lock
2-528
).(page
trigger
Press
19.
)to
(T
round
10
a
fire
20
to
burst
to
check
.zero
NOTE
periscope
M36
daylight
body
zeroed
is
center
if
of
confirming
of
group
shot
(X
)irounds
24
within
s
inches
target
of
point
).aiming
(F
Look
20.
to
where
see
check
rounds
target
.hit
h 24check
If
within
)(rounds
X
inches
target
of
aiming
point
(F
),m
gun it
achine
zeroed
steps
S
and
21kip
Continue
s istarting
,22.
step
.with
23
point
)c
,(F
If ontinue
are
X
rounds
check
aiming
target
of
inches
24
within
not
step
.
21
with
starting
TA137358
SIGHTS
ZERO
COMMANDER'S
(Z ERO
PERISCOPE
CALIBER
CTO
MACHINE
).50
GUN
ontinued
.
22
step
with
continue
Then
19.
through
13
steps
Repeat
21. E
Look
22.
see
to
second
check
round
group
hits
target
.where
within
If
inches
24
target
of
aiming
m
),(point
F
gun achine
C
b zeroed
with
step
23 ontinue
eginning
.,.is
within
24 not
If
inches
target
of
aiming
point
(F
),d o F
organizatio
continue
;notify
.maintenan ce nal
Unlock
23.
AZIMUTH
p )LOCK
age
2-261
.(J
AZ
INTEIMRLUTOCHK
AZ
LOCKIMUTH
ELEVATIO
manual
Use
24.
TRAVERSE
)a
(M
HANDLE
nd
CONTROL
handle
N
relay
meter
500
aiming
point
target
ton
)o
(P
right
).
(E
angle
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-417
TA137359
ZERO
Z ERO
(SIGHTS
COMMANDE
PERISCOPE
CALIBER
TO
MACHINE
.50
GUN R'S
)C ontinued
25.
Lock
2-418
AZIM
)LOCK
J
(p
2-528
. age UTH
S
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
26.
Set
calibe
.50
machi
gun rne
AZI
INTEMUT
RLOCHK electrical
safety
switch
(S
)to
.
OFF
SAFE
27.
Set
machine
gun
manual
safety
switc
t
)(Ho
positi
S. hon
AZ
LOCKIMUTH
し G
POSITION
S
28.
Unloa
gun
p machi d
age ne
2-510
.)(G
H
F
POSITION
TA137360
Z
COMMANDER'S
SIGHTS
ZERO
ERO
PERISCOPE
CALIBER
TO
MACHINE
C
( ontinued
).50
GUN
CAUTION
of
hours
during
done
be
should
36
thru
29
Steps
Y
periscope
.to
M36
damage
prevent
darkness
body
IR
periscope
M36
f
(Yrom
)disc
opaque
Remove
29.
2-300
).(p
Zage
O
M36
PERISCOPE
1.5V 24
V
ON ON
OOFF
NOTE
AA
switch
,s
IRet
battery
from
comes
IR
for
power
If
.3
ON
1.5V
A
)t
(o0A
PERISCOPE
M36 A
.)t
ON
24V
30.
( oA
switch
IR
Set
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137361
2-419
ZERO
SIGHTS
(Z ERO
COMMANDE
PERISCOPE
CALIBER
TO
MACHINE
.50 R'S
C ontinued
-)GUN
2-42
NOTE
You
can
get
c
alearer
sight
picture
of
target
if
is
illuminated
second
by
.tank
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
Request
31.
commander
another
of
tank
illuminate
to
target
.
beam
searchlight
IR
compact
with COMMANDER'S
STATION
illuminatio
If
is
available
not
from
tank
:another n
H
a
. ave
driver
start
engine
and
idle
rpm
p 1500
age
(at
.)2-185 AB
xenon
b
.Set
searchlight
master
control
remote
to
11-5855-217
(A
V
/
-3 M
N
)(TSS
).only A -12-1 LAMO
ON
NAM VISIBLE
Select
searchlight
beam
: INFRA
RID
C. COMPACT
HAM Of
equipped
If
with
V
/
AN
switch
-3
(,s
)A SS
et
A
B AD AE
COMMPAC
BEAM
.to T AN
VA
/
-3 SS
equipped
t If
with
,V/
AN
-1 SS
SELECTO
urn R CONTROL SELECTOR
SWITCH
SWITCH
A
IR
)t
( oC
.FOCUS
AC STAND
T
d on
urn light FOR
FULL
.:search OVER
DRIVE
equipped
with
AN
s
A If
V
/
,-3 SS
et
A
D
)(switch
UGHT
INFRARE
.to D
equipped
If
with
AN
V
/
-1
,p
out
and
set SS
ull
SEARCHL AN
VSS
-1/
switch
t
.)(AoE
ON IGHT
CONTROL
TA137362
SIGHTS
ZERO
COMMANDER'S
CTO ERO
PERISCOPE
CALIBER
MACHINE
GUN
(Zontinued
)-.50
Look
32.
through
body
IR
eyepiece
).(A F
out
Pull
33.
elevation
turn
A(and
G
)knob
deflection
(and
knob
reticle
aline
A
)t oH AF
aiming
cross
target
o
AnJ
right
).angle
(E
Aslipscales
Turn
34.
IX
(elevation
)on
PERISCOPE
M36
a
A G
deflection
knob
H
( ond
)s
reads
.each
4
AG
AH
AJ AJ
E
- E
AK
RETICLE
IR TARGET RETICLE
IR
TARGET
OVER
2-421
TA137363
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
)-Continued
CALIBER
Z MACHINE
.50
PERISCOPE
TO
COMMANDER'S
ZEROERO
(GUN
SIGHTS
2-422
illumination
using
If
35.
tank
another
from
,notify
are
through
you
them
.
If
:
searchlight
tank
your
using
COMMANDER'S
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
a
.Turn
searchlight
:off STATION
Voet
/
AN
with
equipped
If
-3
,s
(A
switch
.)t
OFF
SS
A
D
SELECTOR
t
with
/Vurn
-1,AN
SS
equipped
If
SWITCH
(Aoet
)t
.S
BO
SEARCHLIGHT
C
switch
(AoE
.)t
OFF
So
(A
switch
IR
.)t
OFF
b et
A (
AC
C. engine
stop
driver
Have
(pfage
)i
2-491 SELECTOR
SWITCH
no
.
required
longer
WIDE
AE
36.
(pfage
disc
opaque
)iReplace
2-496
is
periscope
IR FOR
PULL
OVER
no
.longer
required DRIVE
SEARCH
LAMO LIGHT
ON
SPREAD VISIBLE VSS
/
-1AN
Bram INTRA
COMPACT DID
TEAM O CONTROL
AA O AD
- A
V
/
AN
3 SS
1.5V V
24 CONTROL
ON ON
OFF O
TA137364
C
)-GUN
TOMACHINE
.50
CALIBER
PERISCOPE
COMMANDE
Z ERO
( ontinued
SIGHTS
ZERO R'S
settings
knob
deflection
and
.elevation
periscope
Record
37.
adjustment
,sight
F or
future
vehicle
s.place
in
aafe
Put s
will
T his
boresighti
after
used
be
may
setting
.recorded ng ON
procedures
zeroing
repeat
.to
unnecessar
it
make y HOLD
R MOMENTARILY
OFF
)t
(Ro
switch
CONTROL
POWER
ELECTRIC
CUPOLA
Set
38. AL HOLD
hold
and
momentari
. ly MOMENTARILY
OFF CUPOLA
ELECTRICAL
POWER
CONTROL
2-496
A
).(p
39. age
L
ballistic
shield
Close
STATION
COMMANDER'S
AL .OFF
)t
(Ao
SWITCH
CONTROL
MASTER
40.Set
MAIN CONTROL
MASTER
ENGINE INDICATOR
SWITCH
FUEL
OFF
SHUT ON
OFF
PUMP
BILGE SWITC
STARTE R
SWITCHHTOR
INDICA
A ON
OFF
ON
e
FUEL
PUMPS
ON
LEAVE
FORWASTER
ONLY
TURN
ISTOO
ITOFF OFF
WITHBITCH
LONG
OF FOD
INGH
STATION
DRIVER'S
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137365
2-423
ENGA
TARG
WITH
CALIB
.50 GE
ET
ER
MACH
GUN
.)(T INE
RACK
2-424
Traver
To
Cupol
: ase
Make
Sure
:
Azi
inte
dise
i)(A rloc
s mut h
ngagked
2-26
(p
). age1
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
Azimu
(lock
)B
disen
ip th
sage gaged
().2-261
D
COMM
STATIANDE
ON R'S
Rotate C
.
1 itraverse
)control
(C
direction
n
arrow
of
traver
to
cupol
right
. ase
A
Rotate
traverse
(control
direction
)i
C2.n
opposite
arrow
to INT
AZIERL
MUTOCKH
cupola
left
.traverse
000
AZ UTH
LOCIM
K
TA137366
GAG
ENGAGE
TARGET
CALIBER
WITH
MACHINE
.50
GUN
C
)-(Tontinued
RACK
Depress
Or
Elevate
:To
Gun
Machine
elevation
Rotate
1.
handle
A
arm
)a
(B nd
direction
in
elevate
to
arrow
of
mac
gun
. hine
Rotate
elevation
handle
a
)2.
(A
B
arm
) nd
direction
in
opposite
arrow
to
depress
to
machine
gun
.
STATION
COMMANDER'S
TA137367
2-425
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TARGET
ENGAGE
.50
MACHINE
CALIBER
WITH
(FIRE
)GUN
MAIN CONTROL
MASTER
ENGINE SWITCH INDICATOR
2-426
CAUTION FUEL
OFF
SHUT ON
open
NOT
DO
and
cover
close
gun
once
loaded
is
fire
to
ready
may
disengage
T his
.feed
belt
lever
and OFF
lever
assembly
Tgunhen
machine
,fired
is
.o
ifnly FOR BILGE
PUMP INDICATOR STARTER
SWITCH
SWITCH
A
d will
round
amaging
,one
fire
bolt
and
.ejector ON
OUT
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
:
Sure
Mak e OFF
Forward
interrupter
raised e ON
p 3-276
searchlight
)i
(isfage
installed
.is PUMPS
FUEL
LEAVE
ON
· OFFINTLI
Tute ONISTOBE
OFF
Caliber BASH BUTTON
WITH
PERIOD
LOWE
.50
machine
gun
is
p age
2-324
.)(loaded
CONTROL
MASTER
Set
1. DRIVER'S
STATION
SWITCH
)to
.(A
ON
NOTE Electr
Firing
: ical
Tank
may
equipped
be
either
with
the
of
two
Hold
CUPOLA
1.
ELECTRIC
POWER
CONTROL
switch
)
(C
VENTILATO
B LOWER
control
boxes
-shown
. R
momentari
.
ON
to ly
turret
Set
VENTILA
B
switch
(-2.
)t
.ON oLOWER TOR
C
ON
O
HOLDMOMENTARILY
WER
BLO HOLDMOMENTARILY
E OFF ELECTRICAL
CUPOLA
POWER
CONTROL
TURRET
WALL
STATION
LOADER'S
COM MAN
STATION DER'S
TA137368
ENGA
TARG
WITH
CALIB
.50
MACH GE
ET
ER
INE
F
C IRE
)-(GUN
ontin ued
2.
cov
Lifter
and
set
cup
GU
ele ola
N ical
safctr
ety
swi
t
)(Do tch
.ON
3.
Set
gun
safe
)t
(Eo ty D
F.
"
CO MMANDER'S
STATION
CAUTION
no
ch
Doan
ratte ge
fir
wh
ofil
fir einge
wil gu
or n
be
da l ged
. ma
F
ofrat
fir
Seteect
e or
to
H
f F
l)sel
( eft
‫דח‬
hi
rat
or orgh
e
rig
to
L
f
lo
ra wht
. orte
2-427
TA137369
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
WITH
TARGET
ENGAGE
MACHINE
.50
CALIBER
(FIRE
GUN
)-C ontinued
2-428
WARNING
pointed
at
Make
is
gun
machine
sure
firing
.
before
target
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
CAUTION
to
bursts
short
in
Fire
gun
machine
overheating
prevent
.barrel
G
on
5.
)elevating
(G
trigger
firing
Depress
handle
(H
fire
t o
machine
).gun
WARNING
does
gun
If
not
firing
stop
after
trig-
released
ger
,p
isull
charging
black
handle
and
(Jack
.)b
hold
H
STATION
COMMANDER'S
When
6.
firing
pis
,compl
black
charg
handl ing
) ull
(J
b
be
to e
ack ete
J sure
that
bolt
all
the
way
back
.is
TA137370
ENGAGE
TARGET
GUN
C WITH
CALIBER
MACHINE
.50
)-(F IRE
ontinued
S
safety
gun
Set
7.
)to
(E
S.
E
Man ng
:Firiual
safety
)to
(E
1.F.
gun
Set
CAUTION
not
Do
change
rate
fire
of
while
firing
gun
or
will
damaged
be
.
E
l2.
(F
selector
fire
of
rate
Set
)to
feft
Hor
.for
low
high
L
to
right
or
rate
-W
WARNING
Make
sure
machine
gun
pointed
is
target
at
before
.firing
CAUTION
machine
Fire
gun
short
in
bursts
keep
to
bar-
rel
from
overheatin
. g
F
K
manual
Pull
3.
firing
red
)handle
(K
machine
t o
.fire
gun
2-429
TA137371
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
C
GUN
)-(F ontinued
IRE
MACHINE
CALIBER
.50
TARGET
WITH
ENGAGE
2-430
-w
WARNING
re-
is
trigger
when
firing
If
stop
not
does
gun
)b
(J ack
charging
handle
leased
,pull
black
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
gun
unloading
while
hold
and
).(page
2-558
.to
firing
4.
)stop
(K
handle
firing
red
manual
Release
(J
handle
charging
p ull
black
),is
complete
firing
5.When
.
rearward
fully
is
bolt
sure
make
to
black
charging
6.
)to
(E
safety
gun
Set
release
Then
S.
handle
(J
).
TA137372
)ACTION
IMMEDIATE
TO
PFIRE
FAILURE
GUNERFORM
MACHINE
(.50
CALIBER
WITH
TARGET
ENGAGE
WARNING
target
.at
pointed
k eep
fire
,fails
to
gun
When
barrel
.of
clear
perso
all
Keep nnel
NOTE
ac-
faulty
to
due
firing
stops
gun
when
"
istoppage
S
ammunitio
.or
gun
of
tion n
seconds
five
Wait
1.
stoppage
after
gun
charge
.to
b
(Aack
handle
charging
black
)Pull
2.
2-426
p
.)(gun
fire
Try
3. age
to
NOTE
a
c
ofhambered
causes
gun
heat
when
"
isookoff
C
fire
.to
round
A
WARNING
200
to
(1 50
hot
is
gun
when
exists
cookoff
of
Danger
s
-f
Aa
minutes
).two
within
fired
rounds econd
ive
fter
five
within
unloaded
be
must
gperiod
,waiting un
l,seconds
five
in
cleared
be
cannot
gun. fet
Iseconds
at
pointed
gun
a nd
keep
cover
c lose
forward
,go
bolt
.cool
to
minutes
fifteen
for
target
and
stoppage
second
after
seconds
five
w ait
,again
stops
gun
If
2-510
).gun
(page
unload
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137373
2-431
ACTION
I
P
GUN MMEDIATE
)-FIRE
TO
FAILURE
ERFORM
(MACHINE
.50CALIBER
WITH
TARGET
ENGAGE
Continued
2-435
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
hold
.and
gun
charge
b
to
(Aack
handle
charging
black
)Pull
5.
firing
red
pulling
while
slowly
forward
)g
(Ao
handle
charging
black
6.Let
b
.(B
) ack
handle
B
2-324
p age
.)(gun
Load
7.
2-429
p
).( age
manually
gun
fire
to
Attempt
8.
WARNING
200
to
1 50
hot
(is
gun
when
exists
cookoff
of
Danger
s
-f
Aa
minutes
).two econd
ive
fter
within
fired
rounds
five
within
unloaded
be
must
g
, un
period
waiting
A
seconds
five
,lin
cleared
be
cannot
gun
.Ifet
at
pointed
gun
nd
keep
a
cover
c lose
forward
,go
bolt
cool
to
minutes
.fifteen
for
target
and
stoppage
third
after
seconds
ait
five
w
again
,stops
gun
If
9.
(page
).gun
2-510
unload
.3-35
p)gun
( age
Troublesho
10. ot
TA137374
ENGAGE
TARGET
WITH
M
MACHINE
T M
(7.62
- RACK
)GUN
Make
:
Sure
obstruction
.
surrounding
of
clear
are
area
Tank
and
Gun
(page
secured
and
unlocked
is
lock
).travel
2-262
UNLOCKED
).(page
2-260
Turret
is
lock
traverse
.
clear
breech
under
is
Area
of
.
No
top
on
are
personnel
tank
STATION
GUNNER'S
A
Mode
Manual
-
Gun
Turret
:and
To
Control
Gunner
raise
lower
:and
gun
CONTROL
ELEVATIO
MANUAL
Grasp
1. N
handle
(A
).
Rotate
2.
clockwise
raise
to
.gun
counterclockwise
3.
.Rotate
gun
lower
to
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-433
TA137375
MACHINE
-M
7.62
WITH
TARGET
ENGAGE
GUN
)C M
(Tontinued
RACK
2-434
Gunner
:
Turret
Traverse
handle
).
(B
TRAVERSE
MANUAL
1.Grasp
C
).(C
lever
Squeeze
2.
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TRAVERSE
MANUAL
Rotate
)3.
(B
handle
clockwise
t
will
move
right
.; urret
TRAVERSE
MANUAL
Rotate
4.
)
(B
handle
counterclockwise
will
.;turret
left
move B
TA137376
C
T
GUN
M
7.62
WITHontinued
RACK
M
MACHINE
)-(TARGET
ENGAGE A
C
Mode
Gun-ommander
Power
):(And
Turret
To Control
2-332
.
)
(p
onage
turret
power
1.
Turn
.(A
handle
CONTROL
)COMMANDER'S B
Grasp
2.
.)(B
switc
Squee
3. h
ze
left
turret
.to
traverse
Turn
4.
right
.turret
traverse
to
Turn
5.
STATION
COMMANDER'S
Push
6.
forward
lower
gun
.to
7.
Pull
back
raise
to
.gun
LEFT RIGHT
2-435
TA137377
C
T
M ontinued
RACK
-)GUN
MACHINE
M
(7.62
WITH
TARGET
ENGAGE
A
2-436
:)(G
Mode
P
Gun
And unner
ower
Turret
To -Control
).2-332
p age
(on
power
turret
1. Turn
.(A
handles
)CONTROL
POWER
GUNNER'S
Grasp
2.
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
.)(B
switc
Squee
3. hze
B
right
turret
traverse
to
clockwise
handles
.Turn
4. VIEW
SIDE
left
.turret
traverse
to
counterclo
handles
Turn
5. ckwise
.
gun
lower
to
forward
handles
Tilt
6.
CLOCKWISE
back
handles
Tilt
.7.
gun
raise
to
FORWARD BACK
COUNTERCLOCKWISE
TA137378
ENGAGE
-MANGE
7.62
WITH
TARGET
(R
GUN
)MACHINE
M
OCCLUDER
sure
Make
1.
)is
(A
knob
set
center
position
.to
View
2.
rangefinde
eyepiece
).into
(B r
u
) ntil
(C
knob
RANGE
Rotate
3.
two
into
c ombine
images
)one
(D
target
clear
image
).
(E
COMMANDER'S
STATION
D E
C
A B
2-437
TA137379
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
ENGAGE
TARGET
MACHINE
M 7.62
WITH
-)GUNM
(FIRE
MAIN MASTER
CONTROL
ENGINE INDICATOR
SWITCH
FUEL
M240
Electrically
To
:Fire
Or
M73
2-438
OFF
SHUT
:
Sure
Make
· FOR
BILGE
INDICATOR
PUMP SWITCH STARTER
SWITCH A
2-315
).,p
M
2-319
loaded240
73
(gun
isage
Machine ON
OUT
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
.set
ON
tos
(A
)iSWITCH
CONTROL
MASTER
ON
PUMPS
FUEL
LEAVE
ON
BON
to
.switch
()isLOWER
-set
VENTILATOR
Turret FLURN
GILY
OFF
&CATERTOBEONOFF
HASH ORBUTTON
BUSH
PERDOD
LOND
isire
(D
f
"F
to
.set
SAFETY
)o
(C
switch
gun
machine
n STATION
DRIVER'S
NOTE
D
two
the
of
either
with
equip
be
may ped
Tank
shown
boxes
contro
-BLOWE
.VENTI R
lLATOR
B D
‫ل‬
R
OLOWE
B
C C
WALL
TURRET
STATION
LOADER'S
STATION
M240
LOADER'S LOADER'S
STATION
M73
TA137380
C
WITHontinued
ENGAGE
MIRE
7.62
TARGET
(F
GUN
)-MACHINE
M
MAIN
)is
(E
switch
.GUN
OFF
to
set
1.
)to
(F
switch
GUN
MACHINE
.Set
ON MACHINE MAIN
TURRET
GUN GUN
POWER
F E
300
NOTE
OFF
does
that
h
a
have
computers
t ype
- andle
Early e
000
h andle
ype
.Later
fold
-t
a
have
computers
not
that
when
down
folds
.
use
in
not
2.
)and
(G
handle
lifts
Gunner
far
as
clockwise
turns
as
it
will
go
.
STATION
GUNNER'S
3.
-T
HEP
until
turn
and
in
push
or
out
handle
Pull
ammunition
).
(H
indicator
AMMO
on
shows
G
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137381
2-439
C
F
GUN
MACH
7.62
WITH ontin
M INE
)-(- IRE
M ETued
TARG
ENGA GE
.trigge
firing r
ze
2-440
Squee
4.
:Stati
G•unneron's
press
o,K
)( r
handl
CONT
POWE R
eER'S
GUNN
o
J n
)(trigge
either
Squee rROL
ze
.)(M
CONT
ELEV ROL
AL N
MANU
o
L
)( n
butto
firingnATIO
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
:Station
C•ommander's K
COMM
o
)(
Nn
switc
overri
hold ANDER'S
de
and
Squee hze
M
S(Q
trigge e
rROL
).Pqueez
CONT
NOTE
if
b
R
hand le
)( ackger
char
hold
and
pull
load
Hav eer
)
L
(
J
trig
,whe ger
n L
firin
stop
(fails
gun
to hin
mac g e
rele
i)
Q. s ased
(or
.firing
gun
machi
ostop
t
Q
)(
,(L
J r ne
r STATION
trigge
Relea
5.o se GUNNER'S
I'day Q
R N
R
STATION
COMMANDE R'S
TA1373
STATION
LOADER'S
M73 LOADER'S
M240
STATION
82
C
(F
WITH
Montinued
MACHINE
)-GUN
IRE
7.62
M
ENGAGE
TARGET
)to
(F
switch
GUN
MACHINE
Set
.6.
completed
is
firing
when
OFF
F GUN MACHINE
TURRET
MAIN
POWER
GUN
gun
)o
(C
switch
SAFETY
set
loader
Have
7.
machine
ton
D
"S
completed
firing
(s
)w hen
.isafe
པ་
༔
.
OFF
GUNNER'S
STATION
STATION
LOADER'S
M73
STATION
LOADER'S
M240
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137383
2-441
F-) IRE
(C
GU onNtinued
MAM
- M
7.6 CH
2 INE
WI
TA TH
RG GE
EN GAET
B
: nu
Ma
Fir e ally
To
2-442
: re
Su
Ma ke
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-
p
,M.) ag
24 31e50
p
M
(2- 31e9
73
lo
,()isag
gu ad
n ed
ine
Mach
f(."
)F
t
)B ire
ma
o gu
( onch
)A
n ine
SA
(swit ch
Se
1. tFETY
gu
. ch n ine C
ma
fir
t
)C e ge
( oig r
tr
Pu
2. sh
NOTE
gu
ma n ine
ch
b
D
()ifac
ha nd
kle
ho ar
ld r
re
. s leased ch
)C
( igger an
itr Pull d ge
fiwhrien
opng
fato
stil s
fi
.guri nng e
chin
ma
st
t
C
() oop
tr igger . mpleted
Re
3. lease co
fi
ishe ring
w
s
)("
t afe n
gu)S
"B
(o n ine
ma
o
)sw A ch
( nit ch
SA
Se
4. tFETY
B
C
C
D
STA
LOA
M2 TIO
DERN
40 'S
STATI
LOADE
M73 ONR'S
TA137384
WITH
TARGET
ENGAGE
MACHINE
P
(7.62
ITO M
ERFORM
MMMEDIATE
FIRE
ACTION
-GUN
)FAILURE
WARNING
k
tar-
at
aimed
gun
When
, eep
fire
to
fails
barrel
of
clear
personnel
all
.get
.Keep
M73
LOADER'S
STATION
NOTE
iSstoppage
"
to
due
firing
stops
gun
when B
ammunition
.
faulty
or
gun
of
action
A
Cess
A
For
(L
Gun
In
Fired
Rounds
200
Than
old
Two
Minutes
):
Wait
1.
five
seconds
after
.stoppage
M240
handle
charger
Pull
2.
charge
)back
(A
.to
gun
STATION
LOADER'S
).(page
3. 2-438
gun
fire
to
Try
tgun
unload
fivehen
.seconds
stops
,again
4.w
Ifait
5.
)to
(B
safety
gun
machine
.Set
"F
2-520
Page
•
M73
machine
for
gun
Page
gun
machine
M240
for
2-516 charger
gun
.(APull
6.
handle
charge
)to
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-443
TA137385
)-C
ACTION
I
P MMEDIATE
FIRE
TO
FAILURE
(GUNERFORM
MACHINE
M
-Montinued
WITH7.62
TARGET
ENGAGE
2-444
.
7 (A
handle
et
)charger
equipped
l,so
Fori f
M73
go f
trigger
.(C
) orward
pushing
slowly
while
forward
handle
(A
slowly
For
)get o
,lforward
M240
charger C
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
f
trigger
). orward
(D
pushing
while
8.
Loa
gun
. d M73
LOADER'S
STATION
machine
M73
for
2-319
Page
gun
machine
M240
for
Page
2-315
).2-438
p
9. age
manually
(gun
fire
to
Try
A
third
after
seconds
five
w ait
again
,stops
gun
If
10. J0
0
.
gun
unload
and
stoppage 0 ง C
for
2-520
Page
machine
M73
gun D
gun
machine
M240
for
2-516
Page
Troublesho
11.
.gun ot
M240
machine
M73
for
9-1005-233-10
TM
gun LOADER'S
STATION
machine
gun
TM
M240
for
9-1005-313-10
TA137386
C
ACTION
I
)-TO
(PMMEDIATE
FIRE
FAILURE
GUN ERFORM
MACHINE
Montinued
7.62
M
TARGET
WITH
ENGAGE
In
Fired
Rounds
More
Or
(2
Gun
H ot
A00
For
Two
):
Minutes
seconds
five
1.
.Wait
stoppage
after
)back
(A
handle
charger
Pull
.2.
gun
charge
to
2-438
p
3. age
).gun
(to
fire
Try
M73
NOTE
STATION
LOADER'S
c
a
ofham-
heat
causes
gun
Csookoff
i
"
when
"
fire
.
to
round
bered
WARNING
.is
hot
gun
when
exists
caookoff
of
Danger
,g un
-second
five
period
waiting
must
After
gun f
seconds
.Inext
five
within
unloaded
be M240
bolt
,l et
seconds
five
in
unloaded
be
cannot STATION
LOADER'S
pointed
gun
keep
a nd
cover
close
forward
,go
.cool
to
minutes
15
for
target
at
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137387
2-445
WITH
TARGET
ENGAGE
MACHINE
M
7.62
(P
IGUN M
ERFORM
FIRE
TO
FAILURE
MMEDIATE
-ACTION
)C ontinued
2-446
C
4.
,wait
again
stops
gun
.If
unload
and
seconds
five
M73
Page
2-520
for
M73
machine
gun
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
LOADER'S
STATION
Page
2-516
M240
for
machine
gun B
5.
)to
(B
safety
gun
machine
.Set
"
"F J0 A
00
ง
D
Pull
6.
charger
handle
(A
)b ack
charge
to
.gun M240
LOADER'S
STATION
equipped
M73
For
7.
so
,charger
ifet
)l
(A
handle
while
slowly
forward
go
trigger
pushing
)f
.(Corward
charger
, et
M240
For
handle
forward
(A
)g o
lslowly WARNING
)forward
(D
trigger
pushing
.while
Danger
cookoff
a
.of
hot
is
gun
when
exists
After
five
s
waiting
period
g, econd
un
-must
unloaded
within
be
next
seconds
five
.If
gun
cleared
be
cannot
seconds
five
bolt
,lin
goet
forward
ccover
gun
,alose
keep
nd
pointed
at
to
.
cool
15
minutes
target
for
TA137388
FAILURE
I
FIRE
TO
)-C
ACTION
MMEDIATE
ENGAGE
Montinued
7.62
WITH
TARGET
(P
GUN
MACHINE
ERFORM
M
Lo
guad
.8. n
gun
Page
machine
M73
for
2-319
•
gun
M240
machine
Page
for
2-315
2-438
p
gun age
manually
).(to
9. fire
Try
third
after
seconds
five
w ait
again
stops
,gun
If
10.
gun
.unload
and
stoppage
gun
machine
Page
M73
for
2-520
2-516
Page
machine
M240
for
gun
11.
Trou
gun
. bleshoot
9-1005-233-10
for
TM
gun
machine
M73
9-1005-313-10
TM
M240
for
machine
gun
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-447
TA137389
ENGAGE
TARGET
WITH
MAIN
-M
105M
(LOAD
)GUN
STATION
GUNNER'S
2-448
NOTE
Ө
tell
will
commander
Tank
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
ammunition
of
type
crewmen
.
used
to
be
B
NOTE
does
that
h
a
have
computers
t ype
- andle
Early
h
a
haveandle
computers
.Later
fold
-t
not ype
folds
)t
(A
when
down
. hat
use
in
not
)and
(A
handle
unfolds
Gunner
1.
clockwise
turns
it
far
go
will
.as
or
out
handle
Pull
2.
until
turn
and
in
push
type
of
AMMO
on
shows
used
be
to
ammunition
indicator
(B
).
TA137390
M
105
WITH
TARGET
ENGAGE
C
(L
GUN M
)-MAIN
ontinued
OAD
SAFE
.set
to
(Cs
)iswitch
safety
sure
makes
3. Loader
D
).(plunger
Depress
4.
rear
HANDLE
)to
(E
BREECH
OPERATING
5.Pull
breechblock
until
locked
)is
.(F
open
FIR C
SAFE
E NOTE
D
Make
)is
(G
chamber
.sure
clean
and
empty
E
f orward
HANDLE
(E
BREECH
)OPERATING
6.Pull
until
latched
upright
.
F
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137391
2-449
ENGAGE
Montinued
105
WITH
TARGET
(L
GUN
MAIN
)-C OAD
M
2-450
L
:
following
racks
one
the
of
round
from
removes
Loader
7.
rack
:ready
from
round
remove
To
M
.)o
(H
knob
retainer
P ull
aut
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
:
tray
stowage
from
round
remove
To
u
.S
)b
(J
hinge
wing
. p
retainer
handle
u)Pull
(Lp
toward
and
.you
K
).rack
ready
(from
round
R
c emove TRAY
STORAGE
L
.)ub
. ift
hinge
(M p
)hinge
a(J
(H
knob nd
retainer
L .dower
has
rounds
two
of
row
each
after )and
L
handle
retainer
.Lower
)
(M
hinge
C.
.loaded
been
..Remove
rack
from
round
d
N
P
:
rack
storage
tubular
from
round
remove
To
டுடு
handle
,o
c (N
)a r
.Rounterclockwi
otate
H )clockwise
.(P
o
.P
b
(N
handle
ull
)r
Put
Remove
.round
rack
stowage
tubular
from
K
RACK
STOWAGE
TUBULAR handle
d
.Rr
o
(N otate
locked
)b
P
toack
position
READY
RACK before
.
round
next
removing
TA137392
C
)-(L
GUNMontinued
OAD
M
MAIN
105
WITH
TARGET
ENGAGE
of
back
at
)a
(Qnd
case
rear
round
Grasp
8.
.)(R ectile
proj
chamber
gun
in
projectile
place
Carefully
9.
.)(S
guide
Q
R S
WARNING
b
,chamb
into
pushe
isreech-
round
When er
d
M
fast
and
automa
c
.F ake tically
)( loses
block
breech
closin
of T
clear
are
handsg-
your
sure
after
breec
of
rear
from
away
K
).(Feep h
block
loade
.is
ammun dition
).(G
chamber
i
T nto
round
push
Carefully
10.
G
V
-
F
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137393
2-451
-C
M)(L
GUN
105 ontinued
OAD
MAIN
M
WITH
TARGET
ENGAGE
2-452
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
!!
F
NOTE
into
way
the
all
goes
round
If
)
(F
breechbloc
but
chamber k
,go
close
not
does
2-
page
to
closing
emergency
.for
496
closed
fully
.i(F
)s
breec
sure
Make
17. hblock
FIR
SAFE
E
.FIRE
)t
(Co
switc
safety
Set
18. h
LOADER'S
STATION
TA137394
)IN
EMERGENC
BREECH
C
GUN LOSE
(MAIN
-M
105 M
WITH
TARGET
ENGAGE Y
NOTE
breech
gun
main
m m
105
-when
steps
these
Follow
.loading
after
close
not
does
WARNING
B
.A
)( reech
breec
from
away block
hbloc k
hands
Keep
.
injury
cause
and
sudde
close
may nly
A STATION
LOADE R'S
:
Sure
Make
C
cross
has
round
of
Rear ed
and hblock
)
(A
gone
breec
.B
)
(
chamb
into
entire er
ly
t roubleshoot
,not
If
3-29
p
.)( age
C
).(clutche
Locat
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-453
TA137395
M105
WITH
TARGET
ENGAGE
GUNM
-BREECH
MAIN
LOSE
(Continued
)C
EMERGENCY
IN
2-454
WARNING
OPERATIN
BREECH
on
grip
f
airm
keep
Always G
position
.it
)when
(D
latched
in
not
is
HANDLE
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
).(E
plunger
2. Depress
D
)to
(D
HANDLE
OPERATING
BREECH
Pull
3.
and
rear
BREECH
.H
move
to
hard
is
it
until
downold
OPERATING
HANDLE
i)n
(D
position
.down
.hold
)a
C nd
(clutch
on
in
Push
4.
OPERATIN
p
)i
,(Cull
BREECH
n
clutch
holding
5. While G
D
.it
latches
until
forward
and
)up
(D
HANDLE
.
close
should
Breech
C
2-507
6.
).round
,unload
close
not
does
breech
If
(p age
Troubleshoot
soon
can
you
7.age
(p 3-29
).as
TA137396
ENGAGE
TARGET
WITH
R 105
MAIN
(M M
- ANGE
)GUN
:
Sure
Make
OCCLUDE
knob
(A
)is
center
to
set R
position
.
Look
into
rangefinde
eyepiece
).1.
(B r
knob
RANGE
Rotate
2.
two
)u
(Cntil
c
one
into
target
) ombine
(D
images
clear
image
).
(E
COMMANDER'
STATION
D
E
C
A B
KIK
2-455
TA137397
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
ENGAGE
GUN
T TARGET
WITH
105
MAIN
)(-M M
RACK
2-456
:
Sure
Mak e
.
obstruction
of
clear
surrounding
are
area
Tank
and
secured
).(page
Gun2-262
and
unlocked
is
lock
travel
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-260
p
UNLOCKE
).(lock
isage
traverse
Turret D
.clear
is
breech
under
Area
tank
.of
top
on
are
perso
No nnel
GUNNER'S
STATION
A To
:Mode
-Manual
Gun
And
Turret
Control
(A
handle
CONTROL
).ELEVATIO
MANUAL N
gun
Grasp
1.
Rotate
2.
clockwise
raise
to
.gun
gun
lower
.to
counterclo
Rotate
3. ckwise
TA137398
C
GUN
)-(T
Montinued
RACK
MAIN
M
TARGET
105
WITH
ENGAGE
.(B
)
handle
TRAVERS
MANUAL
turret
Grasp
4. E
.)(C
lever
Squee
5. ze
)
(B
handle
TRAVERS
MANUAL E
Rotate
6.
C
.
right
turret
move
to
clockwise
(B
handle
TRAVERS
MANUAL
)Rotate
7. E
left
.turret
move
to
counterclo ckwise
B
C
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-457
TA137399
ENGAGE
TARGET
WITH
T
C 105
MAIN
(-M
)GUN M
RACK
ontinued
2-458
Mode
-P
Gun
And
Turret
Control
To ower
):(Gunner D
page
on
power
turret
Turn
1.
).(2-332
).(D
handles
control
power
Grasp
2.
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
GUNNER'S
STATION
).
(E
switch
Squeeze
3.
E
clockwise
handles
Turn
4.
turret
traverse
.to
right
.
left
turret
traverse
to
counterclockwise
handles
Turn
5.
VIEW
SIDE
CLOCKWISE Tilt
6.
handl
forwa
to
lower
.gun es
rd
7.
Tilt
handl
back es
to
gun
.raise
COUNTERCLOCKWISE FORWARD BACK
TA137400
M
105
WITH
TARGET
ENGAGE
C
(T
GUN M
)-MAIN
ontinued
RACK
C
And
To ommander
):(Mode
-P
Gun
ower
Turret
Control
RIGHT
F
PHONE
.CAL
4CLIPS handle
forward
Push
5.
gun
lower
to
.
STATION
COMMANDER'S
Pull
6.
handle
back
raise
gun
.to
Make
:
Sure
p
). age
Turret
(2-332
on
is
power
(F
handle
CONTROL
Grasp
1. FORWARD
).COMMANDER'S BACK
).(G
switch
Squeeze
2.
left
turret
traverse
3.
.Turn
to
handle
right
Turn
.handle
turret
traverse
to
+i
2-459
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137401
ENGAGE
TARGET
WITH
MAIN
A(105
GUN M
-MUXILIARY
CONTROL
)FIRE
2-460
Make
:
Sure
MASTER
SWITCH
set
)iCONTROL
(A
ON
.to s
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
travel
gun
Main
unlocked
is
(page
).lock
2-262
Turret
traverse
lock
UNLOCKE
2-260
p
).(isage D
MASTER
CONTROL
GUNNER'S
STATION
SWITCH
INDICATOR C
OPP
O
SWITCH
STARTER
INDICATOR
B
Ø
ON
BLACKOUT
DRIVE
eON
PUMPS
FUEL
LEAVE
ON
AOFF
DRIVER'S
STATION
Existing
Find
To
Azimuth
And
Readings D
:Elevation
switch
tSet
1.
o
instrument
)B
(C
to
ON
onon
light
turn
in
indicator
).azimuth
(D GUNNER'S
STATION
TA137402
ENGAGE
Montinued
105
WITH
TARGET
(A
GUN
MAIN
)-C
CONTROL
FIRE
UXILIARY
M
shown
in
r(F
2.a
E eading
pointer
)small
t
inner
scale
Read
).
31
is
drawing
shown
r
(H
)a
G eading
pointer
large
t
scale
middle
Read
3. H
).23
is
drawing
in
o
(J
)side
left
on
iF
See
4. sr
pointer
if LEFT
drawing
)i
(En
scale
inner
o
K f
side
right RIG
HT
).left
to
p is
, ointer
shown ་ .
15
NOTE G
20
a
(G
)End
scales
of
readings
Combined
read-
wazimuth
give
(F ill
)pointer
of
position E
25
left
3123
.is
drawing
Rin
shown
. eading
ing
K
26 28 3 322
80
F
a
) nd
(E
scales
from
readings
Combine
5. 9
(F
pointer
).of
position
with
G
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-461
TA137403
ENGAGE
TARGET
WITH
MAIN
GUN
A
C 105
(-M M
UXILIARY
FIRE
)-CONTROL
ontinued
Rotate
knob
(L
M30
)o
to6.n
light
instrument
adjust L
2-462
brightness
M
light
of
quadrant
f or
).elevation
(N
NOTE
bubble
see
vial
)iTo
),(P
Q n 10
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
mirror
into 9
).look
(R
micrometer
Rotate
7.
knob
elevation
)on
(S
i
bubble
(P
)Nusntil
quadrant
centered
vial
in
Q
).(
IND
TURRET
ROOF
ABOVE
MAIN
GUN
S
P
17Pi sani.'❤
.134. 4 N
R
Q
TA137404
C ontinued
CONTROL
)-FIRE
(A
GUN
MAIN
M UXILIARY
105
WITH
TARGET
ENGAGEM
NOTE
numbers
black
the
in
r
a
s
T eading
hows
)(pointer
If
I
+
"
plus
is f
reading
),the
(U
scale
elevation
on
el-
on
numbers
red
the
in
a
r
s hows
)(Teading
pointer
"
-
"
is
minus
reading
),t
(Uhe
scale
evation
U
V
8.
ateading
U
scale
elevation
Read
).R
(T
pointer
shown
.
2
is
drawing
in
NOTE
T
u
"
+
"
plus
(U
scale sse
elevation
)ifrom
reading
If
reading
(V
scale f
micrometer
).Ion
numbers
black
u
"
num-
red
(U
-
"sse
minus
scale
)ielevation
from ANDA
D'1750444
micrometer
T
). he
(V
scale
on
bers
the
between
line
T he
mils
ten
every
numbered
.is
each
mil
.one
shows
numbers
R
shown
scale
a
).V
9.(W
line
teading
micrometer
Read
.
20
is
in
drawing W
NOTE
ele-
give
w
(V
a
)Uill
nd
scales
of
readings
Combined
vation
reading
.
aeading
).R
V
(U
10. nd
readings
scales
from
Combine
)220
.(+
shown
plus
is
drawing
in
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-463
TA137405
105
WITH
TARGET
A
(ENGAGE
CGUNUXILIARY
M
Montinued
)-MAIN
CONTROL
FIRE
2-464
To
:
Elevation
And
Azimuth
Desired
Set H
LEST
indicator
1.(D
azimuth
reading
).shown
on
existing
azimuth
Find ORIG
HT
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
turret
manually
2.
ahile
F
pointers
Watch
)w
(H
traversing
nd
.....
2-458
power
(p age
2-457
. r
)o
in
(
F
desired
i
H
a
F ndicate
nd
pointers
when
(traversing
Stop
)3. 50
azimuth
reading
. B
‫ןייייייייא‬
scale
)a
u(Und
elevation
ntil
knob
S
micrometer
4.Rotate
reading
s
.desired
elevation
micrometer
) how
(V
scale D
bubble
needed
until
)a
2-456
(ps
main
gun
age
depress
Elevate
5.or
vial
tP
in
centered
)Q
(N s
elevation
o n
quadrant
iset
to
guno U
.
elevation
desired V
S
P
MA
' 179/24/1
4
TA137406
MAIN
-M
105
WITH
TARGET
ENGAGE
M
(FIRE
)GUN
:
Mode
Electric
OICATOR
:Sure
Make
epili
set
ON
to
)is
(A
SWITCH
MASTER
.CONTROL SWITCH
TURRET
)is
(B
switch
POWER
..
ON
to
set
FUEL
HAVEPUMPS
ON
to
B
. sLOWER
)iset
(C
VENTILATOR
Turret
-switch •
FIRE
.set
gunto
(D
)i•safety
Msain A
STATION
DRIVER'S
NOTE
Tank
two
the
of
either
with
equipped
be
may
VENTILATOR
B
-LOWER
control
shown
.boxes
B
D
C
MACHINE TURRET
MAIN
GUN POWER
GUN
THE SAF
E
GUNNER'S
STATION
WALL
TURRET
STATION
LOADER'S STATION
LOADER'S
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-465
TA137407
ENGAGE
M
105
WITH
TARGET
(F
GUN
MAIN
)-CIRE
ontinued
M
:
Controls
Gunner's
Using
To
Fire
2-466
WARNING
can
gun
main
the
of
Without
,t
protection
ear
proper
firing
he
MACHINE TURRET
MAIN
Change 5
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
when
closed
be
must
driver's
hatch
.The
your
hearing
damage O.GUN GUM
POWER
double
hear-
wear
must
T
commander
tank
firing
. he
gun
main
means
.This
fired
being
is
gun
ing
main
the
while
protection
De e
must
T
loader
. he
helmet
tanker's
and
earplugs
fitted
properly
the
above
is
protection
head
his
if
hearing
also
double
wear E
.
hatch
STATI R'S
GUNNEON
ON
t
.(E
1. o
switch
)GUN
MAIN
Set F
gunner's
)o
(F
trigger
firing
either
Press
2. n
control
),or
(G
handles
trigger
firing
press
CONTROL
MANUAL
)o
H
ELEVATION
(n L
handle
(J
).
K
Controls
Commander
Using
:Fire
To 's M
J
ON
.(E
)t
GUN
MAIN
1. o
switch
set
gunner
Have
switch
override
hold
and
Squeeze
2. G
CONTROL
COMMAND
)o
K
(n H
ER'S
handle
).
(L
.(M
trigger
)firing
Squeeze
3. STATION
GUNNER'S STATION
COMMANDER'S
TA137408
-
F Continued
)GUN
MAIMIRE
(105
-M
WITH M
TARGET
ENGAGE
Ma Α
Mo deal
: nu
Make
Sure
:
FIRE
to
set
.i(A FIR
gun)s
safety
Main SAFE
E
.OFF
)t
B o
switch
MAIN
1.(GUN
Set
).(D
device
firing
o
manual
Cf
handle
Grasp
2.
as
fpossible
.turn
far
clockwise
3.
)aast
(C
handle
Give
LOADER'S
STATION
step
3
does
,r
fire
not
4.epeat
gun
main
If
.
more
times
four
three
or
MACHINE TURRET
MAIN
GUN GUN
POWER
D
Σ
STATION
GUNNER'S
C
STATION
GUNNER'S
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-467
TA137409
105
WITH
TARGET
ENGAGE
GUNM
FAILURE
(P
MAIN
-I ERFORM
MMMEDIATE
FIRE
ACTION
)TO
2-468
WARNING
personnel
K
•
all
muzzle
gun
of
clear
. eep
path
recoil
and
Change 6
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
clear
target
.until
at
aimed
K
gun
•eep
important
.Y
5
only
have
,s
hot
is
rapidly
If (A ou
speed
gun
that
suspect
and
)iyou
firing
been
action
).(p
2-473
to
2-468
minutes
-iages
fire
failure
the
perform
mmediate
breech
.D
closed
try
not
5
,l
If o
within
m eave
inutes
unload
gun
hot
from
round
or
fire
cannot
you
2-472
to(p
round
the
remove
you
for
safe
age
).Ifours
,b
this
fire
h
2
wait
is
it
until
ut
h
personnel
all
o(e
in)l
-T ave
phosphorous
white
r
projectile
,HEP ike
xplosive
filled
a
is
gun
hot
h
2
for
clear
stand
and
tank
,ileave
tactical
.F ours
projectiles
permits
situation
explode
can
filled
if
left
in
hot
gun
.
STATION
LOADER'S
ACTION
)-C
ENGAGE
Montinued
105
WITH
TARGET
(P
GUN
MAIN
I
FIRE
TO
FAILURE
MMEDIATE
ERFORM
M
Ma
Su ke
: re
B MACHINE TURRET
MAIN
MASTER
CONTROL
iSWITCH
set
ONB
)( s
.to GUN GUN POWER C
MAIN CONTROL
MASTER
ENGINE SWITCH
INDICADOR
FUEL
Breech
(page
closed
).is
2-509 OPP
SHUT GUNNER'S
De e
DRIVER'S STATION
Əbill
ON
.set
to
(Cs
)iswitch
GUN
MAIN STATION
INDICATOR "ARTER
SWITCH
.to
FIRE
set
)s
(D
iswitch
safety D
Loader's
E
NOTE
FIR SAF
E E
until
order
in
steps
following
the
Do
.clear
is
gun
Round
:Fire
To
Try LOADER'S
STATION
(E
triggers
handle
)control
:D
1. epress
Gunner
release
.and
taime
at
one
H
CONTROL
ELEVATIO
MANUAL
D
: epress
Gunner
2. N
F
release
a
.(F nd
)trigger
handle
GUNNER'S
STATION
G
trigger
dG
),(switch
override
squeezing
W hile
: epress
Commande r
တံ
release
.H
)a
( nd
COMMANDER'S
STATION
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-469
TA137411
ENGAGE
TARGET
M
C -WITH
105
MAIN
P (GUNM
ERFORM
FAILURE
FIRE
TO
)-I MMEDIATE
ACTION
ontinued
GUNNER'S
2-470
S
Gunner
4. harply
MANUAL
twist
device
FIRING
times
: hree
)t
(J
STATION
clockwise
far
as
possible
.
Round
Unload
To
:Try
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
MAIN
Set
GUN
switch
)1.
(C
t o
.OFF
MACHINE C
TURRET
MAIN
GUN GUN
POWER
TURRET
Set
2.
POWER
D
switch
(K
.)t
OFF
o
K
WARNING
STATION
GUNNER'S
Wait
m2inutes
after
attempt
last
fire
.to
crewmemb
Have
ready
catch
to
when
round
you er
.
breech
open
open
you
d
,When
P o
.breech
slowly
)it
(Lrojectile
separated
have
may
cartridge
).from
(M
case
control
Keep
OPERATING
BREECH
of
HANDLE
)un-
(N
have
you
til
returned
latched
to
position
.it
L
N
Press
4.
and
in
plunger
).hold
(P
LOADER'S
STATION
Slowly
BREECH
OPERATI
HANDLE
b
)pull
(N
5.ack
breechbloc
until
locked
is Nk
.
open
M
Return
BREECH
OPERATI
HANDLE
f(N
)6.orward
and
latched
to
position
.up NG
TA137412
C
I ontinued
)-ACTION
MMEDIATE
FIRE
TO
FAILURE
P ERFORM
(GUN
MAIN
-M M
105
WITH
TARGET
ENGAGE
WARNING S
take
will
that
action
any
begin
not
d
hot
,iso
gun
If
gun
clearing
.limit
mfor
time
5inute
the
beyond
you
Remember
minutes
.2
already
elapsed
has
GUNNER'S
is
round
If
7.
g
,o
gun
in
stuck
3-201
page
.to STATION
page
3-195
.to
,g
projectile
from
separated
8.iso
case
cartridge
If G F
direction
either
.turn
r
cin
1/2
round
gun
of
out
,(S
9. otate
omes
)If H
closes
breech
.so
that
chamber
gun
into
round
Push
release
.)a
D (F nd
trigger
handle
Control
Elevation
Manual
Gunner
10.: epress
nd
release
a
.trigger
d(H
)G
switch
override
squeezing
hile
:Wepress
Commande
11. r
COMMANDER'S
D STATION
C
Fire
Again
:To
Try E
t
.o
ON
GUN
(C
1.switch
)Set
MAIN
GUNNER'S
t
.o
FIRE
switch
(D
safety
loader's STATION
2.
)Set
Gunner
:Press
control
on
in
round
fire
to
.try
t(E
)o
trigger
handle
Change 6
STATION
GUNNER'S
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-471
~
TARGET
MAIN
-M
I105
WITH
(P
GUN NGAGE
M
ERFORM
FIRE
TO
FAILURE
MMEDIATE
-ACTION
Eontinued
)C
Unload
Round
:
2-472
WARNING
Wait
m after
attempt
last
fire
.Ito
unable
2finutes
remove
to
within
specified
Change 6
timeframe
round
,leave
breech
gun
closed
.in
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
h Wait
ours
remove
2 hen
the
.,t
round
If
in
left
fround
a
is
gun
illed
projectile
,e
tankvacuate
stand
and
clear
for
2
hours
tactical
situation
permits
.,if
D
Set
MAIN
GUN
)switch
(C
OFF
.t1.o
Set
loader's
safety
switch
)(2.
D
.
SAFE
to MACHINE MAIN
TURRET
GUN GUN
POWER C
WARNING
Have
crewmemb
ready
to
catch er
round
when
open
breech
.you
control
Keep
BREECH
OPERATING
of
HANDLE
until
you
have
returned
it
to
N GUNNER'S
latched
position
. STATION
Press
and3.
hold
plunger
)in
.(P
Slowly
pull
OPERATI
HANDLE
b
)BREECH
(N
4.ack
until
breechblocNG
k
locked
is
LOADER'S
STATION open
.
Return
BREECH
OPERATI
HANDLE
f)5.
(Norward
latched
position
.to NG
TA137414
-
I
FIRE
P-TO
105-MContinued
)ACTION
MMEDIATE
FAILURE
ERFORM
(GUN
MAIN M
WITH
TARGET
ENGAGE
:
Round
Of
Dispose
NOTE
disposal
,
round
of
permit
not
does
If
situation
tactical
temporarily
tank
in
round
stow
to
forced
may
be
you
2-557
).(page
NOTE
:crewmembe
three
requires
round
of
Disposing rs
crewmemb
,o ne
turret
inside
one er
a
.on
aground
crewmembe
one
, nd
turret
outside r
)t
(Qo
round
hands
turret
inside
1.Crewmemb er
turret
.outside
crewmembe r
t
)o
(Q
round
hands
turret
outside
Crewmemb
2. er
.crewmember
ground
on
distance
s
a
toafe
round
carries
ground
on
Crewmemb
3. er
possible
ti
a f
bunker
m isfire
o
.personnel
,all
from
disposal
.for
personnel
EOD
or
ORD
to
it
Report
:
Circui
Firing
Test t
another
loading
before
test
circuit
firing
Perform
p3-188
).( age
round
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137415
2-473
-
I
P
GUN
105-MContinued
ACTION
MMEDIATE
)-FIRE
TO
FAILURE
ERFORM
(MAIN
M
WITH
TARGET
ENGAGE
NOTE
are
you
after
reference
for
U
it se
fire
to
2-474
fails
r
.a
when
actions
your
of
s ummary
isound
This
procedure
complete
.with
familiar
thoroughly
WARNING
is
.I
round
path
recoil
and
muzzle
of
clear
personnel
K atfeep
all
target
aimed
gun
keep
Always
Change 6
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
h
2
for
open
do
and
.breech
c ours
inutes
mlose
5
within
gun
hot
from
,cleared
loading
of
not
tank
ait
.outside
w
round
explosive
,is
Ifan
FIRE
TO
FAILURE Misfire
EMERGENCY
WITH
FIRE Yes
No FIRING
DEVICE
Ceasefire LOADED
WEAPON
No GUN
COLD
TUBE Yes WAIT
2
MINUTES
No WITHIN
UNLOADED
ROUND Yes
CHAMBERI
OF
M
5 INUTES NG R
. OTATE
BREECH
OPEN
TURN
1/2
ROUND
.
RELOAD
.
WEAPON
CLEARED ATTEMPT
MORE
ONE
No Yes
TRIGGER
ELECTRICAL
FIRINGS
five
within
or
removed
fired
not
is
round
If
vehicle
from
personnel
all
, vacuate
e
minutes WAIT
2 UNLOAD
MINUTES TUBE
COLD
OC
a
ofOOK
-danger
avoid
toFF
vicinity
and
of
removal
for
ORD
or
EOD
.Notify
explosion UNLOAD
HOT REMOVE
ROUND
after
occurred
not
has
-O
COOK
.IfFF
round TUBE
5
WITHIN
CIRCUITS
TEST
MINUTES
removed
.be
can
tround
, he
hours
two WEAPON
CLEARED
GENERATO
SMOKE
ON
)(TURN
SCREENIN
SMOKE
PERFORM R
G
Make
:
Sure
2-185
).(page
running
E is
•ngine
rpm
.
higher
or
1.
1600
at
engine
Operate
WARNING
a
in
building
,o r
smoke
generator
Never
operate
,or
area
.closed
near
personnel
with
when
direction
speed
and
wind
of
Always
aware
be
generator
smoke
.using
CAUTION
is
engine
smoke
when
generator
Do
operate
not
least
at
be
should
speed
idling
.Engine
slow
16
rp m
. 00
TA137417
2-475
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
C
GENERATO
SMOKE
)-ON
T URN
( ontinued
SCREENIN
PERFORM R
G
2-476
CAUTION
genera-
,s moke
valves
solenoid
to
damage
prevent
To
minutes
.than
15
longer
operated
be
not
should
tor
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
15
be
should
cycle
O
, FF
minutes
is
ON
When
op-
if
necessary
/O
Onot
is N
cycle
. FF
more
or
minutes
minutes
.15
than
less
erated
NOTE
low
is
fuel
supply
.if
generator
smoke
operate
not
Do
C
A
).(A
Lift
2. cover
SMOKE GENE
$ RATOR
3
.ON
)t
(Bo
switch
GENERAT
SMOKE
Set
3. OR
light
w
.(C
) ill
Lamp
brighter
,r otate
lamp
4.
make
To
counterclo
turn
1
). /8
(C
lamp ckwise
OFF
B
STATION
DRIVER'S
TA137418
GENERATO
OFF
)(TURN
SCREENIN
SMOKE
PERFORM R
G
NOTE
generator
smoke
after
minutes
f
a ew
run
engine
Let
exhaust
clear
.off
to
turned
is
(B
OFF
,A
)t
switchlose
).cover
c
GENERAT
SMOKE
1. o
set
To OR
A B
0
SMOKE GENERATOR
( )
OFF
STATION
DRIVER'S
TA137419
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-477
EXTINGUIS
FIRE
PORTABLE
) PERATE HER
(O
SYSTEM
PROTECTIO
FIRE
OPERATE N
2-478
WARNING D
engine
out
put
to
extinguishe
portable
use
not
Do r
.firespartment
com
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
extinguish
)s
(Aecuring er
latch
1.Open E
F
.(C
)rack
mounting
t
B
(o
).(C
rack
of
o
But
extinguish
Lift
2. er
.
fire
to
Carry
B
3.(D
).Remove
pin
safety
‫کم‬
‫کوسه‬
flame
.of
base
)a
(Et
nozzle
Point
4.
.fire
out
put
)t
(Fo
handle
Squeeze
5.
out
is
.fire
when
Release
6.
A
main-
organizatio
to
extinguish
used
Return
7. nal
ers
B
.
tenance
C
STATION
GUNNER'S
TA137420
OPERATE
(OPERATE
SYSTEM
PROTECTION
)FIRE
CONTROLS
INTERNAL
FIXED
WARNING
engine
start
not
Do
organizational
.Notify
fire
after
maintenance
.
NOTE
followed
there
when
This
be
to
is
procedure
fire
is
engine
in
.compartme nt
Make
Sure
:
T
•
stopp
is
. ank ed
EXTINGUISHER
FIRE
Pull
handle
h
)1.
(A
backard
push
.and
in
to
.8
seconds
10
Extinguisher
within
start
should
HARD
P
-I
F URE
PULAORLDT
SHHRETURN
TAONLDLE
EM PUAHLLLOW
RESTSEATRVE 2SNHHDAORDT
DRIVER'S
STATION
TA137421
2-479
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
C ontinued
CONTROLS
INTERNAL
)-FIXED
O
SYSTEM
PERATE N
(PROTECTIO
FIRE
OPERATE
2-480
i
.B n
handle
)(valve
shutoff
fuel
manual
Push
2. D CONTROL
MASTER
MAIN
ENGINE INDICATOR
SWITCH
FUEL
.OFF
)t
(C
PUMP
Set
3. o
switc h
FUEL OFF
SHUT
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
FUEL
ENGI
MAIN
h
runni
still
,is
engin
If NE
4.old eng
ext
SWITCER
START
SWITC
INDICAHHTOR
secon
10
t
6 o
stops
engin
)until
.OFF
)
D
(switc ds
e
h
erso
C
•ON
PUMPS
FUEL
ON
LEAVE
ONLYESTER
OFF
WITH
PERIOD
LONG
OFF
EWG
FU
ล EL
PU
L
ON L
DRIVER'S
STATION
TA137422
1
-Continued
FIXED
CONTROLS
INTERNAL
PROTECTION
)SYSTEM
(O PERATE
OPERATE
FIRE
).(F
handles
head
control
f
7. Erom
keys
safety
out
Pull
WARNING
as
possible
.far
cF
)( lockwise
handles
Rotate
8.
.
fire
after
engine
start
not
Do
/
p(A
5. ull
handle
pulling
),of
seconds
20
within
out
not
is
fire
If
again
)h
(A
handle
. ard
not
is
,o
did
If
9. r
fire
extinguishe
step
to
g o
out
If
6. rs
7
step
.with
out
c, ontinue
STATION
DRIVER'S
FI
P RE
- UT
HA RD
PULL
IST
SH OT
HARD
RETURN
TO
HANDLE
ALLOW
SYSTEM
RESERVE PUL L
2N
SHDOT
HARD
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137423
2-481
C
CONTROLS
INTERNAL
-)FIXED
O ( ontinued
PERATE N
SYSTEM
PROTECTIO
FIRE
OPERATE
2-482
.OFF
)t
(Go
SWITCH
CONTROL
MASTER
Set
9.
extinguishe
fire
that
maintenanc
organizatio
.Notify
tank
Exit
10. rs
e
nal
discharged
.been
have
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
MAIN MASTER
CONTROL
ENGINE FOR
INDIC
SWITCH
FUEL
e
SHUT
OFF
I
PUMP
BILGE SWITC
spe
START
SWITCER
INDICAHHTOR
IR
e-
ON
S
ACKOUT
DRIVE OFF
TJ
• ON
FUEL
PUMPS
LEAVE
ON
MASTER
ONLY
TURN
AOFF
FOR
TOBEON OFF
MAN
WITH BITCH
PERIOD
OFF LONG
HOME
STATION
DRIVER'S
TA137424
CONTROLS
FIXED
EXTERNAL
SYSTEM
) PERATE
(O
PROTECTION
OPERATE
FIRE
WARNING
maintenanc
organizatio
until
engine
start
not
Do e
nal
.
it
checked
has
NOTE
pulled
.are
handles
when
break
)will
(A
wires
Safety
B
T
T
O
H
O
S
H
T
S
).
(B
SHOT
1.handle
1ST
Pull
S
D
1
N
,pull
seconds
10
in
out
not
is
fire
If
2.
2
handle
).
(C
2ND
SHOT
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137425
2-483
)SEAT
DRIVE
(D
ESCAP R'S
E Y
EMER GENC
UMPORM
PERF
2-484
WARNING
en-
while
or
movin
is
tank
while g
seat
dump
not
Do
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
.
runni
is
gine ng
NOTE
or
scree
wire
be
may
Seat n
.
cushi on
h )w
),(A
seat(B
contro
ith lng
steeri
old
driver
in
Seate
1. 's
d B
body
suppo
to
hand
right t
.weighrt
.C
)(
adjus tment
lever t
heigh
hold
and
Lift
2.
.trav
tof
top
)A
( o el
seat e
Rais
3.
seat
.lock
t
C o
)(lever
Relea
4. se
CA
seat
.under
area
of
clear
legs
and
feet
Positi
5. on
WARNING
D
holdi
b
)(Ay
seat
driver
from
weigh ng
's
t
body
Shift
C
lever
dump
red
.pullin
)b
)(Beforel
(contro g
steeri ng
.seat STATI ON
DRIVER'S
dump
t)(Do
lever
red
Pull
TA137426
" FORM MERCE
HATCH
ESCAPE
)DRIVER'S
(D ROP
ESCAPE
EMERGENC
PERFORM Y
Make
:
Sure
Tank
stopped
.is
running
.is
not
Engine
dumped
).(page
2-484
Driver's
is
seat
NOTE
not
D
heavy
very
.i(A so
)hatch
Escape
.fall
it
L et
ground
to
lower
try
DRIVER'S
SEAT
direct
i
B n
)(.shown
lever
hatch
escap
Move
1. eion D
)( UMPED
groun
.to
fall
w d
)(Aill e
hatch
Escap
2.
A
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-485
TA137427
(EXIT
ESCAPE
EMERGENCY
)PERFORM
TANK
FROM
2-486
:
Sure
Make
Tank
is
stopped
.
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
running
.is
Enot
•ngine
2-484
Driver's
).seat
(page
dumped
is
disconnected
from
is
cord
Communication
.
CVC
helmet
1.
.
opening
escape
through
down
Step
area
.
2.
leave
to
tank
underneath
Crawl
TA137428
INSTALL
(INSPECT
ESCAPE
)DRIVER'S
SEAL
AND
HATCH
Make
:
Sure
Tank
stopped
.is
).2-491
p
running
not
(isage
Engine
Driver's
(page
dumped
is
).seat
2-484
0000
Driver's
(page
open
is
).hatch
2-123
tears
and
A
sealor
.cracks
f)(hatch
Inspect
1.
B
organizational
defective
,n
2.
)isotify
(A
seal
If C
.
maintenance
escape
a
of
(Bnd
hatch
edge
3.
)Clean
opening
).hatch
(C
B
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137429
2-487
HA
) NSTC
I TC
HLL
H
HA
( CA
ESIV
TAPE
'S
DR
INST ERL
AL
NOTE
MI
2-488
re-intenance
ma
org
tis anizational
sk
his
,ta
No fol
as
rep rm alely
ca
c
,em n-lac
re w ge ncy
an
I
. n er
spo nsibility
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
分
. ws
lo B
107
Su
A: nd lies
ppip
E
,, qu
Too ls ment
bo
fe. nd
xnter
ht
frig
)A ro
(fro
hoi m
ch
Ge ai
tstn
C
bo. nd
fro xnter
lef
f
)fe tm
(Bro
ow
cr
Ge t bar
.
bus
tur tle
ret
m
fC
( ro
)st
lo ra
Ge e
onng
t p
A .)Dppmendix A
i
(,56
lub teico ant
sil
Ge tricne
lub ant
ricne
. ico
sil
w
)(Dit
sea lhicate
Lubr
1.
hul
b in
. en
el in
low g
)op
(E
ha
Pos tc h on
iti
2.
REAR
FRONT
TA137430
INSTALL
(Iontinued
ESCAPE
DRIVER'S
)-C
HATCH
NSTALL
G
driver's
)o
open
of
top
3.
(Bver
crowbar
Place
covers
(F
hatch
).periscope
,behind
B
)a
(Around
hoist
chain
Loop
4.
.(H
w
s G
chainith
)hook
,Becuring
crowbar
hatch
)o
(B
5. n
crowbar
Center
.J
)(
opening H
M
F
G
hatch
t
)(Chrough
strap
Loop
6.
A and
).K
(L
mechanism
lock
handle
B
ends
of
7.
loose
Buckle
N
t
). ogether
(C
strap
J
C
and
8. M
).(hold
knob
out
Pull
L F
)
(A
hoist
chain
Slide
9.
ito
)s
(G
chain
down
E
.(E
is)hatch
above
just A
K chain
o
C
)( ver
strap
Loop
10.
hoist
hook
).
N
(
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137431
2-489
INS
ESC TAL
VER
APE L
'S
HAT
I
(DRI
HAT
C NSTA
CHLL
CH
-) onti nued
11.
Pus
latc h
2-490
leve
a
the
way
left
to r
)(Pll h
.unlo ck
R
12.
Pull
out
knoand
turn
)
o
chai
hois
)(A t
(Qon b
rais n
.t or
lowe
hatc er
h
13.
Tur
hois
(hand le
t
)R o nt
rais
hatc
CANTEEN
into
open
. h
eing
S
14.
Pus
latc
a(leve
)P ll h
the
toway
righ
lock rht
hatc
in e
.plac h
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
UNLOCK LOCK
15.
Remov
hoist
A
a e
)( nd ar
.crowb P
16.
Remov
strap
).(C e
17.
Retu
tool
e
a
,, qui pment C
ndsrn
supp
to
stow
. lies
age
REAR
INS
DRI
ESC TAL
VER
APE L
'S
HAT
I
HAT
(SEC CH
NSP
CHECT
PLA CEMENT
)FOR URE
1.
See
latc
leve
ithat
)P
seat
(. s rhed
Q
See
that
thre
lock
2. ing
bolt e
)(S
a
full
re y
.seat sed
RAISE
)aIf
latc
(leve
P3.nd rh
lock ing
bolt
)(S
a
not
,seat
n re sed
otif y
organi
maint
. enanc
zationeal LOWER
TA137432
PERFORM
POST
O
PROCEDUR
S(- PERATING
DOWNHUT
)TANK ES
.
2 Press
accelerator
u
tachometer
) ntil
(A
Make
:Sure i ) ndicates
between
1000
and
1200
rpm
.(B
B
Tank
has
stopp
movin ed )to
(C
lever
up
Pull
lock
.3.
accelerator
. g
Transmissi
is on idle
engine
Let
4.
1200
to
1000
at
rpm
in
n
N oeutra
P
()prark l m
5inutes
about
.for
cool
to
).2-195
p ( age
CAUTION
weather
freezing
In
let
,do
not
engine
CAUTION 700
at
idle
750
to
longer
rpm
than
3
minutes
engine
or
start
may
run
to
not
Do
set
parking
brake
if .
rough
weather
freezing
.is
idling
After
5.
engine
1000
at
1200
to
rpm
for
parking
Set
1.
brake
(p age
).2-193 m
rpm
forinutes
idle
it
,l5et
700
at
750
to
about
m
.3inutes
A
C
TA137433
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-491
C
TANK G F
)-( ontin
S
PROC
O
POST
PERFPERAT
-DOWN
ued ES
HUTEDUR
ORMING
:
Comm
6. ander D
switc
2-492
CONT
POWE
ELEC
hROL
R SELECTOR
Hold LA AL
CUPOTRIC SWITCH
to
m
)D omentarily
(.OFF BO
IR VI
PULL WIDE DWE
:
search
off
Turn light FOR ON
)(E STAND IR VIS
swit et
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
s
,-3
V
/ AN A ch
with
equi BY FOCUS FOR
PULL FOCUS
I .afSS pped
IIICT
CLPOLARICAL OVER
.OF
to F COND
POW O DRIVE
SEL
t
V/AN SS ECT OR OFF
with
equi
I
.b
,-2furn pped
swit ch HT SEARCH
SEA
S
.BO
t et
)(Fo
SWI RCH
TCH LIG LIGHT
.OFF
t)G
(o 1-/
V
ANSS
:
Gun
7. ner BOX
CONTROL
OFF
t
)(Ho ch
swit
.POW TURRET OVER ONLAMP
TUR
Set ER MACHINE MAIN
RET GUN POWER TEMP
GUN E
SPREAD VISIBLE
NOTE BEAM INFRA
RED
COMPAC
BEAM T OFF
with
equip
be
may ped
Tank 3
- A
V
/
ANSS
VENTI
two
the
of
either LA- BOXTROL
CON
boxes
contr
B
- LOWE
TOR olR
.
shown
:
Loader
8. H
છે
BSwitc
LOWE
-VENT
Set R OR
hILAT
.OFF
t
)J
(o
J
LLET
WARR
TU
STATIO
LOADERN'S
TA137434
C
TANK
DOWN
S HUT
)-(PROCEDUR
O PERATING
- ontinued
POST
PERFORM ES
K L N
:
Driver
9.
IRPOWER BEAM
MICATOR MAIN .ONTROL
MASTER
PARTICULATE
FILTERGAS INGRE
FUEL SWITCH
INDICATOR
OFF
.(K
)to
lever
CONTROL
LIGHTING
Set e
ON LIGHTING_CONTROL OFF
OFF
SHUT
to
u
(Lp
switch
)FUEL
ENGINE
MAIN
Push IRPOWERDRIVE SWITCH
STARTER
INDICATOR
hold
and
OFF
engine
stops
.until ON PANS UNLOCK
HEATER
PERSONNEL
MASTER
HEATER
Of
HEATER ---
NOTE MI F•
UEL•ON
PUMPS
ON ON
LEAVE
OFF LO
OUTLET
UTILITY
t
(Mo
)handle
fuel
manual
use
must
you
If
mainte- nal STATION
DRIVER'S
organizatio
n
, otify
engine
off
shut
.
nance
00000
p
,15 ush
manual
seconds
within
stop
not
does
engine
If
10. M
speed
engine
increase
and
in
way
)all
(M
handle
the
fuel
to
1400
rpm
.
FUEL
FULL
GN
CAUTION
MASTER
turn
not
d
, o
on
was
searchlight
If
searchlight
until
OFF
to
SWITCH
CONTROL
blower
has
stopped
.
000000
OFF
.(N
)t o
SWITCH
CONTROL
MASTER
11.Set
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-493
TA137435
PROCEDURES
)(T
EQUIPMENT
OFF
URN
PERFORM
-OPERATING
POST
:
Station
Commander's
In
Equipment
Off
Turn
To
2-494
A
NO
O
HOLD
Make
:
Sure MOMENTARILY
HOLD
MOMENTARILY
CUPOLA
OFF
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
Tank
parke
is POWER
. d
•
shut
isank
down
(p
Tage
).2-491
Set
1.
these
switches
the
following
positions
:to
C
ELECTRIC
a
POWER
CONTROL
. UPOLA AL
m(A
switch
)to
. omentarily
OFF
.Mo36
b
)t
(B
switch
IR
.periscope
OFF
C
COMMANDER'S
STATION
COMMANDER'S
STATION
switch
.L
c
rotary
control
source
)toight
.(C
OFF
TA137436
PERFORM
O PERATING
PROCEDURES
T
EQUIPMENT
(POST
C URN
ontinued
)-OFF
)to
R(D
RANGE
SCALE
.switch
dangefinder
OFF
.
RANGE
SCALE BRIGHT
DIM RETICLE
BRIGHT COINCIDENCE OFF
)t
(E
switch
ON coincidence
R angefinder
.eo
OFF RETICLE (c
position
). enter
ON
GHT LIGHT GUGHT
AUX
IN
ENSITY INTENSITY
interlock
lock
and
2.
azimuth
cupola
Lock
p 2-528
).( age
D E
3.
(page
loaded
if
gun
machine
.50
caliber
).Unload
2-510
if
gun
machine
.50
caliber
Remove
4.
2-537
).(page
required
JUTTEL
STATION
COMMANDER'S
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-495
TA137437
PERFORM
O
T POST
PERATING
URN
EQUIPMEN
OFF
C - ontinued
-)(PROCEDUR ES
T
ballistic
Close
shield
(F
).5.
2-496
F
.Tourn
a
)t
(G
.handle
left
Pull
b
.handle
)d
(Gown
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
T
handle
)c
(G
t. ourn
.right
G H
‫کت‬
COMMANDER'S
STATION ‫نے‬
Close
6.
commander
open
if
p age
2-136
).(hatch 's
disc
opaque
If
7.
removed
is
M36
from
):H
(J
body
IR
J
R a
body
p emove
M36
. age
3-216
.)(IR
disc
b
opaque
body
Pnto
)i
(H
IR
a
.Jlace
shown
s
Instal
M36IR
body
3-226
).(p age l
‫ن‬
TA137438
sure
C
EQUIPMEN
OFF
T URN
-)( ontinued
PROCEDUR
O
POSTPERATING
PERFORM T
ES
OFF
.)i
(Ks
switch K
8. PWR
MAIN
amplifier
that
sure
Make
commander
Stow
9.
seat
platform
and 's
PWR
MAIN ACC
INT
.)2-13
p
( age8 NORM-
ON-
INT
).
vehicle
(L
helmet
crewman's
10.
combat
Remove ONLY
OFF-
OFF
0 ON POWER
11.
on
(L
helmet
).Stow
(M
hook
PHONE 0
BKR
CKT
OFF
tank
through
Exit
12.
loader's
hatch
.
POWER
INPUT
AUDIO
COMMANDER'S
STATION
INTLY
ON
OFF-
? *)
POWE
M
L
•
TA 137439
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-497
PERFORM
POST
O
T
OFF PERATING
PROCEDUR
URN
EQUIPMEN
)-C
(- ontinued ES
T
2-498
Station
Gunner's
:in
Equipment
OFF
Turn
To
:
Sure
Make
Tank
is
parke
. d
down
shut
is
Tank
().page
2-491
stowed
:
1.
be
must
periscope
IR
driver's
If
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
Change 4
),traverse
control
(A
handles
Using
gunner's B
2-458
turret
gun
(po
)s age
main
is
compartment
driver's
.over
.OFF
)t
(B
switch
POWER
TURRET
S
boet
turret
(page
).lock
2-527
Make
locks
loader
sure
C.
driver
Inform
d
safe
is
it
periscope
stow
.to
A
GUNNER'S
STATION
PROCEDURES
O POST
PERFORM
-(T
C PERATING
URN
) ontinued
EQUIPMENT
OFF
WARNING
until
controls
operate
turret
power
or
apply
Do
not
prepared
turret
for
positions
and
are
safe
in
personnel
all
.
movement
gun
or
all
until
mode
manual
or
power
in
turret
operate
not
Do
been
has
ring
t urret
position
proper
,are
in
personnel
,a nd
shell
cleared
and
plate
ejection
guards
platform
all
.place
in
are
driver's
exit
enter
into
to
attempt
or
Do
reach
not
turret
and
off
is
switch
power
until
compartment
traverse
.
position
locked
in
is
lock
when
station
danger
extreme
in
are
Crew
of
out
members
turret
down
shut
must
C
. ommanders
on
is
power
turret
Change 4
their
leave
to
members
crew
allowing
before
power
.
stations
2-260
p
).lock
turret
unlock
(toage
loader
Request
2.
.ON
)t
(Bo
Switch
POWER
TURRET
Set
3.
turret
),t
(Araverse
handles
control
gunner's
Using
4.
tank
.of
rear
over
is
gun
main
u
2-458
p age
)( ntil
OFF
.)t
(Bo
switch
POWER
TURRET
5. Set
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-498.1/(2-498.2 blank)
18
SU20
02
2.1
ME
OSOH
ns
๑yBtuจ))
!
12SJ10 :positions
follow ing
C
PROCEDURES
)-(T
EQUIPMENT
OFF
URN
PERFORM
Oontinued
POST
PERATING
the
to
set
are
switches
these
sure
make
or
Set
6. PERISCOPE
M32
STATION
GUNNER'S
:
positions
following
MAIN
)to
(C
switch
.GUN
OFF G
O
OFF
switch
.(D
M )t
GUN
boACHINE
F
C. OFF
)to
(B
switch
TURRET
.POWER B
OFF
.E
)t
control
source
light
(T
doelescope
C
.OFF
t
(F
control
source
light
P).eoeriscope
E
OFF
.)t
(G
switch
IR
periscope
M fo32 D
TA137441
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-499
C)- ontin
EQUI
OFF
T ued T
URNPMEN
EDUR
PROC
O
-( PERAT
POST
PERF INGES
ORM
2-500
open
.if
periscope
M32
)f
(Hor
shield
ballistics
Close
7.
H
.)(J
hanG dle
.a ras p
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
thu
w K mb
(. ith
butt onss
D
.)b epre
).H P
shie
clos
to
)d
(J
hand
Pull eld
( own le
C.
R).(K
.d button
elea se
PERIS
M32 COPE
STATI ON
GUNNER'S
TA 137442
C
T ontinued
EQUIPMENT
)-OFF
URN
PROCEDURES
O PERATING
PERFORM
(POST
removed
)w
(L
disc
opaque
If
8.
periscope
IR
M32
from
: as
M
body L E
a
IR
.Rage
p
(M emove
body
).3-214
.Install
opaque
).b
(L
disc N
Install
body
p
(M age
3-224
).IR
C.
P
lock
travel
.gun
in
main
put
loader
Help
9.
(page
manually
gun
main
elevate
and
Traverse
NE
instructions
loader's
to
a
2-456
). ccording
O
PH
).
(N
helmet
crewman's
vehicle
combat
Remove
10.
)on
vehicle
(N
helmet
crewman's
11.
combat
Stow SPLA
).
(P
hook
PHONE
(page
hatch
loader's
through
tank
Exit
2-566
).12.
9
787
STATION
GUNNER'S
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137443
2-501
O
POST
PERFORM
PERATING
PROCEDURES
EQUIPMENT
OFF
C
)-(T URN
ontinued
Loader's
:
Station
Equipment
In
2-502
To
OFF
Turn
Make
:
Sure
Tank
parked
.is
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
Tank
shut
down
p (isage
).2-491
that
Check
1.
gun
main
ammunition
)is
(A
clear
of
p
).( age2-507 B
m7.62
that
Check
2.
)is m
(B
gun
machine
-clear
ammunitio
2-520
M 73
age
)(of
2-516
.,p 240 n
that
Check
3.
p
105
7.62
)a age
2-229
(-mnd
2-m
a
) mmunition
247
stowed
properly
.is
CRED
turret
Lock
4.
lock
p
2-527
w age
hile
driver
)(C
required
periscope
,if
.stows
Unlock
turret
lock
p(C age
2-260
driver
)a5.fter
D clear
is
turret
.of
Open
6.
loader
hatch
D
closed
p
2-524
.()i fage 's
TA137444
PERFORM
POST
O
C
)-OFFPERATING
PROCEDUR
T URN
EQUIPMEN
(- ontinued ES
T
.7 Remov LOADER'S
comba
vehicl
crewm
helme
).(E tte
e
an's E
STATION
F
8.
Stow
helme
)(E
PHON
o
hook)n
.(F tE
9.
Roll
up
shell
ejecti
shield ng
)iG
(f
.requi red
10.
Rem
shel
stop
retu ove
l ADERS
SEASAT
. OWLO
ST
p(plat
)H
2-56 5
) ageern
driv
so
can
exit
.tanker
G
11.
Exit
thro
load
hatckugh
er's
.tan h
12.
Put
mai
gun
trav
lock n
G
.in ageel
)2-52
(pive 5
gun
dire
mov
to
gun
into
trav ner
ctio
e
.lockel ns
STA
LOATIO 'S
DERN Gun
will
oper
man ner
ate
elev
trav atin
and ual
ersigng
cont
acco
to
load
dire rols
rdin
er's
ctio g
. ns
2-503
TA137445
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
C
EQUIPMEN
OFF
T URN
)-(PROCEDUR
O PERATING
- ontinued
POST
PERFORM T
ES
:Station
Driver's
In
Off
Equipment
Turn
To
2-504
:Sure
Make
Tank
is
parked
.
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
p 2-491
age
).down
Tank
(is
shut
instal
:s
)(A
perisc
IR
driver
iIf
1. led
ope
's A
Change 4
WARNING
until
controls
turret
operate
or
power
apply
not
Do
turret
for
prepared
and
positions
safe
in
are
personnel
all
movement
gun
.or
all
until
mode
manual
or
power
in
turret
operate
not
Do
been
has
ring
t urret
position
proper
,in
are
personnel
,and
guards
platform
all
and
plate
ejection
shell
cleared
.
place
in
are
exit
driver's
or
enter
to
attempt
into
reach
not
Do
turret
and
off
is
switch
power
until
compartment
position
locked
.is
in
lock
traverse
Crew
when
danger
extreme
in
are
station
of
out
members
turret
shut
down
must
.C
on
isommanders
power
turret
their
leave
to
members
crew
allowing
before
power
stations
.
PERFORM
O
C
)OFFPERATING
PROCEDUR
T(POST
URN
EQUIPMEN
- ontinued ES
T
necessary
.If
a
to
,r
gunner
equest
turret
traverse
to
pointed
is
gun
main
.so
front
WARNING
Gunner
driver
tell
will
when
it
open
safe
is
to
POWER
T
box
. URRET
stowage
periscope
lock
turret
and
off
be
must
switch
locked
be-
.
box
stowage
opening
fore
Change 4
.
b Remove
and
stow
periscope
p (IR
age
2-557
).A
C. Install
driver's
M27periscope
3-237
).(p age
N
d
. otify
gunner
when
you
completed
have
stowing
.
clear
turret
of
and
are
periscope
2-504.1/(2-504.2 blank)
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
C
O
CPOST
PERFORM
OFF PERATING
URN
-EQUIPMENT
(Tontinued
)PROCEDURES
valves
drain
rear
:and
front
Open
2.
drain
F
detent
into
rear
.and
to
)u
(B
lever
.P ront
p
aull
valve
opens
.
R
detent
into
right
.and
rear
)t
C
lever
(.P ush
boear
drain
valve
opens
.
DRIVER'S
STATION
B
following
the
to
these
set
are
switches
3.
sure
make
or
Set G E
:
positions
IRPOWER HI
BEAM MAIN CONTROL
MASTER
PARTICULAT
GAS DICATOR ENGINE
equipped
.)t
OFF
.IfoR
(D
iaswitch
POWER
so FILTER FUEL SWITCH
INDICATOR
e
ON LIGHTIA
CONTROL OFF ON
SHUT
switch
(E
lever
CONTROL
L
)toIGHTING
.OFF
b OFF LIGHT
10 MARKER TOP OFF
Φ
00IR
DRIVE
POWER HIRDRIVE
SELECTOR PUMP
BILGE SWITC
STARTE
SWITCHHRTOR
INDICA
O
•
Θ
OFF
.(F
)to
lever
switch
PANEL ON PANEL UNLOCK IR
C. HEATER
PERSONNEL ON
MASTER
HEATER BLACKOUT
OFF DRIVE OFF
.(G
)t
switch
FILTER
PARTICUL
.doAS ATE
मंसिर
HEATER FU
DONOT
CAUTION eON
HI LAND WATERLO
AND FUEL
PUMPS
ON TOSTART
BOO LEAVE
ON
t
off
L(H
switch
HEATER
)HI
- oO
PERSONNEL OPERATING
HEATER
TURN
TOSTOP
TOOFF
PORTION LOGO BITCH
FOR
TOON
A OFF
OFF FURGED HEATER
LI STAY ONUNTH LONG MOD
c
position
).( enter ANTON FURN
OFFBOSS UTILITY
OUTLET
on CAUTION
comd LIGHTnatur
H D F
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-505
TA 137447
C ontinued
EQUIPMEN
URN
)-OFF
T
PROCEDUR
O PERATING
(POST
PERFORM T
ES
N
CAUTION
2-506
HI
BEAM CONTROL
MASTER
MAIA
PARTICULATE IR
POWER INDICATOR ENGINE
FILTERGAS FUEL SWITCH
INDICATOR
switch
HEATER
MASTER
Leave
)in
(J
posi-
ON ON OFF
LIGHTING_CONTROL SHUT
.Leave
fording
water
deep
unless
tion
FUEL
OFF 10MARKER
Si
PUMPS
switch
position
i(K
ON
). n DOIR
RIVE
POWER МаDRIVE SELECTOR PUMP
BILGE SWITC
START
SWITCER
INDICAHHTOR
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
ON PANEL IR
UNLOCK
Close
4.
and
driver's
hatch
open
if
p age
2-139
).(lock HEATER
PERSONNEL BRY
MASTER
HEATER LACKOUT
DRIVE OFF
5.
).
(L
helmet
crewman's
vehicle
combat
Remove HEATERCAUTION NOT
TUR
DO BITCH ON
HI HEATER
LAMP
AND OFF
LO FUEL
PUMPS
ON BUTCH
START
TOCLO
LIGHT
POSITION LEAVE
ON
OPERATING CATER
HEATER
O
LIKT
PORTION
OFF BOTON
FLO ONLY
OFF HASTER
TURE ONFOR
ATO OFF
OFF LO PURDED UNTIL A
TOHEATER
ON LLTO
HAY PERED BICH
LONE
OFF
FURN
LONOT OUTLET
UTILITY
ONTH
COME
J K
hook
M
PHONE
helmet
. n
)o
(L
6.Hang
M
crewmembers
other
all
until
Wait
7.
finished
have
turning
equipment
.off
crewmembers
other
all
When
have
,8.
tank
exited
CONTROL
MASTER
set
(N
)to
.SWITCH
OFF
ગી
.
hatch
loader's
through
tank
Exit
9.
STATION
DRIVER'S
TA137448
-OPERATING
POST
PERFORM
WEAPONS
(U NLOAD
)PROCEDURES
Unload
-M
105
ToM
Gun
:Main
Make
Sure
:
MAIN
GUN
switch
set
)i(As
to
.OFF
TURRET
set
i(B
to
.OFFPOWER
)switch
s
LOADER'S
C
setSAFETY
)i(switch
s
.
SAFE
to
C 0
1000
A
FI
RE
SA B
FE MACHINE TURR
MAIN ET
GUN POWE
GUN R
SWITCH
SAFETY
SWIT LOADER'S
STATION GUNNER'S
STATION
TA137449
2-507
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
)-C
WEAPONS
U NLOAD
PROCEDUR
O PERATING
(- ontinued
POST
PERFORM ES
).
(D
plunger
in
Push
1.
2-508
D
WARNING
E
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
or
slowly
opened
be
must
Breech
.
casing
from
separate
may
case
to
catch
must
ready
be
Commander
round
as
emerges
.it
b ack
HANDLE
(E
OPERATING
2.
)Pull
BREECH
until
breechblock
locked
)is
open
.(F
)
(E
HANDLE
BREECH
OPERATING
3.
Return
forward
latched
position
.to
TA137450
PERFORM
POST
U PERATING
PROCEDUR
NLOAD ES
WEAPONS
C
)(-Oontinued
H
WARNING
it
as
round
catch
to
ready
be
must
Commander
.
emerges
from
(H
4.breech
)it
as
G
round
catch
Commander
slides
falling
from
to
.prevent
round
J
rack G K
ammunition
round
.n
)i
(G
5.ejected
Stow
G
L
WARNING
.
breechblock
closing
when
breech
of
clear
hands
Keep
Remove
wood
casing
(o
block
r
)rapidly
tripping
after
the
striking
from
breechblock
prevent
to
extractors )with
(K
extractors
tripping
by
breechblock
Close
6.
wood
block
casing
(o
). r block
a
o
empty
wrood
(L
casing
).shell
TA137451
2-509
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
C
WEAPONS
U NLOAD
PROCEDUR
PERATING
)-(Oontinued
POST
PERFORM ES
2-510
Gun
Machine
.50
To
:Unload
Caliber
M85 :
Sure
Make
OFF
.to
set
)i(As
switch
safety
gun electric
Machine
OFF
.(B s
switch
CONTROL
)iPOWER
ELECTRI
CUPOLA
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
rearward
.is
bolt
gun
Machine
N
HOLD
MONYNTARIL
HOLD STATION
COMMANDER'S
MOMENTARY
ELECTRICAL
CUPOLA SHOWN
PERISCOPE
)M
( 36
OFF CONTROL
POWER
A
STATION
COMMANDER'S
TA137452
PERFORM
-O
UPOST
PERATING
PROCEDURES
NLOAD
WEAPONS
C)( ontinued
s
1.(Cafe
safety
).S
t o
machine
gun
Set
2.
(page
elevation
minimum
to
gun
machine
.50
caliber
).Lower
2-425
back
Fold
3.
(cradle
).cover
D
(E
).door
access
Lift
4.top
S
POSIT ION
G H
F C
D POSITION
F
(F
doori
En
access
top
5. pen
).latch
o hold
with
-place
Lock
door
Lplace
in
.lock
)w
6.(H
access
atch
). ill
G
Lift
E
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137453
2-511
PER
POS
O PERFOR
TATIM
-PRO
(U NLOCED NG
WEA
C)- onti ADURE
PON S S
nued
2-512
7.
R Lif
lat tch
)(Jais
cov
)..(K ere
8.
Rem
any
amm uni
ovetion
.
NOTE
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
bolt
If
is
forw
d
step
,9
t o sard K
11.
If
bolt
ishru J
the
to
rear
s
step
t
,9
11 hru
12,gkip
too s
.step
9.
Set
mac
safe
)(C ty e
t
fgun
(F o hin
. ire
10.
Pull
blac
char
hand k
ging
b
)Lto
(pull
bolt
bac kle
. ack
11.
Set
mac
gun
safe ty e
s
(SC
)t o hin
. afe
POS
S ITI
C ON POSIT ION
S
RED
BLACK
2
L
POS
F ITION POS
F ITION
TA137454
O
POSTPERATING
PROCEDURES
U
WEAPONS
C NLOAD
)-(PERFORM
ontinued
feed
Raise
12.
(
).tray
M
.(N
)is
clear
make
chamber
sure
to
gun
inspect
machine
Visually
13.
)
N
(
chamber
If
r
,i14.
clear
not
or
asremove
cartridge
live
spent
case
/o nd
.
link
empty
M
Lower
15.
tray
).feed
(M
fire
.F
16.
)t
(C
safety
mechanical
gun
machine
Set
o
POSITION
S
セ
POSITION
F
TA137455
2-513
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
PERFORM
POST
O
U PERATING
(PROCEDUR
NLOAD
WEAPONS
)-C- ontinued ES
2-514
charging
black
Pull
17.
(L
)back
.handle
hold
and
Pull
a18.
manual
firing
red
Pnd
allow
handle
)charging
(L
bolt
to
forward
slowly
.go
P
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
K
RED
BLACK
19.
Close
and
latch
machine
gun
cover
).(K
TA137456
PERFORM
POST
O
U PERATING
PROCEDURES
WEAPONS
C NLOAD
)-( ontinued
.(H
)
latch
cover
access
Push
20.
21.
.Lower
)
(G
cover
access
access
cover
allow
l
)t
(Q
on o
latch
22. oaded
spring
-Pull
up
completely
)to
(G
.close
(F
latch
cover
access
).top
Lift
23.
Lower
24.
access
)top
(E
.cover
H
cover
(D
with
).cradle
access
25.covers
Cover
G
secure
cover
.o
)t
(D
make
edges
cradle
of
26.
Press
Q
F
E
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137457
2-515
PERFORM
O PERATING
PROCEDUR
U NLOAD
(-POST
WEAPONS
)-C ontinued ES
2-516
-MM
7.62
M240
Unload
:To
Gun
Machine
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
४ ४
TURRET
WALL
LOADER'S
STATION
NOTE
MACHINE TURRET equipped

be
may
Tank
with
the
of
either
two
GUN MAIN
GUN
POWER VENTILATOR
B
control
boxes
shown
.- LOWER
འ་
C
:
Sure
Make
B 1
VENTILA
set
to
OFF
.i(A-B
)switch
s LOWER TOR
GUNNER'S
STATION
MACHINE
iswitch
)(GUN
B
tos
set
.OFF
TURR
POWE
switc
)(C
set R
hET
to
iOFF
.s
TA137458
PERFORM
O PERATING
PROCEDUR
U NLOAD
(-POST
WEAPONS
)-C ontinued ES
).F
t
(f
D o
ire
switch
safety
gun
machine
1. Push D
0
0
POSITIONS
SAFETY
F F() ire S)( afe S
Position Position
F
)(AS
REAR
FROM
SEEN
bolt
lock
.to
b(Eack
handle
)charger
gun
machine
Pull
2.
.S
3.(Dafe
switch
so
)tsafety
machine
gun
Push
E
.(F
)latche s
cover ss
Depre
4.
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137459
2-517
C
U ontinued
WEAPONS
NLOAD
PROCEDURES
O PERATING
PERFORM
)-(POST
2-518
(G
cover
).gun
machine
5.Raise
present
,i
gun
beltf
.from
machine
ammunition
6.Remove G
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
7.
).
(H
tray
feed
Raise
H
J
machine
inspect
Visually
8.
)(J
chamb
sure er
make
to
gun
.
is
clear
chamber
9.
.Clear
necessary
if
TA 137460
PERFORM
PO
)OW
(P E
U-P
R
NE
SRTAT
O
L
ACO
PE I
N Continued
L
10o.wer A
ODD S
UNRGES
tr ed
()feay
.H
G
and
Close
11.
machine
gun
).latch
(G
cover
).(f
12.t
D
F ire
o
safety
switch
gun
machine
Push H
the
D
000
0
0
POSITIONS
SAFETY
)(Fire )(Sale
Position Position
REAR
FROM
SEEN
)A( S
hold
and
.)b
(Eack
handle
charging
Pull
13.
K
E charging
allow
)a
(Knd
trigger
firing
manual
Depress
14.
slowly
forward
.move
t
)o
(E
handle
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137461
2-519
PROCEDURES
-O
POST
PERFORM
)C PERATING
(Uontinued
WEAPONS
NLOAD
2-520
Machine
M
: M
-Gun
7.62
M73
Unload
To
A
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
ER
BLOW
TURRET
WALL
LOADER'S
STATION
NOTE
equipped
be
may
Tank
either
with
two
the
of
VENTILATOR
B LOWER
-control
boxes
shown
.
MACHINE TURRET
MAIN
GUN POWER
GUN
Make
Sure
:
C
VENTILA
switch
set
)i(-B
A s LOWER TOR
.OFF
to
B
MACHINE
)i
BGUN
(switch
sets
STATION
GUNNER'S .
to
OFF
TURRET
POWER
switch
(C
i
)s
OFF
.
set
to
TA137462
Oontinued
POST
PERFORM
(U
PROCEDURES
)-C
WEAPONS
PERATING
NLOAD
machine
Slide
t
)1.
(D
safety
gun
o
fire
.F
lock
barrel
handle
)r
(E
2.to
earward
charging
Pull
b
extension
). ack
(F
to
D
safety
gun
machine
Slide
3.
(s
).Safe
D D
F
E
G
f
.(G
rod
4. orward
)latch
cover
left
Push
o Swing
5.
machine
gun
)cover
H
.( pen
TA 137463
2-521
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
PERFORM
POST
O
U
C PERATING
PROCEDUR
NLOAD
)WEAPONS
(- ontinued ES
2-522
Remove
ammunitio
belt
present
f,i6.
from
machine
.gun n
J
Swing
feed
tray
o)(7.pen
.J
Visually
8.
inspect
machine
gun
make
to
chamber
)(sure
K
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
.
is
clear
9.
Clear
chamb
neces
if
. er
sary
이
이 름
붙 이
K
Slide
10.
machine
safety
gun
D
t
F
.)(f o
ire
E
charging
Pull
11.
handle
)t
(E
the
hold
.ando
rear
TA137464
O
POSTPERATING
PROCEDURES
U
WEAPONS
C NLOAD
)-(PERFORM
ontinued
L
allow
12.
)a
(L
trigger
firing
manual
Depress
nd
charging
)handle
and
E
(F
extension
barrel
၁
to
slowly
.close
13.
Close
feed
tray
).(J
Close
14.
machine
cover
).gun
(H
O
15.
Slide
machine
gun
safety
)(
D
H s S
( afe
).to
TA137465
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-523
PERFORM
POST
PROCEDUR
O
FROMPEN
LOADER'S
HATCH
INSIDE
)(- PERATINGES
2-524
:Hatch
Loader's
Open
To
hatch
)aGrab
1.
handle
(A
back
pullnd
ofbolt
turret
)iuntil
(Bs
.free
L
HAOTCCKH
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
CLARED
NOTE
hatch
Open
against
flat
until
,asnd
)iturret
(D
latch
holding
.
down
hatch
A
hatch
Push
2.
)up
(C
and
it
until
back
B
catches
latch
).on
(D
D
C
TA137466
LOCK
TRAVEL
MAIN
GUN
(L
-O OCK
PROCEDURES
) PERATING
POST
PERFORM
:
Sure
Make A
Gunner's
)is
(A
Switch
POWER
.TURRET
OFF
to
set
C 1.(B
).Lift
pawl
locking
on
up
lock
travel
Lift
2.
)to
(C
B
standing
position
.
3.
to
D
lever
).Raise
(C
lock
travel
until
shown
4.
)as
(D
lever
lock
Turn
released
)i. s
(E
retainer
STATION
GUNNER'S
).
(E
retainer
Lift
5.
TURN LIFT
C
E
D
‫راات‬
C E
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-525
TA137467
PE
PO
O RFORM
ST
- PER
PR
MAL OCATI
( OCK EDUR
NGES
GU IN
NVEL
C)LOC
-TRAontKinued
2-526
6.
Oper
manual
trav ersi
ate ng
and
elev
p
(hand les g
2-45
t 6
oageatin
)put
mai
gun
i
)(F
trav
lock el
)( n n
.C
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
ret7. ain
(Clo
.)E se er
E
C
TURN
8.
loc
lev
i(Tur
)D kn
n er
dir
sh ow
ectnion
ti
.to gh ten
E D
9.
loc
lev
(Lowker
er
i
)D nto
flange
)(
.G
TA137468
PERFORM
O - PERATING
PROCEDUR
L(POST
OCK
TRAVERSE
TURRET
)LOCK ES
MANUAL
TRAVERSE
To
:
Lock
HANDLE
lever
1.
).Lift
(A A
C
lever
)all
(A
2.
Rotate 4
.
LOCKED
to
way
the
B
lever
wIf
)3.
(A
goon't
LOCKED
,
all
to
way
the LIFT
15
a ) nd
(B
lever
squeeze
ROTAT
rotate
handle
(C
)slightly E
GUNNER'S
until
lever
g
)(Aoes
HANDLES
.LOCKED
to
2-527
TA137469
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
)LOCKS
CUPOLA
L OCK
PROCEDUR
O PERATINGES
(-POST
PERFORM
2-528
Only
:LOCK
AZIMUTH
Lock
To
.(A
handl
LOCK
up)AZIM
on
Lift
1. eUTH
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
.locks
LOCK
AZIMUTH
)u
B
knob
2. ntil
(Turn
B
J
AZIMUTH AZIMUTH
LOCK
LOCK B
A
LOCKED
UNLOCKED
COMMANDER'S
STATION
TA137470
):Gun
Main
ith
PERFORM
POST
O
C PERATING
PROCEDUR
L OCK
CUPOLA
)-LOCKS
(- ontinued ES
Alined
ToGun
Main
With
):Machine
INTERLOCK
(C
LOCK upola
AZIMUTH
and
Lock
almost
alined
cupola
is
gun
machine
handle
)u
(Antil
TRAVERSE
1.CONTROL
Turn
with
main
gun
.
as
go
will
it
.direction
far
shown
INTERLOCK
)i
2.(B
handle
n
AZIMUTH
Pull
).
(B
handle
Release
3.
detent
u
. ntil
d
C
pin
into
(Arops
CONTROL
handle
TRAVERSE
4.
)Turn
cupola
INTERLOCK
AZIMUTH INTERLOCK
AZIMUTH
UNLOCKED LOCKED
B C
C B
E AZIMUTH
NTERLOCK
AZIMUTH
INTERLOCK
E
A AZIMUTH
LOCK
AZIMIN
LOCK
LOCK
AZIMUTH LOCK
AZIMUTH
handle
)in
(D
5.LOCK
AZIMUTH
Pull
UNLOCKED LOCKED
T
) urn
(E
shown
.knob
direction
.
locks
LOCK
until
AZIMUTH
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137471
2-529
COVERS
)(I
O NSTALL
PROCEDUR
PERATINGES
-POST
PERFORM
2-530
Cover
:Gun
Machine
.50
Caliber
Install
To
:
Equipment
and
Tools
box
fender
front
:right
from
Get
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
A
screwdriver
)(-t
flat
i nch
6ip
Caliber
)
(B
cover
gun
machine
.50
‫لا‬
:
Sure
Make
MACHINE TURRET
MAIN C B
GUN GUN
POWER
).page
2-510
unloaded
(is
machine
gun
Caliber
.50
OFF
.set
)is
to
POWER
(C
switch
TURRET
2-528
p
locked
).(is
LOCK
AZIMUTH
C upola
•age
'
STATION
GUNNER'S
TA137472
PERFORM
O
C PERATING
PROCEDURES
I NSTALL
)-(POST
COVERS
ontinued
switch
CONTROL
POWER
ELECTRICAL
CUPOLA
Hold
1.
OFF
.to
m) omentarily
(D
D ON
HOLD
MOMENTARILY
HOLD
MOMENTARILY Ф
ELECTRICAL
CUPOLA
OFF CONTROL
POVER
STATION
COMMANDER'
F
B
E
(B
cover
Place
2.
all
over
the
).way
E
housing
screw
- ip
flat
Using
3.
,t
screwdriver
ighten
(F
s). nug
Retur
4.
screw
stowa
to
. n
drive
ge r
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-531
TA137473
C
COVERS
I
O NSTALL
PROCEDURES
PERATING
)-(POST
- ontinued
PERFORM
MACHINE TURRET
MAIN C
GUN GUN
POWER
Cover
Gun
Machine
:M
- M
7.62
Install
To
2-532
:
Equipment
and
Tools B D
:
box
fender
front
right
from
Get
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
(A
screwdrive
)-t
flat
i nch
6ip r GUNNER'S
STATION
7.62
)-mm
(B
cover
gun
machine
:
Sure
Make
M
m is240
)2-516
(p
unloaded
gun
machine
m
- age
7.62 E
.M
p 73
2-520
age
)(or
locked
).(page
2-527
Turret
is
lock
O
OFF
.set
to
)i(Cs
switch
POWER
TURRET
D
o(E
clamp
)screw
D
,l
flat
. ip
1. -t n
oosen
screwdriver
Using
F
f
. rom
)housing
(E
clamp
Remove
2.
D
.over
F
3.
)housing
(B
cover
Place
B
).on
4.B
cover
(E
clamp
Place
5.
- ip
flat
Using
,t
screwdriver
)s
(D
.screw
ighten
nug
E
Return
6.
screwdrive
stowage
.to r
TA137474
PROCEDURES
POST
PERFORM
C PERATING
Oontinued
)-(I
COVERS
NSTALL
B
Install
Telescope
Cover
:To MAIN
TURRET
MACHINE C
GUN
GUN POWER
Tools
and
Equip
: ment
right
from
Get
box
fender
:front
-tip
)Flat
(A
screwdriver A STATION
GUNNER'S
T•elescope
)cover
(B
D
Make
:Sure
Turret
lock
is
locked
(p age
.)2-527
E
TURRET
switch
set
)i(POWER
C
OFF
.to s
F
Using
screwdrive
l 1.oosen
,A
)screw
.(D r
Remove
clamp
E
2.rom
housing
).f
(F D
B
B
Place
cover
o A
3.ver
).housing
(F
Place
clamp
E
cover
o
4.n
).(B
E
screw
Tighten
).5.
(D
Return
screwdrive
6. r F
stowage
.to
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137475
2-533
C ontinued
)-COVERS
(I NSTALL
PROCEDUR
O PERATINGES
POST
PERFORM
Equipped
Searchlight
):So
To(I-3
Vf A
/
AN
On SS
Cover
Install
2-534
B
:
Sure
Make
OFF
.to
set
)is
(A
Switch
POWER
TURRET
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
f
)(Brom
cover
1.Get
).(C
rack
bustle
C
(B
cover
).Unfold
2. ↓
A
GUNNER'S
B
STATION
shown
over
.searchlight
)a
3.(D
ds
B
cover
Pull
own
E
D
D
B
of
side
either
f
) rom
(E
drawstring
Pull
4. s
.)B
( E
cover
searchlight
. nderneath
)u
(E
drawstrings
Tie
TA137476
-Oontinued
POST
PERFORM
(I
PROCEDURES
)-C
COVERS
NSTALL
PERATING
Install
Cover
AN
V
S To
on
(I-1/ SS
fearchlight
Equipped
):so
Make
Sure
:
TURRET
POWER
)is
(A
.Switch
OFF
to
set
1.
.bustle
from
B
cover
)Get
(C
rack
B A
E
B
D
C
GUNNER'S
STATION
search-
front
of
cover
)o
(B
2. ver
Place
a
. s
)shown
(D
light
F
),two
(E
straps
four
Buckle
3.
bar
top
around
bar
(G
around
).bottom
,two
F
G
E
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137477
2-535
PERFORM
O PERATING
PROCEDURES
(POST
MUZZLE
- NSTALL
I
MAIN
)GUN
PLUG
2-536
Make
:
Sure
GUNMACHINE TURRE
MAIN T B
GUN
POWER
iMain
)(gun
A
unloaded
p
2-507
.) sage
( ခ
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
GUNNER'S
9:
Main
gun
lower
i(A
you
can
end so
reach
gun
tube
sage ed
2-456
).)(p
STATION
0
CIC
Turret
traversing
lock
locked
isage
2-527
).(p
TURR
POWE
switc
set
)i(Bs
OFF
.to R
hET
C
Get
muzzle
plug
f
(C
)1.rom
right
front
fender
box
).(D
E
plug
Grasp
(E
tabs
by
).2.
Pull
3.
plug
onto
end
of
gun
)tube
.(A
a
TA137478
PERFORM
O
R PERATING
PROCEDUR
EMOVE ES
WEAPONS
)(-POST
Remove
M85
To
Machine
.50
Caliber
Gun
:
MAIN MASTER
CONTROL
ENGINE SWITCH
INDICATOR
FUEL
:
Sure
Make
OFF
SHUT ON
OFF
BILGE
PUMP
INDICATORSWITCH STARTER
SWITCH
• A
MASTER
iCONTROL
)SWITCH
(A
OFF
tos
.set ON
B
Turret
traverse
p ilock
set
LOCKED
Bsage
2-527
).(to
e e
ON
PUMPS
FUEL
LEAVE
ON
)is
(C
LOCK
AZIMUTH
Cupola
locked
into
lifted OFFLY
✔MASTERTOQUITONS
---- Parton BEON
OFF
2-528
).(page
position
DRIVER'S
STATION TURRET
Machine
p D
loaded
igun
sage
)(not
.2-510
Machine
gun
safety
Fimechanical
(E
to
set
).f sire
assembly
Bolt
forward
in
position
.is
D
AZIMUTH
NEBLOCE
E
LOCK
2-537
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137479
C )- ontin
WEAP
(R
PROC EMOV ued
ONS
E
EDUR
INGES
O
-POST
PERF PERAT
ORM
2-538
2-122
).(p F
a lock
)Fnd
door
hatch
cupol
Open
1. age a
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-425
p
).( age
elevation
minimum
to
gun
machine
Lower
2.
‫الدار‬
L
M
gun
machine
cupola
back
fold
and
fastener
type
-on
press
Open
3.
K ).
(G
cover
cradle
.)(H
door
topaccess
Lift
4.
G o(J
).latch
hold
place
)i
door pen
-with
(Hn
access
top
Lock
5.
.(L
)door
access
cradle
open
lift
a (Knd
latch
Pull
6.
H
M
latch
)(door
l access
cradle
- oadedg
Sprin
7.
lock
will
access
(L
door
.)open
).(p
2-425
age
level
position
machine
8. a
to
gun
Elevate
TA137480
PERFORM
POST
O
R
C PERATING
PROCEDURES
EMOVE
( ontinued
)-WEAPONS
pin
in
Push
9.
press
a
u
)P
(Nnd
lever
ntil
removed
is
barrel
N
from
the
receiver
.
R
P
c barrel
Rotate
10.
) ounterclockwise
Q
(.1/4
t
a
ofurn
Q
out
Q
barrel
Pull
).11.
(R
receiver
of
2-539
TA137481
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
PERF
POST
O
PROC
R ORM
PERAT
EDUR
INGES
C EMOV
-(WEAP E
ONS
)- ontin ued
2-540
machine
Lower
12.
gun
minimum
to L
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
elevation
2-425
).(page
M
Lower
latch
a
)13.
(Mnd
close
cradle
access
door
)
.(L
K
Lift
o -14.
hold
pen
latch
(J
close
)a
top nd
).
(H
door
access
latch
tPull
)15.
(K
fully
o
cradle
close
).
(L
door
access
16.
Fold
back
cupola
machine
gun
cradle
u(G
cover
) ntil
covers
it
access
doors
.the G
press
Secure
17.
on
fastener
type
-on
cradle
).
(G
cover
Elevate
18.
machine
maximum
to
gun
elevation
p
2-425
).( age
H
TA137482
PERFORM
POST
O
R PERATING
PROCEDURES
EMOVE
WEAPONS
C
)-( ontinued
commander's
Remove
19.
daylight
periscope
body
3-217
p
.)S
(( age
V U
quick
Compress
20.
T
clamp
-doisconnect
adjusting
t
(U
).link
)fDisconnect
21.
adjusting
(U
link
periscope
rom
elevation
)
adjustment
.arm
(V
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-541
TA137483
PERFORM
O
-POST
R PERATING
PROCEDUR
EMOVE ES
C)-WEAPONS
( ontinued
2-542
22.
Disco
soleno
lead
conne
f
)(W nnect
id
rom ctor
machi ne W
.)
D
(
gun
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
D
D
23.
Low
gun
to
leve
posi
. ler
tion
X
24.
Pull
rear
mount
s pin
)(X ing
machi
gun
f )(Decuri
rom neng
mount
hole
.
TA137484
PERFORM
POST
R
C PERATING
EMOVE
WEAPONS
(Oontinued
)-PROCEDURES
elevate
)w
(D
gun
machine
Support
25.
and
hand
right
toith
maximum
elevation D
until
)r
(D
gun
machine
Slide
26.
earward
mount
from
free
is
it
and
.cradle
Y on
Man
27.
cupola
of
inside
h
(Y ands
machine
t hrough
)gun
D
cupola
)to
(Z
opening
.hatch
outside
man
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137485
2-543
C
R ontin
)-WEAP
EMOV ued
ONS
EDUR
EINGES
O
POST
PERF PERAT
-(PROC ORM
2-544
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
3-227
).(p
S
body age
daylight
periscope
commander
Install
28. 's U
).(T
clamp
d isconnect T
quick
29.-Compress
adjustment
elevation
periscope
)t
(Uo
link
adjusting
Connect
30.
.)V
(
arm
S
2-425
p
positi
level
.)(to
cradle
gun on
age ss
Depre
31.
TA137486
PERFORM
POST
O
C (R PERATING
PROCEDUR
EMOVE ES
)-WEAPONS
- ontinued
A
B
Remove
M240
Machine
M
-To
7.62
: M
Gun CONTROL
MASTER
BWITCH
INDICATE
Make
Sure
:
SWITCH
STARTER
INDICATOR
MASTER
CONTROL
SWITCH
A
)i( s
.set
OFF
to
ON
UT
Turret
traverse
LOCKED
p ilock
set
(to
Bsage
).2-527
•ON
PUMPS
FUEL
LEAVE
ON
MEN
OFF
WARNING
DRIVER'S
STATION
visually
Check
sure
make
to
cleared
is
gun
of
ammunition
p
).( age
2-516
Pull
pins
(C
until
)o1.ut
they
.stop
f Slide
2.
Drom
machine
mount
gun
(E
).L ift
C
rotate
and
up clockwise
to
remove
.gun
2-545
TA137487
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
PERF
POST
O
PROC
R
-( PERATORM
EDUR
INGES
WEAP
C EMOV E
ONS
-) ontin ued
2-546
3.
Place
travel
lock
)(F
machi
o
gun ne
mount
).( n
E
4.
Aline
holes
on
travel
lock
F
w
holes
on
)(machi
gunith ne
).
(E
mount
C F C
Push
5.
pins
u
)(in
C ntil
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
they
snap
into
place
secure
to
travel
lock
)(
.F
E
E
H J
Un
sn
6. ap
fas snap
s )G
( ecten
uriners
g
car
ba( gtridge
.)H
.
7 Re
car ba mo
trive
f
su )H ro
(shig
ppeld
mordge
.)(J t
TA137488
་
PERFORM
POST
O PERATING
PROCEDUR
R EMOVE ES
WEAPONS
-)(Continued
-MM
7.62
M73
Remove
:To
Gun
Machine
:
Tools
head
socket
inch
3/8
Get
right
)from
(A
key
.screw
box
fender
front
Make
:
Sure
MASTER
iCONTROL
)s
(B
.SWITCH
OFF
to
set
traverse
set
)iTurret
(C
lock
LOCKED
psage
2-527
).to
A
not
is
gun
Machine
2-520
(page
).loaded
B
BEAM
41CATOR CONTROL
MASTER
MAIN
ENGINE INDICATOR
SWITCH
FUEL
CONTROL SHUT
OFF ON
C
STOP
8
UNLLOOC LIGHT
CKE SER
DRIVE DO SELECTOR PUMP
BLOE SWITCH
STARTER
INDICATOR
-260-10-2
UNLOCK IR
TM
Ꮻ
ON
BLACKOUT
DRIVE
9-2350
OFF
e ON
PUMPS
FUEL
LEAVE
ON
TOON
AFOR OFF
WTH
PERIOD
LONE
TURRET
10
STATION
DRIVER'S
TA137489
2-547
PERFORM
O
C PERATING
PROCEDUR
R EMOVE ES
WEAPONS
ontinued
)-(-POST
2-548
Disconnect
solenoid
electrical
lead
(D
)f1.rom
solenoid
).
(E
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137490
PERFORM
O
-POSTPERATING
PROCEDUR
EMOVE ES
WEAPONS
C)-(Rontinued
Using
inch
3/8
socket
head
screw
key
A
2.nscrew
two
capscrews
),u
(F
mount
t
G
retainer
gun
machine
).holding
(Ho
G A
Remove
3.
machine
retainer
).gun
(G
machine
Slide
4.
(J
gun
mount
out
).of
H
(- F
)
TA137491
2-549
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
)-C
WEAPONS
R
O EMOVE ES
PROCEDUR
PERATING
(- ontinued
POST
PERFORM
2-550
).(H
o nto
mount
G
retainer
gun
machine
Place
5.
capscrews
t
Fighten
key
(A
head
),screw
6. socket
inch
3/8
Using
(H
mount
).t
gunGo
retainer
machine
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
to secure
stowage
.
head
to
key
screw
7.
socket
Return
G
A
H F
TA137492
PROCEDURES
OPOST
PERFORM
-CARTRIDGE
EMOVE
)(RPERATING
BAG
A
:
Sure
Make
MAIN CONTROL
MASTER
ENGINE SWITCH
INDICOR
FUEL
)is
(A
SWITCH
CONTROL
MASTER
OFF
SHUT
OFF
.to
set
Dill
lock
traverse
Turret
)is
(B
to
set
DRIVER'S
STATION
LOCKED
p ( age
).2-527
Machine
gun
installed
not
is
LOCKE )M73
2-547
(pr age
M240
o
D
2-545
p
(). age
STATION
LOADER'S
NOTE
C 0
1000
car-
2-552
M73
for
See
page
page
for
2-553
tridge
or
bag
M240
bag
.cartridge
Locate
cartridge
(1.
).bag
C
LOADER'S
STATION
TA 137493
2-551
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
PE
O -PORF
PER
STATI
ORMNG
R(PR OC
EM ED
OV EURES
C BA
)-CARGTRI
ontinuDGE
ed
2-552
To
Rem
Mac
M73hin
ovee
Gun
Car
:Bagtridge
1.
Unsna
snap
fasten
).(D p
ers
D
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
Remove
cartridge
f
C
(
)2.rom
bag
.)(E port
sup
TA137494
C
O ontinued
CARTRIDGE
BAG
(REMOVE
)-PROCEDURES
PERATING
PERFORM
POST
Gun
:
Bag
Cartridge
To
Machine
M240
Remove
.(F
)fasten
snap ap
Unsn
1. ers
bag
support
(G
. rom
)f
C
cartridge
Remove
2.
ON UP
G
C
11
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-553
TA137495
PERF
POST
O
PROC ORM
PERAT
EDUR
INGES
R
-(ANTE
) EMOV E
NNA
2-554
:
Sure
Make
MAIN MASTER
CONTR
MASTER
SWITCH
to)CONTROL
i(A
.set
OFF s ENGIN INDATOR
SWITCH
FUEL E
SHUT
OFF ON
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
DRIVER'S
STATION
B
அ
Locate
antenna
)1.
.(B B
Remove
2.
antenna
down
tie
(
cord
nylon
antenna
).f
(B rom
Turn
antenna
c
)3.
(Bounter-
clockwise
to
unscrew
.
C
Remove
antenna
f 4.rom
base
)(B
).
(C
support
TA137496
PROCEDURES
O
R
CPOST
PERFORM
PERATING
EMOVE
-ANTENNA
)( ontinued
D
5.shown
.)in
direction
section
(D
antenna
top
Turn
rom E
bottom
f
(D
section
)top
antenna
Separate
6.
).
(E
section D
Return
7.
equipment
stowage
.to
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137497
2-555
PERF
POST
-O
PROC ORM
S TOWEDUR
SIGHT S INGES
() PERAT
2-556
Metascope
:Stow
To
D A
1.
)with
(A
metascope
.Hold
hand
one
ring
Rotate
2.
adapter
o
B
)a
(Cf
far
s
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
counterclockwise
as
possible
.
B
metascope
Slide
)3.
(A
rangefinder
from
the
)
(D
diopter
.ring
stowage
to
metascope
Return
).4.
(E
box
C
TA137498
M
Driver's
Remove
To
Periscope
IR
:M24
PROCEDURES
(S
)-C
SIGHTS
TOW
PERFORM
Oontinued
POST
PERATING
Driver's
Remove
To
Periscope
IR
:M24
Tools
: C
B
box
right
fender
front
. rom
)f
(A
open
wrench
end
Get
inch
1/2
:
Sure
Make
Tank
is
.stopp ed
front
.to
pointed
(Cs
)igun
Main
p
( age
locked
is
lock
).Turret
2-527
B
A
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-557
TA137499
C
S
O ontinued
SIGHTS
TOW
PROCEDURES
PERATING
PERFORM
)-(POST
2-558
POWER
IR
Set
1.
switch
)to
OFF
.(D IRPOWER HIBEAM
INDICATOR
A
Ο
ON CONTROL
LIGHTING
OFFe MARKER LIGHT
OIRPOWER
DRIVE SERDRIVE
SELECTORLGE
INDICATOR
ON
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
PANEL UNLOCK IR
e-
ER
OFF BLACKOUT
DRIVE
CAUT TURN
GONOT
LHEAT
ON&OCOFF
ORTO
LOSTARTTON
ATION
OPERATER
HEATER LIGHTDICATES
LONTON
THEM
STOP
INTOFORNTION
O1FF ANTON
D MHEATER
UNTEWILL
AVON
" LO
OFF
TUDOES
LIGHT UTILITY
OUTLET
THENOT
ONUTER
F
DRIVER'S
STATION
E
H
F
WARNING
least
Wait
m
2
atinutes
POWER
IR
after
switch
turned
(D
)is
before
off
disconnect
peri- ing
20
50- cable
).Hpower
scope
voltage
(E
pres-
is igh
60
(E
cable
power
at
ent
minutes
several
)for
POWER
IR
after
is
switch
.)
off
PERISCOPE 24 SERIAL G
Unscrew
power
cable
f
E
2.rom
periscope
IR
).M24
(F
Screw
3.
power
cable
o )IR
(Ento
stowage
receptacle
.(G
E Screw
dust
o )cap
nto
periscope
).(H
F
TA137500
MAVC
PERFORM
POST
O
S PERATING
PROCEDUR
TOW
SIGHTS
C
)(- ontinued ES
f
. orward
loosen
)to
(J
5.lever
lock
elevation
Turn
thumbscrew
l
)o
(K
6.jamnut
B n
, oosen
wrench
Using
b(L
periscope
)F. ehind
L
B
M
N
periscope
to
M
latch
on
up
Press
7.
IR
M24
).release
(F
mount
8.(N
down
).from
periscope
c
F arefully
Lower
F
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137501
2-559
C
SIGHTS
PROCEDURES
)-(S
O TOW
PERATING
PERFORM
- ontinued
POST
2-560
9.)t
(Q
lid
lock
Po
).handle
periscope
on
down
Pull
NOTE
over
gun
main
s
istow-
,When
hatch
driver's
P driver
floor
turret
on
age
.behind
)is
(R
box
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
latches
both
Push
10.
PERISCOPE
)on
(S
IR
M24
PER
I.R. ISCOPE door
(T
Open
).box
R
stowage
R Remove
11.
M27
periscope
from
stowage
S box
)(
.R
12.
Stow
M24
periscope
)IR
(F
stowage
i n
.
as
shown
box
M
. ake
T
door
Close
)13.
(S
latches
sure
T
locked
.are
Install
M27
periscope
p age
(14.
).3-237
TA137502
NOHM
ASSEMBLIES
HEADLIGHT
AND
STOW
R
POSTEMOVE
PROCEDURES
()-OPERATING
PERFORM
C B
:
Tools
POWER
IR BEAM
HIINDICATOR MAIN CONTROL
MASTER
PARTICULATE
FILTERGAS ENGINE INDICATOR
SWITCH
FUEL
•
ON CONTROL
LIGHTING OFF ON
SHUT
box
fender
.from
front
Get
)right
A
(
hammer
OFF
Ide
O OFF
IR 10RIVE
POWER SERDRIVE
BILGE
PUMP STARTE R
SWITCHTOR
INDICA
• D
ON PANEL IR
UNLOCK s
Make
Sure
: PERSONNEL
HEATER BAT ON
MASTER BLACKOUT
HEATER OFF DRIVE
PARK
HI
HEATERCAUTION
HEATERANDLAMP TURN
DOONNOT
OFFLOTCH e ON
ISON PUMPS
FUEL
ON TOSTART
POSITION TOINORLO
BITCH
WOVCATES
LIGHT LEAVE
ON
OPERATING
MEATER TURN MARTER
ONLY
CONTROL
MASTER LONTON
TOSTOP
HAS WILL
LIGHT
PORTION
TOOFF TURN
ATOPOR
OFF OFFAN
WITH
OFF LO HEATER
UNITIAL
ON
STAY LONG BURTON
PERIOD
SWITCH
)is
.(B
OFF
to
set TURN
OFFCAUTION
LOLIGHT
HOT
DOSH UTILITY
OUTLET
COMEES
TWITHM
&ONBITCH
LIGHTING
CONTROL STATION
DRIVER'S
OFF
to
set
lever
.(C
)is
16ROBA
1
1.
assemblies
headlight
Locate
tank
of
front
.D
)o
(n
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-561
TA137503
PERF
POST
O
PROC ORM
EDUR
INGES
R
-( PERAT
ANDEMOV
STOW
HEADL
ASSE E
IGHT
-C MBLI
) ontin ued ES
2-562
2.
Unscr
retain
nut
t
),E appinew
er
(with
hamm
requi
i)(A
.f erg
red
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
3.
Lift
headl ight
bly F
s
)(assem
D up
remov
to
from
outsid
mount traigh
e
et
)(
.F
TA137504
ASSEMBLIES
-O
POST
PERFORM
(R
PROCEDURES
HEADLIGHT
STOW
AND
PERATING
EMOVE
)Continued
inside
both
Locate
4.
mounts
).stowage
(G
16 H
H
18
Power
13 G
DRIVER'S
STATION
)(RIGHT
REAR
G
.EWER
D
C
STATION
DRIVER'S
H
FRONT
()R IGHT
5.
)from
(H
caps
.Unscrew
mounts
both
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-563
TA137505
PERFORM
O
AND PERATING
PROCEDUR
R
STOW
HEADLIGHT
ASSEMBLI
C EMOVE ES
ontinued
)-(-POST ES
2-564
headlight
)oPut
6.
(Dn
each
D inside
stowage
mount
).(G
Screw
7.
retainer
).(on
E
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
E (
G D
E
G
734
FAYL
DRIVER'S
STATION
R
REAR
)( IGHT
Q
e
DRIVER'S
STATION
R
FRONT
)( IGHT Screw
o
)caps
(H
8.nto
external
mounts
).
(F
Return
9.
hammer
to
stowage
.
TA137506
-OPERATING
POST
PERFORM
SHELL
(R
PROCEDURES
EMOVE
ASSEMBLY
PLATE
RETURN
)STOP
assembly
1.(B
return
).plate
stop
shell
holding
o
A
pin
ofut
Pull
B B
>
(C
frame
).f
Brom
assembly
upplate
Lift
2.
of
not
way
in
get
does
it
so
)i
(B
turret
n
assembly
plate
3.Store
.
movement
turret
2-565
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137507
PADLOCK
S)AND
ECURE
PROCEDUR
O ( PERATING
-TANK
POST ES
PERFORM
:
Sure
Mak e
2-566
A
)is
(A
CONTROL
SWITCH
MASTER
MAIN CONTROL
MASTER
.
OFF
to
set ENGINE SWITCH
INDICATOS
FUEL
OFF
SHUT ON
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
WARNING
SWIT
INDICCH
SWITTER
STAR CHATOR
2.
to
floor
from
stepp
in
care ing
Use ON
.
seat
ON
CAUTION PUMPS
FUEL
ON
LEAVE
TURE
OF10
ANTON IFTONLYAFOR
on
:step
not
d o
,tank
exitin
When g
Supports
racks
Ammo STATION
DRIVER'S
controls
Oper ational
r
fire
o
, ighting
s
Armament
controls B
Loader
Throu
Exit
To 's
:Hatch gh
locked
and
.closed
are
hatch
driver
and nder's
comma
sure 's
Make
1.
driver
for
2-139
page
and
comma
.for 's
nder' s
2-136
page
See
2-524
).(p
if closed
hatch
loader
Open
2.age 's D
.
hatch
loader
throu
Exit
3. 's
gh
C
down
hold
.)a
hatch
(Bnd 's
loader
Close
4.
.lock
)a
(D
and nd
bracket
tank
hatch
)t
(Chrough
padlock
Fit
5.
TA137508
Section
O
IV
. PERATION
UNDER
UNUSUAL
CONDITIO NS
INDEX
OPERATIONAL Page
conditions
unusual
under
Operate
intakes
air
engine
Change 2-604
.owin
Conclg ude 2-599
....
seal
-turret
hull
Deflate 2-615
Drain
brake
control
housing 2-618
Inflate
hull
t
seal
- urret 2-608
drain
.
valve
compartment
crew
Operate 2-617
valve
drain
compartme
engine
Operate nt 2-616
Perform
shallow
water
fording 2-609
for
tanks
two
Prepare
towing 2-578
Service
engine
cleaners
air 2-621
star e
Slavting 2-568
.........
Tow
disabled
tank
... 2-592
Tow start 2-595
2-567
TA137509
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
)STARTING
S LAVE
CONDITION
(UNUSUAL
UNDER
OPERATE S
U
( NDER
2-568
Slave
to
:Start e
Prepar PROTECTIVE
)
CAP 财
NOTE
your
start
to
t" ank
ive
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
operating
"lan
need
will
You B
d
t
" ead
. ank
General
organiza-
an
of
direction
the
under
performed
be
must
procedures
starting
Slave ONE
WITH
TANK
LIVE
cables
slave
only
T he
assist
C
.. rewmember
mechanic
maintenanc
tional es RECEPTACLE
CONTACT
organiza-
the
in
provided
those
are
used
be
may
that
adapters
cable
slave
and
opera-
the
perform
to
required
are
persons
T
. hree
kits
tool
maintenanc
tional e
.T
tank
dead
and
live
both
of
station
driver's
the
in
stationed
person
O ne
. he
tion
of
outside
stationed
mechanic
maintenanc
organizatio
t
i,,she
person
third e
nal
operation
.the
d, irecting
tanks
the B
C
CAUTION
present
be
must
mechanic
organizatio
An nal MAIN MASTER CONTROL A
ENGINE INDICATOR
SWITCH
insure
to
procedures
starting FUEL
slave
during OFF
SHUT
to
damage
preclude
to
and
-u p
hook
proper Te
.
equipment BO ECTOR 00 SWITCH
STARTEROR
O INDICAT
•
ON
CAUTION
OFF
slave
f
)(Arom
cap
protective
remove
Never • ON
FUEL
PUMPS
CON-
MASTER
setting ON
LEAVE DRIVER'S
b
B
)( efore
receptacle OFF
damage
could
.Y
OFF
)t
C
(oou
SWITCH
TROL STATION
.
equipment
TA137510
CONDITIONS
UNUSUAL
UNDER
OPERATE
STARTING
LAVE
(Sontinued
)-C
B
ONE
C
- ONTACT
RECEPTACLE
DRIVER'S
STATION RECEPTACL
C
- ONTACT E
TWO
STATION
DRIVER'S
NOTE
cable
,first
check
right
slave
To
the
get E
the
.
tanks
both
in
receptacles
slave
D receptacles
h
)Some
(B ave
con-
two
O
tacts
thers
contact
one
.have
1010
There
.
cables
slave
of
kinds
two
are
the
The
-pits
)ftwo
(D
cable
only
rong IMNI
two
-contact
M60
the
in
receptacle
NATO
(E
cable
tank
)one
.Trong
-p he
the
c
-fits
receptacle
can
.Ione
tontact
the
fit
c
twoontact
receptacle
-also
if
F
).
(F
adapter
an
use
you
maintenance
organizational
1.
.ffrom
)i
(s
adapter
and
cable
,Get
them
need
you
batteries
:S
tank
Dead
2.
).(pervice
3-98
age
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137511
2-569
OPERATE
(Sontinued
CONDITIONS
UNUSUAL
UNDER
)-C
STARTING
LAVE
2-570
3.
Give
tank
each
station
driver's
in
man
one
.Station
ground
the
from
directions
Stanks
other
for
manual
operator's
4. ee
.2-185
: tart
tank
Live
(p
)engine
age
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
WARNING
旦
tanks
.Park
Do
between
anyone
allow
not
damage
not
will
one
so
tanks
it
if
other
the
.
ahead
jumps
RIGHT
L
close
f
t
,"P
"d ive
beside
ark
ead
:5.acing
same ank
ANGLE
traverse
, irst
impossible
way
f.I f
m
p guns
(main
rear
;toanually
age
,2-457
ower
manual
operator's
o r
;see
2-458
page
for
).T
l
park
"t
at
ive
ank
hen
t
d
"
toank
. ead
angle
right
tanks
parking
Both
6.
:S
2-193
(p et
age
).brake
TA137512
OPERATE
UNUSUAL
UNDER
CONDITIONS
STARTING
C LAVE
)-(Sontinued
MAIN
ENGINE MASTER
CONTROL
Tanks
Up
Hook
:To C FUEL SWITCH
INDICATOR
e
SHUT
OFF ON
Make
:Sure
OFF
ELECTOR PUM
LGE STARTER
SWITCH
INDICATOR
O
Both
tanks
P : arking
brakes R
setare
2-193
).(p age ON
LACKOUT
DRIVE OFF
M D
•
t
i:" ead
ASTER
CONTROL
SWITCH
) sank
(C
OFFto
.set e ON
PUMPS
FUEL
LEAVE
ON
at
Main
OFF
t
a ,p "
"
:A
off
2-494
(is
2-498
2-504
).page ank
ead
electrical
Dll
equipment
age
nd
Both
tanks
D : river's
hatches
locked
are
open
(p age
).2-123
MAIN MASTER
CONTRO
D ENGINE SWITCH
INDICATOR
FUEL
6 SHUT
OFF ON
D
BO .ЕСТОЯ OFF C
PUMP
LGE SWITCH
STARTER
INDICATOR
ON
ACROUT
DRIVE OFF
eON
PUMPS
ONFUEL
LEAVE
OFF
1.OFF
.)toet
:S
tank
Live
(C
SWITCH
CONTROL
MASTER
running
Keep
.engine
2-571
TA137513
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
OPERA
UNDE
UNUS
CONDI
(S LAVER
START TE
UAL
TIONS
C-) ontinING
ued
B
2-572
CAUTION
B
not
Do
remove
protective
)caps
(A
slave
receptacles
u
)from
(Bntil
MAS- A
TER
CONTROL
SWITCH
set
is
OFF
.to
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
Both
tanks
R
f emove
protective
caps
)(A
:2.rom
slave
.
)
B
(
receptacles A
Dead
tank
P
one
end
cable
throu
driver gh
:3.ut 's
hatch
.of
D
4.
Both
R
:tanks
protecemove
caps
(G tive
)o
H
f rrom
.cable
B
D
F
E
E
H
Both
C
o
t :tanks
)(D
E onnect
slave
cable
r
5.o
recept
(B
adapt
i).U
are acle
Ffse er
you
conne
cable
c(E
the
t
-two cting
ontact
recept
). o acle
G
TA137514
OPERATE
UNUSUAL
CONDITIO
S
C LAVE
(UNDER
ontinued
-)STARTING NS
NOTE
tactical
If
situation
will
not
allow
you
take
to
time
tothe
batteries
,charge
g o
page
.2-574
:
Batteries
Dead
Tank's
Charge
To STATION
DRIVER'S
SLive
:1.
tank
runet
engine
1000
at
1200
to
rpm
2-191
). age
(p
MASTER
CONTROL
MAIN MASTER
tank
Live
2.
CONTROL
:S
SWITCH
(C
)tet
o
ENGINE
FUEL INDICATOR
SWITCH C
OFT
SHUT ON ON
.
tank
dead
in
batteries
charge
to
OFF
TOR BILGE
PUMP SWITCH
STARTER
SWITCH
INDICATOR
ON
Ꮎ OFF
ON
FUEL•
PUMPS
LEAVE
ON
> DRIVER'S
STATION
LLive
:3.
tank
upet
engine
run
minutes
30
to
you
if
have
.time
Dtank
Live
4.
(J
pedal
accelerator
:unlock
)toepress
K
R
(K
lock
accelerator
). elease 1909
)to
(J
pedal
idle
let
.engine
DRIVER'S
STATION
2-573
TA137515
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
STARTING
)-C
(Sontinued
CONDITIONS
LAVE
UNUSUAL
OPERATE
UNDER
2-574
:
Tank
Dead
Start
To
MASTER
CONTROL
MAIN
ENGINE
FUEL INDICATOR
SWITCH
e
OFF
.)t
(C
SWITCH
CONTROL
MASTER
1. :S
tank oet
Live OFF
SHUT ON
C
He
BO ELECTOR OFF
PUMP
LGE SWITCH
INDICAT
STARTEROR C
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
O •
ON
C
ACROUT
DRIVE O OFF
FUELeON
PUMPS
MAIN CONTROL
MASTER LEAVEON
ENGINE Tan FALL
OFF
FUEL INDICATOR
SWITCH
Ꮎ
OFF
SHUT ON DRIVER
STATION
LIVE
TANK
-OFF
SWITCH
)t
.(C
2. ON
:So
tank
Dead
CONTROL
MASTER
et
PUMP
BILGE
SWITCH
STARTER
SWITCH
INDICATOR
ON L
CAUTION
OFF
hold
not
,d o
tank
dead
start
to
try
you
When
e ON
FUEL
PUMPS than
)l
(L onger
switch
.STARTER
seconds
15
ON
LEAVE
to
3
m
5 inutes
Wait
starter
using
before
MASTER
ONLY
IFOFF
TURN
AFOR
BEON
ISTO
WITH
LONG SWITCH OFF
MAIN
OFF
ENGINE PERIOD .
again
engine
D
3.
"t
:T
start
to ry
ank
ead
(page
).once
2-185
DRIVER'S
STATION cables
d
Ifisconnect
starts
,engine
DEAD
TANK 2-575
page
)a
2-576
skip
nd
.(page
TA137516
STARTING
(S
CONDITIONS
UNUSUAL
UNDER
OPERATE
)- LAVE
Continued
seconds
, M N
If
15
within
start
not
does
engine
release
read
and
switch
STARTER
(M
BATT
).GEN
INDICATOR
Y 169.200
TER
Indicator
needle
yellow
green
W
inait
):or
(N BAT
20
O
20
toinutes
m
5
back
go
and
3
step
to
o n BNOINE
ENGINE
preceding PRESS F
TEMPO
page
.
Indicator
back
):Go
(P
red
in
,needle
1
step
to
2-573
C
'd
'b
tank
(p
)."
" atteries
age
harging
ead 30 za0
3,* 00
time
have
not
do
you
If
batteries
charge
to
,g o 320
step
to
preceding
o n
page
.3
PRE LEVEL TEMP
. SS
20-55-5SNURA
TRANSMISSION
batteries
If
charge
not
will
tank
or Le Ꮎ OIL
OIL
will
start
not
after
attempts
,two PRESSURE TEMPERATURE
TANKS
FUEL
.
troublesho
to
3-7
page
see ot
STATION
DRIVER'S
P
JENE
RA
M
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-575
TA137517
OPER
UNDE
UNUS
CONDI ATE
R
TIONS
S
C LAVEUAL
(-)START
ontinING
ued
2-576
To
:
Cables
Disconnect
Both
1.
tanks
:W
enginehen
running
sis et
MASTER
,smoothly
CONTROL
)SWITCH
(C
OFF
.t o
C
B
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
MAIN CONT
ENGINE MASTER BWITCH
FUEL INATOR
SHUT
OFF ON
B
E
ebill
OFF B
FOR ( BILGE
PUN SWITCH
STARTER
INDICATOR
ON A
Ꮎ
•ON
PUMPS
ONFUEL
LEAVE
CAUTION
re-
o
(D
cables
slave
remove
not
Do
)f
E r
rom
SWITCH
MASTER
CONTROL
)until
ceptacles
(B
OFF
set
.to
)is
(C
B
cable
o
(D
Dslave
2.isconnect
:r
tanks
Both
receptacle
from
).(E
B
tanks
I
Both
nstall
protective
:3.
caps
)
(A
receptacles
slave
).on
(B
TA137518
OPERATE
UNDER
UNUSUAL
CONDITIONS
S LAVE
STARTING
C
)-( ontinued
VIACIO
P
R
CAUTION MASTER
BATTERY
ENGIN FUEL
vehicle
,dead
to
start
try
you
When SHUT
OFF ON
)
P
(
switch
STARTER
hold
not
do
t
3
W o
ait
seconds
.15
than
longer Q
BATT
GEN
NDICATOR
m
5 inutes
before
making
second
.
start
to
attempt
S
.
3 Dead
vehicle
T
: ry
to
start
engine
once
page
2-185
s
). ee
(
,go
starts
engine
If
directions
to
on
for
disconnecting
p
(cables
age
2-576.2
). GIN
NDKATOR
within
start
not
does
engine
If
Switch
STARTER
,release
seconds
15 Indicator
needle
in
left
red
area
):(
S
GEN
BATT
read
and
INDICATO
).
(Q R
1
step
to
Go
Vehicle's
Dead
,charge
batteries
p
I
.2-576
( fage
you
do
not
have
time
to
charge
batteries
g
, o
Indic
needl
in
yello
or
green ator
e
w step
to
2
(p age
.)2-576
m and
area
):W
(R
t
3
5 inute
o
ait s
Change 1
back
go
step
to
(p
2 age
.)2-576 batte
If
will
not
charg ries
or e
will
vehicle
not
start
after
two
attem
troub
s
, ee lesho
pts oting
3-6
.page
2-576.1
TA254350
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
OPERATE
UNDER
UNUSUAL
CONDITION
S LAVE
STARTING
C
)( ontinued S
Disconnec
Cables
:To t
་..
་་་
.
1 Both
vehicles
W
: hen
engine
running
is
switch
BATTERY
s
MASTER
smoothly
, et
)t
E
.o
(OFF MASTER
BATTERY
FU GING
INEL
SHUT OFF ON
E
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
CAUTION
OFF
Do
remove
not
(
cables
slave
or
F DRIVER'S
STATION
Dntil
f
G
o
C
(
receptacles
u
) r
rom
BATTERY
MASTER
i
)
E
(
switch
s
.
vehicles
both
in
OFF
to
set
.
2 D
vehicles
Both
: isconnect
slave
cable
adapter
o
(F
)a
G
ifr
(H nd
used
,f rom C
o
). r
D
(C
receptacles
D F H
■TA254351
OPERATE UNDER
UNUS
C
(Sontinued
CONDITIONS
UNUSUAL
UNDER
)-OPERATE
STARTING
LAVE
cable
)i
I,(D
used
caps
o
G
slave
fn
protective
4. : nstall
tanks
Both H
used
E
cable
o. fn
islave
H
caps
)protective
(or
MAIN MASTER
CONTROL D
ENGINE
FUEL INDICATOR
SWITCH
OFF
SHUT ON
ebil
FUL SWITCH
START
INDICATOR
E
LOUT G
eOFF
eON C
PUMPS
ONFUEL
LEAVE
OFF
DRIVER'S
STATION
ON
t
.(C
)SWITCH
CONTROL
MASTER
tanks
5. :Soet
Both
to
rpm
1200
1000
6.
:S
tanks
Both
at
run
to
engine
et
tanks
R un
2-191
.(page
batteries
)charge
time
have
.you
,i f
minutes
30
for
.7 maintenance
organizational
t
and
. fo
,adapter
used
Return
islave
cable
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137519
2-577
TOWI
P)FOR
TANK
TWO NG
S
REPAR
(CONDI E
TIONS
UNUS
UNDE
OPERA UAL
R
TE
2-578
WARNING
B
monox
carbo
to
expos
is
tank
towed
of nide
ed
Driver
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
overe
preve
.to
often
Cdriver
. hange
fumes xposu
nt
s re C
tank
M25A
the
nor
unit
partic
gas 1ulate
the
Neither
poison
monox
agains
carbont
protec
will
- A
ide
t
mask
MONO
CARB
AGAI
DEFE X-
ON
NSE
BEST
T
. HE NST
ing
.
VENTI
GOOD
IS
POIS LATIO
ONIN G N
IDE
H D E
CAUTION
dam-
is
disabl
of
transm
or
tank eed ission
engin
If
,
mile
one
than
towed
be
will
tank
if
o r
,more
aged
T
drives
final
from
joints
univer sal
. ank nnect
disco
discon
joints
univer
with
brakes
no -
sal
have
will
utank
t
a se
, hird
cables
with
towin
I f
.for
necte dg )(C
wrenc
end h
open
inch
7/16
braki
purpo
. ng
ses )(D
drive
inch
3/4
with
Ratch et
E
)(
wrenc
end
open
inch
3/4 h
)
(F
cutter
Wire s
Tools
: G )
G
(
Hamm er
K
:box r )(H
pliers
joint
S
•lip
fende
front
right
from
Get
box
fender
front
left
f
.(J
) rom
crowbar
Get
)(A
socket
i 8nch
/
1-1
)
(B
drive
inch
3/4
with
exten wall
.right
turret
inside
f
(Krom
bar
)pinch
Get
i
8 nch sion
TA137520
TOWING
)-C
OPERATE
(Pontinued
CONDITIONS
UNUSUAL
UNDER
FOR
TANKS
TWO
REPARE
:
Joints
Universal
To
Disconnect
WARNING
with
roadwheels
blocked
are
Make
and
tracks
sure
logs
sfr
.I,o
blocks
properly
not
are
tracks
tones
backward
in-
and
forward
or
blocked
,t
roll
may ank
.
personnel
jure
and
of
rear
stones
front
in
br
,o
1. locks
logs
Place
tracks
).
(L
roadwheels
and
(page
brake
parking
Release
).2.
2-194
N L
m
3.
ixtension
/8
1-1
Using
e
socket
,a
ratchet
nch
nd
rear
(N
doors
grille
remove
).four
from
M
bolts
M M
open
and
(P
handles
Pull
).4.
N
(
doors
TA137521
2-579
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
C
TO WI
-) onR nued
tiNG
FO
TA
TW NK
OPASRE
P( RE
CO ND IT IO
LNS
UN
UNER DE
USATUA
R E
OP
U
2-580
S
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
cla
elb
exh
left ow
mp t
aus
l oos
wre
,inc en
nch
7/1
Usi
5. 6hng
.)(
Q
nut
rem
to
.arr ove
ow ion
dir
i)of
(R
cla
Pry ect
6.n mp
.remov
t
S
)( o
elbow
Lift
7. e T
el bo
. ha
ex
rig
wt
htus
re
7o
t
5 mo
hru ve
ste
Re
8. ps
pe at
t
)T
sc
(ca ow
re wsd
mar
six
wr,r ota
en te
ch
Us
9. in
3/4ch
in g
.ta
of nk
cen ter R
NOTE
).U
sh(lift
req
areto ro uded
uir
pe
Tw rso ons
Q
)
.(
U
shrou
and
Lift
10. e
removd
TA1375
22
Continued
TANKS
TOWING
FOR
)-TWO
(P REPARE
CONDITIONS
UNUSUAL
OPERATE
UNDER
WARNING
blocks
r
remove
,to
necessary
was
iteplace
If
before
tracks
on
continuing
.
NOTE
2-
p age
slightly
(tank
move
to
necessary
be
may
It
).I
toring
(X
assembly
592o
V n
screw
ffor
access
tracks
from
blocks
r
necessary
,isemove
movement
.
and
roadwheels
cutters
w
.wire
ith
lockwire
(W
11.
)Cut
).
(W
lockwire
Remove
12.
W
wrench
.inch
3/4
)w
(Vith
screw
13.Remove
X
V
UNIVERSAL
JOINT
LEFT
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137523
2-581
C tinu ed
-)TO
FO
onWI
R NG
S
TA
T W NK
O
P ( RE PARE IONS
CO ND IT
UAL
UNUN USR
DE E
OP ER AT
.)X
( sembly
as
ri en
Op
2-582
14 .ng
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
.)X
( sembly
as
ri ng
15Re.move
K
Y
re
t
)Y( oli eve
jo in
iv
tersal
uun
)J nd er
Z
(.) apter cr( t bar
Pu.ow
16
ad
drnaivle
fi
on AB
pressure
a
)Z nd
(ad
drfi iv
apleter
na
b)Ket ween
pi( nc
Pu hbar
17 .t
.)A
( A
fl ange
to
pr rd
wang
b
)Z
( yyi
ad
dr
fi iv
apleter
na on
Di.sc nect
18
.A
() B
hu ll
of
wa llr
te
ou
righ t nect
discon
to
18
th rosugh
11 ep
st
Re.peat
19
.
joi
uni nt
versal T
INE
A
)( A
JOI
UNFT
LE V RSAL
TA 137524
OPERATE
TWOUNDER
UNUSUAL
CONDITIO
(PREPARE NS
TANKS
FOR
C ontinued
-)TOWING
.(U
)
shroud
Replace
20.
U
and
Push
21.
six
rotate
screws
cam
)
(T
to
using
wrench
inch
3/4
toward
hull
lock
in e
.plac
doors
).
(N
22.
grille
rear
Close
T
i1-1
Using
t
M nch
/8nstall
,23.
socket
secure
bolts
o
doors
grille
).four
(N
N AC
N
elbows
exhaust
Stow
24.
assembly
ring
and
bustle
turret
in
u
(Antil
C
.)rack
repaired
is
tank
TA137525
2-583
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
C
)- onti
TOW
FOR
TAN nued
ING
KS
TWO
P( REP
CON ARE
SUAION
UNU
UND ER
RAT
OPEDIT EL S
2-584
Tow
:Bar nect
Con
To
NOTE
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
.
proce
this
do
to
neede
are dure
dembers
crewm
Four
organ
from
borro
be
must izational
bar
Tow wed
.
maint enance
.)A
disabl
of
front
in
d
)(A E
(tank ed
irectl y
vehicl
towin
Positi
1. D g e
on
tank
disabl
gun
main
a
f nd
orwar d
A
)(,of
vehicl
towin
of
gun
main
PointD geed
2.
2-457
p
rear
the
t
)A E
((). oage
AD AE
K ED
TANABL
DIS
VEHIC
TOWINGLE
TA137526
)
TOWING
OPERATE
UNDER
CONDITIONS
UNUSUAL
P REPARE
TANKS
TWO
C
TOWING
FOR
)-( ontinued
WARNING
be
(Aust
bar
Tow
)m
han-
with F
positioned
a
pin
tow
A
(dles
heads
posi-
.I)u G
H
fnd
p
-dow
upside
tioned
,t
out
fall
could
pins
own
AF
cause
and
tow
sections
bar
separate
to
. AG
NOTE
broken
(Aor
bar
tow
Check
.)f F
cracks
or
welds
damaged
If
noto
organi-
,dotify
.N
bar
tow
use
zational
maintenance
.
AF
bar
tow
Place
3.
c
eye
towonnector
over
(A
)o F
fJ
disabled
tank
.
AJ
connector
,insert
hammer
Using
4.
(A
pin
tow
)t
ofhrough
K
AH
A bar
tow
F
and
().eye
J
w
s
(A
pinith
)tow
5. K
, ecure
pliers
Using
A
).( L
pin
locking AK
Perform
steps
3
t
6.hru
other
n
towing
eye
A(5
)o J
f
AL
disabled
tank
.
2-585
TA137527
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
OPERATE
UNUSUAL
CONDITION
P REPARE
(UNDER
TWO
TANKS
TOWING
C
)-FOR
ontinued S
2-586
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
AP
.
7 A pin
cotter
Remove
M
()from
pintle
(AN
).assembly
AM
AN
AN release
Pull
8.
latch
(A
from
)a P
way
tank
raise
and
top
u in
locks
it
)(Antil
N
pintle
assembly
portion
of
.
position
open
TA137528
OPERATE
OPERATE
UNUSUAL
CONDITIO
P
TWO
C REPARE NS
(UNDER
TANKS
TOWING
)-FOR
ontinued
NOTE
It
aline
tank
towing
reposition
to
necessary
be
will
(A
bar
towP
assembly
)a
pintle
N
. nd
Anto
bar
tow
Lower
9.
)o
(A F
hook
.pintle
N
release
Pull
10.
(A
latch
tank
)a P
from
way
pintle
lower
to
(Alosed
assembly
)b
,c
locked
into
ack
N
.position
cotter
Insert
A
(11.
pin
into
)b M
ack
assembly
pintle AP
.
lock
to AM
AN
AF
)(
TA137529
2-587
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
CONDITIONS
UNUSUAL
UNDER
OPERATE
TANKS
(P
C REPARE
)-TWO
TOWING
FOR
ontinued
2-588
:Cables
Tow
Connect
To
AQ
CAUTION
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
dam-
is
tank
disabl
of
transm
or
engine
If ed
ission
mile
one
than
more
towed
be
will
tank
it
,or
,aged
T
drives
final
from
joints
ank sal
.univer
discon nect
discon
joints
univer
with
brakes
no
have
will -
sal
for
tank
t
a
u se
cables
with
f
,towin
I. hird
nected g
brakin
purpo
. g
ses
turret
.aroun
f)(Arom
cables
towtwo
RemovQ de
1.
a
A
A nd
S
),(pins
towfour
hooks
four
Remov
2. R e
box
fende
front
.right
f)(Arom
pins
T ng r
locki
eight
AS
AR
AT
TA137530
OPERATE
UNUSUAL
UNDER
CONDITIONS
P REPARE
TOWING
FOR
TANKS
C
( ontinued
)-TWO
NOTE
(AsR
hook
sure
)iMake
from
away
pointed
tank
.
hook
tow
Install
3.
(Aver
)o R
tank
towing
A
. n
)o
eye
(
towJ
tow
Insert
4.
t
(A
)pin
hrough
S
hook
a
(
eye
tow
).A R
nd
J
AJ
)
A
(J
AS
AS
AR
AR
TA137531
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-589
OPERATE
UNDER
UNUSUAL
CONDITION
(P
TWO REPARE S
TANKS
FOR
TOWING
-C
) ontinued
)tUse
5.
hammer
(G
install
two
2-590
olocking
pins
(A
both
ends T
on
pintow
of
.)(A S
G AS
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
AR
AD
AT
)
A
(U
Repeat
steps
t
o3
6.hru
5 n
second
tow
eye
towing
tank
.of
Repeat
steps
3
t
7.hru
5
both
o n
front
towing
eyes
on
tank
towed
be
.to
WARNING
Always
make
sure
that
towing
tank
has
parking
brakes
when
connecting
cables
.on
Conne
cable
with
eye
of
cable
A
)( U sct
only
.D
not
loop
cable
over
hooks s
. o
8.
Plac
tow
cabl
eye
o
tow
hook
)o (A
)(A
both
tank ver
U ees
. nR s
TA137532
OPE
UND
UNU ER
SUAEL
CONRAT
DIT
(Pontinued
CONDITIONS
UNUSUAL
UNDER
OPERATE
)-C
TOWING
FOR
TANKS
TWO
REPARE
AQ
叶
四
9.
(AoQ
cable
connect
Cross
.)t
tanks
both
of
hooks
towing
CAUTION
Remove
tracks
and
roadwheels
from
blocks
tank
moving
.before
braking
using
When
10.
(A
tank
)r
1
only
t V
steps
epeat
hrough
Use
9.
cable
one
wo
,hooks
pins
tow
and
four
locking
pins
.
AV
BRAK
TANKING DISABLED
TANK TANK
TOWING
.tank
disabled
in
stowage
to
tools
Return
11.
TA137533
2-591
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
)TANK
DISABLED
T OW
(CONDITION
UNUSUAL
UNDER
OPERATE S
NOTE
2-592
WARNING
com-
is
commande
tank
Towing r
monoxide
carbon
to
exposed
is
tank
towed
of
Driver .
operation
this
of
mander
overexposu
prevent
to
often
drivers
.Change
.fumes re
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
mask
tank
M25A1
nor
unit will
tanks
between
Communica tion
particulate
gas
Neither
T he
poisoning
monoxide
carbon
against
.protect h
addition
,.I
be nand
system
radio
by
will
is
poisoning
monoxide
carbon
against
defense coordinatin
for
used
be
will
signals g
best
.ventilation
good .
all
drivers
A
BAR
TOW
WITH
TOWING
2-584
p
)(Aage
towbar
Using
1.
2-588
pB age
)cables
tow
(or
C B D
disabled
)t
(Co
tank
towing
connect
tank
(D
).
brake
parki
R eleasng
:tank
Towin
2. ge
2-194
p
(). age
disconnect
are
drives
final
If
3. ed
blocks
r
, emove
tank
disabled
on
.tracks
from TOWING
WITH
CABLES
TOW
TA137534
OPERATE
UNUSUAL
UNDER
CONDITIONS
DISABLED
C OW
)-(Tontinued
TANK
NOTE
towing
sWhen
,with
bar
towteering
control
is
pro-
tank
towing
by
vided
towed
keep
.Always
N.
in
cables
tow
with
towing
When
have
must
tank
,towed E
d
. river
a
towed
)o
(E
lever
transmission
Shift
:4.
to
tank
f TOWED
TANK
towing
(neutral
N
.)w hen
bar
tow
with BAR
WITH
TOW
(neutral
.)w
cables
tow
with
towing
N hen TOW
OR
(FINAL
CABLES
transmission
Shift
5.
towing
)o
(E
lever
tank
afnd )
CONNECTED
DRIVES
L.
used
)t
,i fo
tank
braking
N
)( EUTRAL
CAUTION
TOWING
(AND
BRAKING
)TANK straight
in
tank
Tow
line
s
wide
.U se
, weeping
curves
when
turning
.
removed
tracks
With
or
disconnected
drives
final
,do
3
exceed
not
towing
mph
.when
STATION
DRIVER'S
(LOW
)L connected
drives
final
With
installed
tracks
and
,do
exceed
not
when
towing
m
8
. ph
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-593
TA137535
C
DISABLED
TANK
)-(Tontinued
OW
CONDITIONS
UNUSUAL
UNDER
OPERATE
2-594
location
towing
desired
6.
to
Drive
disabled
)with
(D
tank
towing
tank
).
(C
tank
,t
7. owing
down
slow
To
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
brakes
service
a
) pply
(C
tank
braking
).I
2-193
p (Ffage
service
its
used
,a
tank
ispply
brakes
.
tank
stop
to C D
2-193
brakes
).(page
parking
tanks
8. apply
Both
b
track
lock
disconnected
drives
,are
9.
final
If
(D
tank
disabled
).Gof
DRIVER'S
STATION
TA137536
OPERATE
UNDER
UNUSUAL
CONDITIO
START
)(TOW NS
WARNING
carbon
monoxide
Driver
to
exposed
is
tank
towed
of
fumes
C hange
drivers
often
prevent
overexposure
..to
mask
M25A1
tank
nor
unit
particulate
Neither
gas
poisoning
.T HE
monoxide
carbon
against
will
protect
CARBON
POI-
MONOXIDE
BEST
AGAINST
DEFENSE
.
VENTILATION
GOOD
IS
SONING MASTER
CONTROL
MAIN
ENGINE INDICATOR
SWITCH
FUEL ·
A A
tanks
between
personnel
allow
.not
Do OFF ON
SHUT
20
OFF
CAUTION R PUMP
BILGE SWITC
STARTE
INDICAHRTOR
ON
are
cables
slave
when
only
task
this
Perform
.
unavailable OFF
ON B
Make
:
Sure FUEL
· PUMPS
ON
LEAVE STATION
DRIVER'S
PEA TO
OR
MASTEROFF
LOL WITH MITCH
bar
tow
)o
(pr
2-588
age
cables
Tow
.conne
i
2-584
)p
(sage cted
C
tank
:dead
On
1.
SWITCH
)to
.(A
SetON
CONTROL
MASTER
ON
Set
.FUEL
)to
(B
switch
PUMPS
EV
EL
handle
)
(C
PULL
ON
FUEL
Make
sure OP
UL
LO
p
is
."
"oosition
to
out
pulled
n N
unlocked
).(page
2-194
Make
are
brakes
parking
sure
2-595
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137537
C ontinued
START
T OW
CONDITION
UNUSUAL
)-(UNDER
OPERATE S
2-596
NOTE
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
and
both
signal
operation
towing
coordinate
will
tank
towing
Commander
of
intercom
and
of
tank
towed
used
driver
for
signals
be
will
begin
.(H
drivers
toand
towing
.)
tank
for
of
driver
used
.are
l
fcables
if
slack
up
take
t
)L
(
in
slowl
orwar
Do
tankow ygd
towin
Drive
2.
CAUTION
Do
.
reverse
in
tow
not
towing
8 ph
.when
m
exceed
not
Do
use
(o
sa
inr
line
traigh
only
Tow t
when
turns
s
, weep
wide ing D
).
necessary
TA137538
OPERATE
UNUSUAL
UNDER
CONDITIONS
T
C OW
)-( ontinued
START
NOTE 08.300
ERY
BATT
in
start
to
fails
tank
towed
of
engine
If PRESS
MZO-ZU
20-20
E
notify
t
3
m
5
,s
and
otop
inutes
organi-
zational
.maintenance 30
.
PRESS LEVEL
G
20-44-25NDA
+64247-04 oz
(l
).Low
in
slowly
tank
towing
3. Drive OIL Ꮎ
LN OIL
PRESSURE TEMPERATURE
FUEL
TANKS
)
(E
lever
shift
transmission
4.
Move
tank
towed
of
L
to
soon
(l
)a
ass
ow F
starts
it
.moving
CAUTION
TEMPERA-
OIL
TRANSMISSION
If
indicates
tank
)of
towed
gage
(F
TURE
F
°
280
above
and
(intop
),s
red
the
troubleshoot
).(page
3-6
PRESSURE
OIL
TRANSMISSION
If
gage
)indicates
(G
,s
pressure
no
top
.
maintenance
organizational
notify
and
H
towed
o
)f
(H
accelerator
Depress
5.
inch
1/2
.than
more
not
tank
STATION
DRIVER'S
transmission
Shift
6.
lever
n
t
E
(shift
N
)a
aso
eutral
engine
s
.soon
starts
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137539
2-597
UNUSUAL
UNDER
OPERATE
CONDITIONS
START
OW
(Tontinued
)-C
tanks
.both
Stop
2-598
7.
parking
Apply
8.
brakes
tanks
both
to
stopped
p age
).(when
2-193
Y GE
ER NE 108.200
Disconnect
9.
stow
and
bar
tow
2-599
(pr
)o age TT RA
T
BA
20
p
( age
).cables
2-602
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
BATT
Check
10.
CHOINE
INDICATOR
GEN
(J
)of
towed TENDE
tank
:
If
,charge
green
in
driving
by
batteries
1200
1000
at
run
to
engine
setting
by
or
tank
hour
h
a
)f
p alf
2-191
age
(. or
rpm
green
in
not
If
,s
andtop
tank
organi-
notify
zational
maintenan
. ce LEVEL
20-13- MUNUDA
e OIL
TEMPERATURE
FUEL
TANKS
STATION
DRIVER'S
TA 137540
OPE
HAIL
OPERATE
UNDER
UNUSUAL
CONDITIO
TOWING NS
)(CONCLUDE
:
Bar
Tow
Remove
To
NOTE
D C
crewmembers
Four
needed
are
do
to
follow
steps
.the ing
E B
1.(A
tank
dead
on
).Set
brakes
parking
fender
)
(B
box
2.
front
right
to
Go
.Get
tank
dead
on
hammer
hand
C
(
anch
i
(D
).8 nd
pliers
towing
of
end
back
to
Go
).3.
(E
tank
Locate
assembly
pintle
).
(F
cotter
Pull
4.
(G
pin
pintle
)f rom F A
).
(F
assembly
F f orward
towing
)tank
(E
5.Move
bar
tow
of
off
pressure
is
until
assembly
at(F
).pintle
G 6.
)
(E
tank
towing
on
brakes
parking
Set
2-193
).(page
TA137541
2-599
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
OPERATE
UNUSUAL
CONDITION
C
C ONCLUDE S
TOWING
)-(UNDER
ontinued
2-600
7.
).
(H
latch
release
Pull H
part
top
Lift
8.
assembly
pintle
(F
).of F
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
Lift
ftow
)bar
(J
9.rom
pintle
).
(F
assembly
J
10.
tank
Drive
until
forward
clear
)is
(F
pintle
assembly
bar
tow
).of
(J
parking
Set
11.
brakes
).(p age
2-193 G
P
K
H Pull
12.
latch
).release
(H
G
F 13.
Lower
top
part
of
pintle
).
(F
assem bly
Insert
cotter
pin
i
)14.
(Gnto
hole
lock
(K
)to
assembly
pintle
.F
TA137542
OPER
UNDE
UNUS
CONDI
C ONCLATE
RUAL
TIONS
UDE
TOWI
C NG
()- ontin ued
front
to
Go
15.
dead
of
).
(A
tank
Locate
tow
connectors
).bar
(L
pliers
p Using
),16.
(Dull
of
pin
)o
(M ut
locking
).
(N
pin
tow
),
(C
hammer
hand
Using
17.
WARNING L
knock
tow
pin
)o
(Nut
tow
of
connector
bar
)(L A
When
tow
pins
a
)(Nre
re-
and
tow
eye
(
).P moved
t
, ow
bar
drop
.may
Have
other
crewmemb ers
M P
L support
tow
during
bar
steps
.
19
thru
17
N
18.
and
16
steps
Repeat N
to
17
disconnect
other
D
bar
connector
.tow C
L
Remove
19.
bar
).tow
(J
20.
Return
hammer
a
(C
) nd
pliers
)t
(Do
stowage
dead
in
.tank
21.
t Take
tow
)(bar
J o
organizational
.maintenance
2-601
TA137543
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
OPER
UNDE
UNUS
CONDI
C ONCLATE
R
UAL
TIONS
UDE
C
()-TOWI NG
ontin ued B
To
Cable
:Tow
2-602
Removes
R
parking
Set
1.
brakes
dead
)on
tank
(A
2-193
p. age
()
Move
towing
2.
(E
tank
about
f)b
.3 ack
eet
TM 9-2350-260-10-2 ·
Set
3.
parking
brakes
on
towing
tank Q
)
2-193
p
. age
(
A
down
Shut
4.
towing
on
.engine
tank E
C
box
)on
(B
5.fender
front
right
to
Go
Get
A
tank
).dead
(C
hammer
hand
6.
)
(Q
hooks
tow
two
of
one
Locate Turn
cable
)s
(R
7.o
tow
cables
a
tow
(Rttached
)with
on cable
eye
w
(S
) ill
slide
over
tow
).
E
(
tank
towing hook
Q
.)(
M
Lift
o8.
cable
eye
)tow
(S
offf
Q hook
tow
).(Q
Q other
steps
a
6
f
7
9.or
nd
Repeat
three
cable
connections
(or
connections
five
braking
if
R S N used
tank
).was
f
10.rom
)end
(M
lockpin
Pull
tow
of
pin
(N
).
TA137544
OPE
OPERATE
UNDER
UNUSUAL
CONDITIO
ONCLUDE
TOWING
C
)-(Continued NS
r Using
11.
hand
hammer
),(C
tow
pin emove P
tow
f
).N
(Q
hook
rom
Remove
12.
hook
f
(Q
eye rom
).tow
(P N
other
three
for
11
t
9 hru
steps
Repeat
13. )
Q
(
)or
(Q
if
hooks
five
tow
used
was
).tank
braking
Q N
C C
M Stow
14.
four
pins U
locking
pins
M
tow
),,two
(N
hooks
tow
two
)and
(Q
fende
front r
right
in な
tank
)of
(B
box
.each
T
hammer
Return
15.
)to
(C
B
tank
dead
.in
stowage
16.
)
(R
cables
tow
Hang
from
hooks
g
)(Toing
around
turret
).
(U R
TA137545
2-603
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
OPERATE
UNDER
UNUSUAL
C HANGE
(CONDITION
ENGINE
AIR
)INTAKES S
2-604
To
:
Intakes
Air
Engine
Change
NOTE
Normally
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
when
e nd
water
angine
,fording
intakes
set
are
draw
to
from
air
compartme
C.crew
hange
intakes
draw
to
from
air
engine
when nt
outside
extremely
air
cold
when
or
CBR
attack
expected
.is
fender
front
right
from
tools
Get
:1.
box C
socket
inch
)1/2
(A
D
socket
inch
)9/16
(B A
ratchet
drive
inch
)1/2
(C
B
5
extension
i/2
,1 nch
drive
)inch
(D
E SAN
CATOR MAN MASTER
CONTROL
FUEL BITCH
INDICATOR
ON
•
OFF
SWITCH
STARTER
WITCH
MERCATOR DRIVER'S
STATION Traverse
2.
turret
main
so
gun
is
facing
forward
2-457
p
(). age
PUMPS
PUR
LEAVE
ON
NO
。啊
脚
OUTLET
UTBRY Make
3.
sure
MASTER
CONTROL
)SWITCH
i(E
set s
.
to
OFF
TA137546
OPERATE
UNDER
UNUSUAL
CONDITIO
C
AIR
C HANGE NS
ENGINE
INTAKES
)-( ontinued
1/2
Using
and
socket
inch
r
,4.
ratchet
emove
intake
air
)f
(From
lockwashers
four
and
screws
).
(G
cover
RIGHT
INTAKE LEFT
INTAKE
NOTE
gAasket
is G
glued
cover
.to
gasket
)and
(G
cover
remove
Carefully
.5.
2-605
TA137547
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
OPERATE
UNDER
UNUSUAL
CONDITION
C
C HANGE
ENGINE
AIR
)-INTAKES
( ontinued S
2-606
ratchet
and
i
extension
, nch
socket
5
with
9/16
inch
6.
Using
intake
(J
inside
).Hfrom
lockwashers
sixand
nuts
remove
r emove
ratchet
,and
extension
with
socket
inch
9/16
Using
7. H
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
J
intake
of
rim
o
K n
)lockwasher
.and
nuts
(eight s
NOTE
bulk
to
glue
is head
dt
. aske
g
A K
bulkh
f
)(J
intak
pull eead
. rom ully
Caref
8.
draw
to
turret
toward
o
) ut
(L
end
screen
with
intake
Set
9.
compartment
crew
.from
air
toward
s
i
()Mcreen
n
end
closed
with
intake
Set
10.
.compartme
engine
from
air
draw
)to nt
TA137548
OPERATE
UNUSUAL
CONDITIO
C
C HANGE NS
(UNDER
INTAKES
AIR
)-ENGINE
ontinued
11.
.outside
)on
(K
lockwashers
and
nuts
eight
Install
rim
extension
socket
inch
9/16
Using
12.
a
,t
).ratchet
(K
nuts
ighten
nd
extension
socket
i
5
with
nch
9/16
inch
13.
Using
and
,install
ratchet
lockwashers
nuts
six
intake
of
inside
)on
.(H
K
14.
eighten
socket
inch
9/16
Using
a
,t
ratchet
xtension
nd
).
(H
screws
intake
.gasket
on
15.
)with
(G
cover
Place G
i
)n
(F
lockwashers
and
screws
four
Install
.16.
cover
t
, ighten
ratchet
and
socket
inch
1/2
Using
).17.
(F
screws
F
Return
18.
tools
stowage
.to
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-607
TA137549
)SEAL
T
HULL
I URRET
NFLATE
CONDITION
UNUSUAL
-(UNDER
OPERATE S
2-608
:
Sure
Make
2-527
).(p
locked
isage
lock
traverse
Turret
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-139
p
locked
).(isage
hatch
Driver's
CAUTION
in-
is
while
turret
seal se
traver
Never
be
damaged
would
.Seal
flated
B
D
:
Seal
Inflate C
50
close
c
A .to
lockwise
)(cock
drain
seal
turret
Turn
1.
NOTE 90
in-
on
for
calledure
press
pound
25 s
only
neces
i(B
)s
plate
structsary
ion
deep
.4
over
feet g
water
fordin
when
STATION
DRIVER'S
)(D
u gage
Cntil
pump
hand
Pump
2.
indicaure
pound
14
to
12
.press tes
s A
TA137550
1
OPERATE
UNUSUAL
UNDER
CONDITIONS
SHALLOW
(PERFORM
FORDING
)WATER
NOTE
use
not
Do
procedure
this
for
fording
deep
f
4
over
.water
eet
To
:
Fording
For
Prepare
Make
:
Sure
set
).(page
2-193
Parking
are
brakes HI
BEAM
PARTICULATE IRPOWER INDICATOR
FILTERGAS
HEATER
PERSONNEL
LO
and
A
(b
offI
Hswitch
)is etween
).HI
LO CONTROL
LIGHTING
OFF IGHT
BOMARKER HOP
Driver's
hatch
closed
p locked
2-139
isage
.)(and POWER
IR
DRIVI SERDRIVE
SELECTOR
'
(IN
ON PAMEL UNLOCK IR
HEATER
PERSONNEL BRT
Turret
lock
locked
in
position
2-527
p age
).(is MASTER
HEATER OFF LACKOUT
PARK DRIVE
HEATER
HI CAUTION
HEATED DU
TU
ADI OFon
LOT
(page
secure
and
installed
is
hatch
escape
).Driver's
2-490 LAMP
AND
TOSTART
PORTION TOTOLO
LIGHT
MEATER DICATIO
OPERATING
UNTH LOTION
FUR
TOOFF
WILL
LIGHT
POSITION
OFF LO PURDED HEATER ON 10STOP
STAY
driver's
correct
periscope
(The
Minstalled
is
;,p 27
3-237
age
24 CAUTION
OFF
FURN
IL&&
NOTO
DOES
RONT UTILITY
OUTLET
OUTER
COME
p 2-178
periscope
IR
)., age
DRIVER'S
STATION
2-616
(page
valve
drain
compartment
engine
Close
).1.
(page
valve
drain
compartment
crew
Close
).2.
2-617
TA137551
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-609
C
P ontinued
FORDING
SHALLOW
)-WATER
ERFORM
CONDITIONS
UNDER
(UNUSUAL
OPERATE
2-610
PARTICULATE IRPOW
FILTERGAS
CAUTION ON
L OFF•
PERSONNE
u
3 ntil
step
do
not
Do IRPOW
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
gout
)if
(B oes
.HEATER
,indicator
lit ON
B
HEATER
PERSONNEL
OFF
.)t
(Co MASTER
HEATER
switch
HEATER
MASTER
Set
3. OFF
HEATER CAUTION DONOT FUR 10ICH
HI MATES
ANDLAND OFF
compartme
crew
from
air
draw
to
intake
engine
Set
4. nt C ON TOSTART TCHTOO
LOPOONTIMENT
ORA HEATED
MATER
FLO
TOSTOP TOL
LIÊNỶ
PORTION
OFF
.)2-604
p
( age OF
LOF
CAUTION
BITCH OFF
Fun
-10 LIGHT NOT
COME
COM
ON IGTHEOVT
DRIVER'S
STATION
D
3-98
).(page
tight
are
batteries
on
caps
filler
sure
Make
5.
E
CAUTION
personnel
u
7
6 nd
antil
steps
do
not
Do
to
enough
)i
(Ds
cool
pipe
exhaust
heater
.
touch
C box
fender
front
right
f
.(E
plugrom
exhaust
Get
6.)heater
o(D
).pipe
exhaust
heater
7.of
personnel
(En
end
plug
Install
gun
main
Put
8.
lock
travel
(page
).in
2-525
H
H 9.
hull
t
seal
p
(-Inflat
2-608age e
). urret
TA137552
ATE
(Pontinued
CONDITIONS
UNUSUAL
UNDER
OPERATE
)-C
FORDING
WATER
SHALLOW
ERFORM
Drive
During
Fording
:To
:
Sure
Make
OUF
(page
fording
for
prepared
is
Tank
).2-609
2-185
).(p
running
isage
Engine
(page
brake
parking
Release
).1.
2-194
(page
L
to
transmission
Shift
).2.
2-195
3.
(page
rpm
1200
1100
at
run
to
engine
).Set
2-191
F
CAUTION
rpm
1200
to
1100
at
run
must
Engine
during
brake
(F
with
tank's
).speed
C ontrol
fording
DRIVER'S
STATION
Enter
water
slowly
.4.
5.
toph
3
at
Drive
m
.4
water
in
is
tank
while
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-611
TA137553
C
FORDING
SHALLOW
-)WATER
P ERFORM
( ontinued
CONDITIONS
UNDER
UNUSUAL
OPERATE
2-612
After
:
Fording
Immediately
2-616
p
valve
drain
compa
).( age ertment
engin
1.Open
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
2-617
p
valve
drain
).( age rtment
compa
crew
Open
2. BL
HI
GAS
PARTICULATE POWER
IR INDICA
2-615
).(p
seal
t age
- urret
hull FILTER
Deflate
3. Ө
ON
CONT
.
LIGHTING
CAUTION
OFFᎾ BO
until
LO
or
HI
t
)(Ao h MARKER
switc
HI
set
not
Do
BO
2-613
.,p
2 age IR
POWER DRIVE
step
do
you Ø
e
.ON
)t
(Co
switch
HEATER
MASTER
Set ON PANEL UNLOCK
4.
HEATER
PERSONNEL BRT
MASTER
HEATER OFF
Ø
PARK
HEATER
ON
NOT
DTURN
:O
CAUTION
HI ISOFF
SWITCH
HILO
IF
HEATER
.IS
ON
LAMP
AND
C ON OR
HI
TO
SLO WITCH
:START
INDICATES
. IGHT
LPOSITION
.OPERATING
HEATER
SWITCH
LO
HI URN
:TSTOP
TO WILL
IGHT
.POSITION
LOFF
TO
HAS
HEATER
UNTIL
ON
STAY
OFF LO .PURGED
:
CAUTION HI
LO
OFF
TURN
NOT
DOES
LIGHT
IF
SWITCH
WITHIN
.5MONINUTES
COME
A
DRIVER'S
STATION
TA137554
UNUSUAL
CONDITIONS
UNDER
OPERATE
P ERFORM
WATER
C
( ontinued
)-SHALLOW
FORDING
Fording
:
As
After
Possible
Soon E
.
tan
Stop
1. k
D
)off
(E
plug
Take
2.
exhaust
heater
personnel
().
D
pipe
H
C
H
R
box
fender
.front
i n
right
(E
)plug
3.Stow
.9
sign
any
for
dipsticks
transmission
and
oil
engine
Check
4.
organizational
.I
of
,n
present
is
water
fotify
maintenance
.
5.
Cf
plug
fill
Remove
(L
of
sign
any
for
drives
final
).I
9-2350-260-12
,n
present
is
water
otify
heck
O
plug
.fill
Install
maintenance
organizational
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137555
2-613
OPERA
UNDE
UNUS
COND
P ERFORTE
UAL
ITIO
RM NS
SHAL
WATE
FORDI
C LOW
R
()- ontinNG
ued
2-614
Check
6.
air
clean
for
water
l
-.S
air
cleane ide er
oadin g
rs
p n2-621
water
.I
prese
:is
, fotify
organ nt
age izational
maint
. enance
Drain
7.
brake
contro
housi
2-618 l
.)(page ng
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
Lubricate
8.
suspension
system
9-2350-260
(L
). O -12
Service
batteries
p (9.age
).3-98
,wash
water
salt
through
was
fording
If
.10.
tank
TA137556
OPERATE
UN
OPERATE
UNDER
UNUSUAL
CONDITIONS
D
T
-( EFLATE
URRET
)HULL
SEAL
CAUTION
inflated
.is
seal
while
turret
traverse
Never
.be
damaged
would
Seal
c
A ounterclockwise
draincock
seal
turret
)(Turn
1.
to
.open
)indicates
(B
gage
When
2.
,t
pressure
pounds
zero
urret
.
unl
be
ma yocked
A B
DRIVER'S
STATION
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137557
2-615
OPERA
UNDE
UNUS
CONDI
O RTE
UAL
TIONS
PERAT
ENGIN
COMP
(VALVE E E
ARTM ENT
)DRAIN
2-616
To
Ope
: n
(A
lever
Push
1.
)OPEN
.back
to
Insure
2.
that
lever
locks
in
OPEN
position
by
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
.
right
the
to
slightly
lever
moving
To
:
Close
lever
s
Move
)1.
(A
, lightly
left
the
to
LOCKED
of
position A
.out
2.
.
CLOSE
to
forward
lever
Pull
100
BEHIND
DRIVER'S
SEAT
TA137558
OPERATE
UNDER
UNUSUAL
CONDITIONS
O
CREW
COMPARTMENT
DRAIN
(VALVE
) PERATE
To
:Open
seat
driver's
behind
1.
.floor
)on
(A
lever
Find
Pull
2.
lever
(Ap
.)u
A
3.
.
locks
until
slightly
back
lever
Push
Close
:To
1.
)forward
(A
lever
.Pull
Check
there
that
obstruction
no
are
car-
(s
2.pent s
n)btc.
locking
tridges
eor
c
,butts
bolts
igarette
uts
return
).
(B
plunger
valve
of
d Push
3.
(Aown
until
)lever
stops
.it
REAR
LEFT
OF
DRIVER'S
SEAT
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137559
2-617
CONDITIONS
UNUSUAL
UNDER
OPERATE
CONTROL
(DRAIN
)BRAKE
HOUSING B
2-618
NOTE
C
procedure
to
.do
this
needed
are
crewmembers
Two
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
:
Tools
:
box
fender
front
right
from
Get
(A
screwdrive
)-tip
Flat r
C
drive
(B
socket
)inch
,1/2
9/16 C
C
C
C
C
ratchet
)
(C
1/2
drive
inch D
E
(D
adjustable
wrench
)8inch
box
ready
m
.7.62
f-(E m
ammunitio
) rom
flashlight
Get n
A
WARNING
UNDE
REAR R
OF
HULL
crewmember
)ishould
.O
heavy
(Fsne
Access
plate
w
crewmember
another
hold
)re-
(F
plate
accesshile
).
(G
lockwasher
and
screws
moves
ratchet
socket
,and
1.
Using
CANTEEN
and
screws
six
unscrew
G
lockwashers
)f
(Grom
right
).
plate
(F
access
rear
LOADER'S
STATION
TA137560
C onti
-)HOU nued
SIN
TROG
CON
BRA
(D RAIKE
N L
DIT S
CON
UNU
UND SUA
ER ION
EL
OPERAT
F
CAUTION
re- ing H
dur
gas
da ket
ge
notma
Do
.
mov al
H
)( IDDEN
NOTE
to
s
a cre
e wdriver
us
to
ha
ma
Yo ve
uy
)H
.gaa sk
)(Fnd
(pla et
tess
ac
lo ce
os en
dra
u
,(plu
wre in
g rew
)Jnsc
nch
adj
Usi
4. ustng able
H
gas
.)a
)(F
pla ket
( ndte ).(K sin
hou
acc
Rem
2. ess
ove con
bra ke lg
m
frotro
t
)J
(rea r
owagrd hou g
dra
f
,plu
fla in
ind
shl fro m
.drain
to sin
wat er
Usi
3. ngight all
All
5. ow
.
openi
of ng H
() IDDEN
K
H
)( IDDEN
K
:
M
SIDE
LEFT
SIDE
RI GHT
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA137561
2-619
OPERATE
UNDER
UNUSUAL
CONDITION
BRAKERAIN
CONTROL S
HOUSING
C
)-(Dontinued
2-620
Install
6.
drain
plug
(J
housing
.)i n
wrench
adjustable
Using
7.
.,tighten
plug
drain
.on
hull
plates
(F
8.access
H nd
gaskets
)a
Place
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
WARNING
person
must
Access
)are
(F
plates
.O
heavy
ne
hold
person
other
the
while
place
in
plate
the
.
lockwashers
and
screws
installs
)(HIDDEN
RIGHT
SIDE
SHOWN
lockwashers
).
(G
9.and
screws
six
Install
ratchet
and
socket
Using
10.
.,tighten
screws
G
F
access
thru
1
steps
Do
11.
rear
left
for
.10
plate
H
12.
Return
tools
stowage
to
.
box
ready
.7.62
-mm
ammunition
13.
to
flashlight
Return
TA137562
CL
) REANERS
AI
EN GI NE
S ER VI CEIONS
IT
(CO
UN ND
US UA
DE
UNERAT
OP
R EL
NOTE
an
op
be d ed
en
ar
cl
tore
eaners
Ai
ma in - zational
or
byga
on lyni
rv iced
se
.
pe el
ncne
naon
ters
Change 1
TM 9-2350-260-10-2
TA254353
2-621 /2-622 blank)

RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO EQUIPMENT TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS
SOMETHING WRONG WITH THIS PUBLICATION?

FROM (PRINT YOUR UNIT'S COMPLETE ADDRESS)
THEN. JOT DOWN THE PFC . John Doe
DOPE ABOUT IT ON THIS
FORM, CAREFULLY TEAR IT CO . A , 3rd Engineering BN
OUT. FOLD IT AND DROP IT FT . Leonard Wood , MO 63108
IN THE MAIL' DATE SENT
20 Jul 1981
PUBLICATION NUMBER PUBLICATION DATE PUBLICATION TITLE
Operator's Manual
TM 9-2350-260-10-2 Feb 1981 Tank , Combat , M60
BE EXACT. PIN-POINT WHERE IT IS IN THIS SPACE TELL WHAT IS WRONG
PAGE PARA- FIGURE TABLE AND WHAT SHOULD BE DONE ABOUT IT:
NO GRAPH NO NO
1-7 In line 24 of page 1-7 , the manual states the engine

has 6 cylinders . The engine in my tank has 12
cylinders . Change the manual to show 12 cylinders .
PERFORATED
2-23 Callout 16 on page 2-23 is pointing at a bolt .

ALONG
TEAR
UNE
On page 2-22 item 16 is called a shim . Please correct

one or the other .
B- 16 line I ordered a gasket , item 19 on page B 16 by

20 NSN 2910-00-762-3001 . I got a gasket but it doesn't
fit . Supply says I got what I ordered so the NSN is
wrong .
Please give me a good NSN .
SAMPLE
PRINTED NAME GRADE OR TITLE AND TELEPHONE NUMBER SIGN HERE
JohN DOE, PFC. ( 266) 317-7111 John Doe

PREVIOUS EDITIONS PS-IF YOUR OUTFIT WANTS TO KNOW ABOUT YOUR
D A FO
DA, 79 2028-2
JULRM • ARE OBSOLETE. RECOMMENDATION MAKE A CARBON COPY OF THIS
AND GIVE IT TO YOUR HEADQUARTERS
REVERSE OF DA FORM 2028-2
PERFORATED
ALONG
TEAR
LINE
FILL IN YOUR
UNIT'S ADDRESS
FOLD BACK
POSTAGE AND FEES PAID

DOD 314
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE $300
Commander
U.S. Army Tank-Automotive Command
ATTN: AMSTA- MBC
Warren, Michigan 48397-5000
RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO EQUIPMENT TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS
SOMETHING WRONG WITH THIS PUBLICATION ?

FROM (PRINT YOUR UNIT'S COMPLETE ADDRESS)
THEN. JOT DOWN THE
DOPE ABOUT IT ON THIS
FORM, CAREFULLY TEAR IT
OUT. FOLD IT AND DROP IT
IN THE MAIL' DATE SENT
PUBLICATION NUMBER PUBLICATION DATE PUBLICATION TITLE Operator's Manual

TM 9-2350-260-10-2 Feb 1981 Tank , Combat , M60
BE EXACT PIN-POINT WHERE IT IS IN THIS SPACE TELL WHAT IS WRONG
PAGE PARA- FIGURE TABLE AND WHAT SHOULD BE DONE ABOUT IT:
NO GRAPH NO NO
PRINTED NAME GRADE OR TITLE AND TELEPHONE NUMBER SIGN HERE
M 2028-2
FOR79
DA .1 JUL PREVIOUS EDITIONS PS--IF YOUR OUTFIT WANTS TO KNOW ABOUT YOUR
ARE OBSOLETE. RECOMMENDATION MAKE A CARBON COPY OF THIS
AND GIVE IT TO YOUR HEADQUARTERS
REVERSE OF DA FORM 2028-2
PERFORATED
ALONG
TEAR
LINE
FILL IN YOUR
UNIT'S ADDRESS
FOLD BACK
POSTAGE AND FEES PAID

DOD 314
USMAIL
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE $300
Commander
U.S. Army Tank- Automotive Command
ATTN: AMSTA- MBC
Warren, Michigan 48397-5000
E. C. MEYER
ChiefofStaff
Official:
J. C. PENNINGTON
Major General, United States Army
To be distributed in accordance with DA Form 12-37, Operator Maintenance

requirements for Tanks, Combat, Full-Tracked : 105mm, M60 , M60A1 .
U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE : 1992 O · 311-831 ( 61424 )

THE METRIC SYSTEM AND EQUIVALENTS
LINEAR MEASURE SQUARE MEASURE

1 Centimeter = 10 Millimeters = 0.01 Meters = 0.3937 Inches 1 Sq. Centimeter = 100 Sq. Millimeters = 0.155 Sq. Inches
1 Meter = 100 Centimeters = 1000 Millimeters = 39.37 Inches 1 Sq. Meter = 10,000 Sq. Centimeters = 10.76 Sq. Feet
1 Kilometer = 1000 Meters = 0.621 Miles 1 Sq. Kilometer = 1,000,000 Sq. Meters = 0.386 Sq. Miles
WEIGHTS CUBIC MEASURE

1 Gram = 0.001 Kilograms = 1000 Milligrams = 0.035 Ounces 1 Cu. Centimeter = 1000 Cu. Millimeters = 0.06 Cu.Inches
1 Kilogram = 1000 Grams = 2.2 Lb. 1 Cu . Meter = 1,000,000 Cu. Centimeters = 35.31 Cu . Feet
1 MetricTon = 1000 Kilograms = 1 Megagram = 1.1 ShortTons
TEMPERATURE
LIQUID MEASURE
%(°F - 32) = °C
1 Milliliter = 0.001 Liters = 0.0338 Fluid Ounces 212°Fahrenheit is equivalent to 100° Celsius
1 Liter = 1000 Milliliters = 33.82 Fluid Ounces 90°Fahrenheit is equivalent to 32.2° Celsius
32° Fahrenheit is equivalent to 0° Celsius
%°C + 32 = °F
15
6
APPROXIMATE CONVERSION FACTORS
TO CHANGE ΤΟ MULTIPLY BY
14
Inches Centimeters 2.540
Feet Meters 0.305
Yards Meters 0.914
ει
Miles Kilometers 1.609
5
Square Inches Square Centimeters 6.451
Square Feet Square Meters 0.093
12
Square Yards Square Meters 0.836
Square Miles ……………………….................... Square Kilometers 2.590
Acres Square Hectometers 0.405
11
Cubic Feet Cubic Meters 0.028
Cubic Yards Cubic Meters 0.765
Fluid Ounces Milliliters 29.573
10
Pints Liters 0.473
Quarts Liters 0.946
Gallons Liters 3.785
Ounces Grams 28.349
Pounds Kilograms 0.454
Short Tons Metric Tons 0.907
Pound-Feet Newton-Meters 1.356 ∞
Pounds per Square Inch Kilopascals 6.895
3
Miles per Gallon Kilometers per Liter 0.425

Miles per Hour Kilometers per Hour 1.609
TO CHANGE ΤΟ MULTIPLY BY
Centimeters Inches 0.394
Meters Feet 3.280
Meters Yards 1.094
Kilometers Miles 0.621
0.155 5
Square Centimeters Square Inches
Square Meters Square Feet 10.764
Square Meters Square Yards 1.196
Square Kilometers ................. Square Miles 0.386
Square Hectometers Acres 2.471
Cubic Meters Cubic Feet 35.315
Cubic Meters Cubic Yards 1.308
3
Milliliters Fluid Ounces 0.034

INCHES
Liters Pints 2.113

1
Liters Quarts 1.057

Liters Gallons 0.264
CM
Grams Ounces 0.035

.12
Kilograms Pounds 2.205

Metric Tons Short Tons 1.102
Newton-Meters Pound-Feet 0.738
Kilopascals Pounds per Square Inch 0.145
Kilometers per Liter Miles per Gallon 2.354
Kilometers per Hour ........................ Miles per Hour ....................................... 0.621
TA089991
UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA
3 1951 TOO 470 374 0
PIN : 048118-0
SITY SOTA
UNIVER OF MINNE
3 1951 TOO 470 374 0
Oxford
Esselte
G
12002

Operator S Manual Operation Under Usual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Operator S Manual Operation Under Usual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

This is a reproduction of a library book that was digitized

by Google as part of an ongoing effort to preserve the

OPERATION UNDER USUAL

AND UNUSUAL CONDITIONS

TANK , COMBAT , FULL-TRACKED :

105 - MM GUN , M60

US. DEPOSITORY PROPERTY

This copy is a reprint which includes current

HEADQUARTERS , DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY

FEBRUARY 1981 TA138016

The following summary list is adapted from the

6. Do not disconnect/connect any part of electrical equipment with power on .

7. Never attempt to operate MASTER CONTROL SWITCH (ON/OFF) from

8. Never move steering control while engine is running, transmission is in

12. Explosive ammunition or parts containing explosives must be handled

16. Do not reach into or attempt to enter or exit driver's compartment

CARBON MONOXIDE FROM ENGINE EXHAUST AND FIRING CAN KILL

1. DO NOT operate heater or engine of tank in an enclosed area unless it is

THE BEST DEFENSE AGAINST CARBON MONOXIDE POISONING IS

CAS PARTICULATE AND AIR CLEANER FILTERS

TM 9-2350-260-10-2, dated 20 February 1981, is changed as follows:

Remove Pages Insert Pages

2-467 and 2-468 2-467 and 2-468

By order ofthe secretary of the Army:

TANK, COMBAT, FULL -TRACKED :

105-MM GUN, M60

TM 9-2350-260-10-2, dated 20 February 1981 , is changed as follows:

1. Remove old pages and insert new pages as indicated below .

Remove Pages Insert Pages

None 2-212.1 /(2-212.2 blank)

2-465 and 2-466 2-465 and 2-466

To be distributed in accordance with DA Form 12-37 , Operator Maintenance

Operation Under Usual and Unusual Conditions

TANK, COMBAT, FULL-TRACKED :

TM 9-2350-260-10-2 , 20 February 1981 , is changed as follows:

1. Remove old pages and insert new pages as indicated below .

2. New or changed information is indicated by a vertical bar in the margin of the

Remove Pages Insert Pages

By Order of the Secretary of the Army:

JOHN A. WICKHAM, JR.

TM 9-2350-260-10-2, dated 20 February 1981 , is changed as follows:

Remove Pages Insert Pages

2-117 and 2-118 2-117 and 2-118

TM 9-2350-260-10-2 , 20 February 1981 , is changed as follows:

1. Remove old pages and insert new pages as indicated below.

Remove Pages Insert Pages

b/(c blank) b and c

JOHN A. WICKHAM, JR.

To be distributed in accordance with DA Form 12-37 , Operator Maintenance requirements for

TM 9-2350-260-10-2, dated 20 February 1981 , is changed as follows:

1. Remove old pages and insert new pages as indicated below.

Remove Pages Insert Pages

b/(c blank) b/(c blank)

Official: JOHN A. WICKHAM , JR.

REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS

CHAPTER 2 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 2-1

Section III Operation Under Usual Conditions 2-117

*This manual , together with TM 9-2350-260-10-1 , 20 February 1981 , and

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

CHAPTER 4 AMMUNITION ..... 4-1

APPENDIX A. REFERENCES ............ A- 1

APPENDIX B. COMPONENTS OF END ITEM AND